Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu has arrived in Washington, but he was not met at the airport by the US President, Vice President, or even the US Secretary of State in an official snub.

Netanyahu will address a joint session of Congress on Wednesday while speaking from a position of power in the political sphere of America because of the incredible influence of AIPAC.

Netanyahu has successfully postponed the Gaza ceasefire deal he previously agreed to, kept himself in power and out of jail, and contributed to the decision of US President Joe Biden to leave the race for a second term as president. Netanyahu is betting on Trump.

A meeting between Netanyahu and Biden is scheduled for Tuesday afternoon, but insiders believe the meeting will be called off, and the blame will be diplomatically placed on Biden’s case of Covid-19. Biden had been low in the polls, and faced mounting criticism.  But, very recently he and his advisors had made a firm decision to stay in the race and prevent President Donald Trump from a second term.

Biden was counting on being able to stop the war in Gaza.  Had he successfully ended a war which has taken the lives of some 38,000 Palestinians, with 60% of whom are women and children, and secured the release of Israeli hostages, he had a good chance of winning votes from Americans who see the Israeli military brutality on unarmed civilians as completely contrary to American core values of human rights and justice.

Biden’s blind support of Israel through weapons transfers, despite war crimes and atrocities committed by the Israeli Defense Forces, has angered many Americans, including the staff of the White House and US State Department. Biden pinned his re-election hopes on his ceasefire deal, which Hamas and Israel agreed to. But then, Netanyahu reneged on his agreement with Biden on the ceasefire, and this is when Biden and his advisors decided to throw in the towel.

Experts are pointing to an intelligence assessment provided to Egyptian President Abdel Fattah El-Sisi which concludes the ceasefire talks in Doha may not progress until November because of Netanyahu’s belief that Trump will win.  Netanyahu and his Jewish extremist administration will then likely enjoy a free hand in Gaza, which includes plans to annex Gaza and the West Bank.

On July 11, Biden proudly announced his imminent cease-fire deal, saying his proposed framework was “now agreed on by both Israel and Hamas.” Biden added,

“We’re making progress, the trend is positive, and I’m determined to get this deal done and bring an end to this war, which should end now.”

On Monday, according to the White House, Israel “affirmed its full support for the deal as outlined by President Biden and endorsed by the UN Security Council, G7, and countries around the world.”

But, in a shocking betrayal, Netanyahu turned course and decided to buy time until Trump, “the best friend that Israel has ever had in the White House” takes office.

Netanyahu has consistently delayed the Gaza cease-fire talks in Doha by preventing his negotiating team from travel, and now he has created new demands, despite Hamas agreeing to big concessions.

He must appease two far-right cabinet members, Finance Minister Bezalel Smotrich and National Security Minister Itamar Ben-Gvir, who have threatened to dissolve his government if he signs a cease-fire deal with Hamas.

Regardless of enormous pressure from the Israeli public, who demand a deal to release the Israeli hostages after 10-months in captivity, Netanyahu has stuck to his policy of buying time at the expense of the hostages, their families, and the future of Biden.

Even before Biden’s current political troubles Netanyahu was engaged in regular slow-walking of the cease-fire talks

Israel agreed to the Biden cease-fire proposal on May 27.  The came the bombshell, which even shocked Netanyahu’s chief negotiator, Mossad head David Barnea.  Netanyahu insisted on keeping an Israeli military presence in two corridors: along the border with Egypt, the so-called Philadelphi corridor; as well as along the Netzarim corridor that cuts through the center of Gaza. Both sides had thought that issue was not an obstacle.

“The hostages are suffering but they are not dying,” Netanyahu said.  Barnea, has warned that the female hostages in particular may not survive much longer.

The Israeli public is outraged that Netanyahu has left Israel without completing the cease-fire deal which would ensure the release of Israeli captives.

Ben-Gvir said in a cabinet meeting recently,

“Making a reckless deal now would not only endanger Israel, but would be a slap in the face of Trump, and a win for Biden.”

Netanyahu angered Trump when he congratulated Biden for winning in 2020 at a time when Trump was trying to overturn the election.  Later, Trump would say in an interview referring to Netanyahu, “F**k him”.

In 2018, Netanyahu hit the jack-pot when Trump pulled out of the 2015 Iran nuclear deal. In his last speech to Congress in 2015, Netanyahu infuriated Obama by urging that the nuclear deal be scuttled. Israel’s longest-serving premier has virtually made his career in Israeli politics by billing himself as the only one who can manipulate the US.

Biden had insisted that opening up negotiations toward a two-state solution is necessary.  Netanyahu and his administration refuse to consider a peace plan, and voted overwhelmingly on July 18 to oppose a Palestinian state.

Netanyahu and his coalition allies who are Jewish extremists have a powerful allied segment of the American society: the Republican Evangelical Christians.  When Netanyahu came to office, one of his two main goals was to increase Jewish settlements in the West Bank, and finally to annex the whole Occupied Palestinian territory. Both Smotrich and Ben-Gvir are settlers.

Many of the Jewish settlers in the illegal settlements in the Occupied West Bank are American citizens who migrated to Israel.  The have many organizations promoting solidarity between Evangelical Christians in the US, who are overwhelmingly Republicans and Trump supporters, and the settlers.  These groups host Republican politicians on trips to the West Bank settlements, including US House Speaker Mike Johnson, who visited prior to becoming Speaker.

On Friday, the top UN court ruled the settlements were illegal, and it has been US policy to regard them as illegal, and an obstacle to a two-state solution.

Israeli Jews and American Evangelical Christians, who both hold extreme right-wing political views, have formed grassroots alliances while working to convince Trump and the Republican Party to drop longstanding US support for a Palestinian state, arguing it rewarded the Oct. 7 Hamas attack on Israel.

A May poll in Israel revealed that just 33% of Israelis support a two-state solution and 32% of Israelis favor Israel annexing the Occupied West Bank.

The settlers are betting on Trump and his right-wing Evangelical Christian supporters to annex their homes into Israel, thus displacing permanently the 3 million Palestinians who live there, and permanently depriving the Palestinians their freedom and human rights. Netanyahu is betting on Trump to keep him out of jail.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from Another Day in the Empire

Bombshells in the 2024 Elections – Past and Future

By Dr. Jack Rasmus, July 23, 2024

The 2024 election may be like no other. In less than a month—from June 27 to July 21—three bombshells have gone off. Anyone thinking that’s the end of it is politically naïve.

China Brings Peace to the Middle East While Washington Bombs and Terrorizes

By Mike Whitney, July 24, 2024

China firmly supports the just cause of the Palestinian people in restoring their legitimate national rights, supports all Palestinian factions in achieving reconciliation through dialogue and consultation, and supports Palestine in realizing solidarity, unity and independent statehood at the earliest possible date.

The Trump Drama Eclipses the Rest of the World – While This Very World Falls Apart

By Peter Koenig, July 24, 2024

The plots abound and become deeply confusing. They are also obfuscating what else is going on in the world – crimes of biblical proportions. Is blending the world’s vision out from these and other secretly prepared events part of the Trump Drama?

The Secret Service’s Failure-to-Protect Is Being Blamed on “an Operational Failure”

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 23, 2024

The issue for the Republicans is Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle’s resignation and not whether there was an attempt on Trump’s life. For example, Rep. James Comer, chairman of the House Oversight Committee, defined the issue as the Secret Service “lacks the proper management.”

Ethnics’ Votes Helped Pezeshkian to Win the Presidency in Iran

By Prof. Akbar E. Torbat, July 23, 2024

Pezeshkian wants to pursue the same theocratic rules as before and comply with the religious orders. The same theocratic dictatorship will be imposed on Iranians. After his victory, Pezeshkian thanked Ali Khamenei, the Supreme Leader, and said, “If he was not there, our names would not easily come out of the boxes,” and insisted on his loyalty to the Leader.

The Truth About Detoxification — Supporting Your Body’s Natural Processes

By Dr. Ashley Armstrong, July 23, 2024

In recent years, the concept of “detoxing” has gained immense popularity, with countless products, diets, and programs promising to cleanse your body of harmful toxins. However, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and nuanced than many of these quick-fix solutions would have you believe.

COVID-19 Acute Respiratory Failure 2x as Deadly for “Vaccinated”

By Dr. Mark Trozzi, July 23, 2024

Researchers in Ohio studied 152 severely ill adult patients who were admitted to Ohio State University Hospital with Acute Respiratory Failure (ARF) between May 2020 and November 2022. Of these patients, 112 tested positive for COVID-19, while 40 did not.

Long before the Russian retaliation of February 2022 against the shelling of the predominantly ethnic Russian Donbas, before the British arming and training of Ukraine forces (including openly Nazi militia) and before the fanatical tub thumping of Boris Johnson, the British public had made their opposition to war in Ukraine very clear:

.

.

Although they were never allowed to know the truth about the 20 year expansion of NATO and the EU to the East, (moving in Ukraine to the heart of Historic Russian land) the British people’s instincts were sound. There is no doubt that they were also well aware of the disastrous state of their country’s armed forces with navy, army and airforce dramatically reduced in size and effectiveness compared to the height of the cold war – or even the Falklands war.

As a letter from Chris Cope in the Daily Telegraph summarised the state of naval forces:

Of our two carriers, HMS Queen Elizabeth is in refit until next month. Four of the six Type-45 destroyers are in refit, as are four of the Navy’s nine Type-23 frigates. Of the eight remaining vessels, three will shortly commence sea trials. 

Three of the four Trident ballistic submarines are operational. The Ministry of Defence never discloses the state of the rest of the Navy’s submarine fleet (SSNs), but last November, Admiral Sir Ben Key, the First Sea Lord, told the Defence Committee that he believed that he could operate three of the six SSNs in service. Both the Navy’s amphibious ships (LPDs) are non-operational. 

It is shocking that the UK has just 29 warships in service, representing 28 per cent of the number that we had in 1982. However, of those 29, only 14 are fully operational. 

The Financial Times noted that the fleet does not have enough ships to deter Russian submarines around our shores and in the Atlantic.

A former director of the MoD Rob Johnson also told the newspaper that the British armed forces are operating at an “absolute minimum”, which allows them only to carry out peacekeeping and humanitarian assistance operations, as well as the evacuation of civilians and counter-sabotage measures. In the event of a large-scale conflict, Britain would quickly run out of ammunition and the country would not be able to conduct successful military operations.

Johnson also noted that Britain’s air defence system is not developed enough to repel long-range missiles and the Air Force needs to double the number of fighter jets.

The UK tank fleet would be destroyed in two weeks in a war with Russia retired Lieutenant Colonel of the Royal Armed Forces Stuart Crawford told The Sun newspaper. London plans to buy just 148 new Challenger 3 tanks, which are believed to be enough for just two weeks of intense fighting with Russia.

According to Crawford, such a modest number of tanks prevents even its Allies from considering Britain a “military power of the highest order.”

“At the height of the Cold War, not so long ago, the British Army’s Royal Armoured Corps had about 900 main battle tanks,” – Crawford said but in 2023 alone, the Russian Ground Forces received more than 1.5 thousand tanks. In 2024, the Russian army will receive more than 36 thousand units of equipment, the Russian Ministry of Defense reported.

Losing Arms and Secret Data

The British Armed Forces lost an entire arsenal of weapons, including machine guns, assault rifles, rocket launchers and thousands of rounds of ammunition.

As The Daily Telegraph reported, citing official department reports, since 2018, 1.4 thousand computers, 100 laptops and about 300 memory cards on which confidential data could be stored have also gone missing – representing a huge potential threat to the security of the British armed forces.

UK Psychologists Teach Ukrainian Soldiers to Hate

There seem to be no limits to the fanatical and destructive support of Ukraine (with catastrophic results for Ukrainians) as the country is used as a battering ram to attack Russia. Vladimir Buchok, a serviceman of the 24th brigade of the AFU, describes his training:

“I was trained in the UK. They taught us how to use weapons and medicine. Psychologists worked on us so that we did not like Russian soldiers and all Russians in general, so that we killed them and treated them harshly when we captured them,” Vladimir said.

Commenting on the moral and psychological state of his brigade, the captured AFU serviceman said:

“When I came to my brigade, our morale was generally low, the commanders forced us to loot, there was no food”.

Vladimir Buchok received all his equipment back in Britain:

“We were given armour plates that could be pierced with a knife, helmets too, training helmets. We also had to buy everything with our own money”. 

This is despite British aid for Ukraine in 2024 of more than £3bn!!

UK Special Forces in Ukraine 

Elite British special forces were operating on the ground in Ukraine weeks after Russia invaded last year. That is the allegation contained in the book, Poland at War, by Polish journalist Zbigniew Parafianowicz.

The author is Ukraine correspondent for a daily newspaper in Warsaw and had access to political insiders and senior officials. He quotes an unnamed Polish government minister who claims to have run into British commandos in mid-March 2022 as he was travelling between Kyiv and the city of Zhytomyr. The minister said: 

“It was a time when the Russians were still standing in Bucha, and the route was a grey zone. It was possible to run into Russians. We passed the last checkpoint. The Ukrainians told us that we continue at our own risk. Well, and who did we meet next? Ukrainian soldiers and… British special forces. Uniformed. With weapons. They moved with the Ukrainians in trucks and off-road vehicles with artillery radars. They were tracking targets. They were learning about this war. Such radar tracks where mortar or rocket shells fall and are fired.”

A retired Spanish Army Colonel Pedro Baños has said on his youtube channel that 18 members of the British Special Air Service as well as French army soldiers were killed in a Russian strike on Odessa, although neither the British government nor the press have reported British soldiers killed in Ukraine since they are officially not there!

According to him, another 25 members of the British Special Air Service were injured.

“And they tell me that the French soldiers died… these are not mercenaries who are French, no, these are soldiers of the French army,” he added.

The British Political Class Risks Russian Attack

And yet, as we see from the new Labour Prime Minister Starmer the British political class is second to none in its hysterical and uncritical promotion of Kiev’s war, welcoming members of the Nazi Azov battalion to the Houses of Parliament and providing long range Storm Shadow missiles and almost certainly British advisers/operators targeting Russian forces.

Indeed the then conservative MP Andrew Bridgen met the Russian ambassador who said the Russians knew of the UK operators of Storm Shadows in Ukraine. See this.

In May this year the UK’s Ambassador in Moscow “was warned that the response to Ukrainian strikes on Russia using British weapons could be on any British military facilities and equipment on the territory of Ukraine or beyond” – the Official Russian Statement

Russian Presidential special envoy Sergei Ivanov has said that Britain is the most hostile state for Russia:

“Great Britain has been doing the same thing for 300-400 years – trying to limit Russia: its influence, economic power. Do everything so that Russia sits on the outskirts of Europe. It doesn’t matter whether this policy concerns the Russian Empire, the Soviet Union, the Russian Federation – it’s all the same” Ivanov said.[1]

It is, to put it mildly, foolish of British politicians to “shout loudly and carry a small stick”! Especially since there has been no parliamentary approval of any war against Russia. We live in dangerous times.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on Freenations.

Note

[1] See Freenations post http://freenations.net/ukraine-russia-and-the-third-crusade-by-ken-leslie/ 

Featured image is from Freenations

“I’m not a big fan of that presidential candidate’s pro-genocide policies, but I like her positions on women’s reproductive healthcare” is not the sort of thing that would be said in a sane and normal country.

*

The single defining feature of this political moment in the United States is that all major presidential candidates favor continuing the perpetration of an active genocide — and that everyone’s trying to tap dance around this issue.

That’s it. That’s the main story here. It’s not “American democracy is on the line in this election.” It’s not “Making America great again” or “Taking back our country” or “Fighting the woke agenda” or any of that braindead nonsense. The main story is that an actual genocide is scheduled to continue no matter whom Americans elect, and everyone’s meant to just ignore that point as though it’s some small insignificant quibble and focus on the candidates’ positions on other issues like immigration reform and student loan debt forgiveness.

The main story is this mind-warpingly insane situation in which progressive-minded Americans now find themselves saying plainly ridiculous things like “Gosh I’m not crazy about this candidate’s pro-genocide policies, but I really like what she’s saying about tax credits for low and middle income families!” It’s that right wingers are now forced to adopt the position “Yeehaw, Trump’s gonna end the wars and bring our troops home and Make America Great Again, right after he helps Israel defeat Hamas, Hezbollah, the Houthis, the Shia militias in Iraq and Syria, and oh yeah, also Iran.” It’s that independents are saying “RFK Jr is going to dismantle the war machine while simultaneously backing a genocide and pledging ‘unconditional support’ for the front-line aggressor in today’s major conflicts throughout the middle east.”

That’s what all the headlines should be about. Not how Trump’s 2024 campaign strategy differs from his other presidential runs. Not the ways Kamala should go after him in their first debate. The main story in US politics is the fact that there’s a genocide happening which all viable candidates support, and that an entire country is trying to find ways to psychologically compartmentalize around this horrifying fact.

You can’t “lesser evil” a genocide. That’s not a thing. Past a certain line a candidate is just plain evil, and if genocide is not on the other side of that line for you, then it no longer makes sense for you to talk about “evil” — or any other moral distinction for that matter. By framing the single worst thing a leader can do as a forgivable infraction, you have made all moral distinctions nonsensical. You live your life with your head in a moral universe where good and bad have no meaning apart from your feelings and how things make you feel. 

You can say you’re voting for your preferred genocidal monster because you feel a preference for that genocidal monster’s positions on healthcare or gun control or whatever, but what you can’t do is fool anyone who has their eyes open into believing you are siding with any kind of “lesser evil”. Once you’ve crossed into the same kind of moral landscape that would argue for supporting Six-Headed Hitler to stop Seven-Headed Hitler, you’re no longer standing in a landscape where it makes sense to talk about good and evil.

The closer we get to the November election the clearer it will become which American lefties have been using the word “genocide” sincerely and which have been using it solely to gain acceptance and approval in leftist circles.

*

What makes watching the Gaza genocide so much more awful is remembering how nobody suffered any consequences for the invasion of Iraq. Everything just went back to the same dystopian “normal”, despite our just having watched them lie the world into an unforgivable mass atrocity with the full complicity of our news media. It was like a family watching a father casually behead his daughter over Thursday night dinner, and then everyone just returning to their meal and going on as though nothing had happened.

And realistically that’s what we can expect to see after this horror as well. Israel will keep all the material gains it made from its crimes in Gaza, just as the US did in Iraq. Biden will die peacefully in his bed surrounded by loved ones, as will Netanyahu, when neither of these monsters have any business dying anywhere outside a prison cell in The Hague. All the war crimes, all the lies, all the mass media propaganda and distortions, will all likely go completely unpunished, and then the empire will go on to its next unfathomable evil.

This will be the case until the people get fed up enough to use the power of their numbers to force drastic changes to the systems which organize this civilization. Until then, none of the world’s worst people will be in prison. The law will exist not to protect us from the worst of our society, but to protect the worst of our society from us.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Featured image is from the author

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version). Visit and follow us on Instagram at @crg_globalresearch.

Ongoing processor vaccine related eye disorders first reported two year ago in May 2021

First published on May 6, 2021

***

In just a few months, the World Health Organization received approximately 20,000 reports of new eye disorders that occurred post covid-19 vaccination. These reports include 303 cases of blindness and 1,625 cases of visual impairment! The European drug monitoring agency had never recorded such a severe spike in eye injuries until after the experimental vaccines were launched. These reports were collected by VigiBase and analyzed by the Uppsala Monitoring Centre in Uppsala, Sweden.

About half of the new eye disorders were additionally reported to the U.K.’s Yellow Card adverse event reporting system, which was set up to monitor the influx of adverse events that were anticipated during this live, experimental vaccine study. Back in 2020, the vaccine makers had already entered into liability-free contracts with governments around the world. This has enabled mass vaccine injury with no recourse or accountability and set up the framework for a historic, worldwide holocaust.

Ophthalmologists need more training to properly recognize and report vaccine injury

These experimental vaccines are designed to cause inflammation throughout the body, by reprogramming human cells to produce inflammatory spike proteins that are derived from the bio-weapon itself. Eye damage is merely a symptom of this inflammation, a sign of more serious problems to come with capillaries and autoimmune issues. The inflammatory conditions caused by the vaccines provide a new revenue stream for various industries within the medical system, including ophthalmology.

With mounting evidence of eye injury post-vaccination, ophthalmologists are ethically obligated to denounce these covid-19 vaccines. The vaccines are causing acute eye injuries at scale and are an underlying cause of inflammation for future eye disorders and other health problems. However, ophthalmologists are not properly trained to recognize, diagnose and report vaccine injury.

When the U.S. FDA issued Emergency Use Authorization for these experimental ‘vaccines’, they did not mention eye disorders specifically. In their fact sheet, they warn, “additional adverse reactions, some of which may be serious, may become apparent with more widespread use of the Pfizer-BioNTech COVID-19 Vaccine.”

In the UK’s Yellow Card System, vaccine-induced eye damage includes 4,616 cases of severe eye pain, 3,839 cases of blurred vision, 1,808 cases of light intolerance, and 559 cases of double vision. These issues were not prevalent until the vaccine was used. Some of the eye issues are mild but could be a sign of more serious issues within the cardiovascular or nervous systems. There were 768 cases of eye irritation, 731 cases of itchy eyes, 788 cases of ocular hyperemia, 459 cases of eye strain, 400 cases of dry eye, and 653 cases of increased lacrimation.

The covid vaccine holocaust is destroying people’s hearing and vision

More serious issues of swelling were documented as well, including swelling around the eye (366 incidences), swelling of the eyelid (360 incidences) eyelid oedema (298) conjunctival haemorrhage or breakage of a small eye vessel (236), periorbital oedema (171), and eye haemorrhage (169). The swelling can be indicative of more serious cerebral, spinal, and/or cardiovascular issues. Blood clots and nervous system disorders are a commonly reported adverse event. The eye disorders provide a window of opportunity to understand just how severe the inflammation is. Ophthalmologists are able to identify early signs of vaccine-induced brain swelling, cardiovascular issues and stroke to help patients seek emergency care before the patient becomes another casualty to these horrid vaccines.

One 33-year-old pilot had severe migraines and sudden vision problems following the Pfizer vaccine. The pain migrated down the back of his neck toward the bottom of his skull. The pain lasted for several days and was accompanied by dizziness, nausea, disorientation, confusion, uncontrollable shaking, and tingling in his toes and fingers. He was ultimately evaluated by doctors. The Pfizer COVID vaccine had increased the pressure in his spinal cord and brain stem, rupturing his left inner ear, and damaging his eyesight.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Featured image is from NaturalNews.com

Yes, it is of utmost importance that the assassination attempt on Donald Trump, now Republican-nominated Presidential Candidate, be thoroughly investigated. Human Justice and ethics demand it. But will those in power allow it?

Maybe Donald Trump himself, when he is President, will launch a serious investigation – and divulge the truth, from within the myriads of speculations circulating the mainstream as well as non-mainstream media?

In the meantime, we are being fed dozens of rumors, hearsay, theories ranging from a conspiracy plot to a Hollywood-type bloody earshot, to Secret Service attempted murder, to the official story that this 20-year-old kid, Thomas Matthew Crooks, a registered Republican who has never voted, a stellar student, just graduated in 2022, was the shooter who just missed by literally a hair – see the boy’s picture (CNN website).

Mike Adams’s analysis has distinguished three different shooters. Paul Craig Roberts comes to a similar conclusion. See this.

The WSJ reports that Trump’s shooter used a drone to scout the rally site in advance (RT – 20 July 2024). How believable is this? Unless, of course, it is an inside job, for which circumstantial evidence becomes ever more convincing.

Nobody seriously questioned how Thomas Matthew Crooks, with no background whatsoever of hating former President Trump, got to the place of the rally, let alone with a rifle and intent of shooting the Presidential candidate? Might anybody suspect that Thomas could have been the victim of the DARPA-CIA type MK-Ultra mind manipulation project?

The plots abound and become deeply confusing. They are also obfuscating what else is going on in the world – crimes of biblical proportions. Is blending the world’s vision out from these and other secretly prepared events part of the Trump Drama?

Wars

Endless wars – Zionists Gaza massacres, a genocide expanding to the West Bank, with new illegal settlements, Palestinian resisters are being shot dead. The Zionist-US war expanding to Lebanon, Jordan – eventually intent to include Iran — all for a greater, energy-strong Israel, tolerated by the West; or rather, encouraged and financed by the west. With Zionist controlled western funding, naturally.

The planning of the Ben Gurion Canal, cutting from Gaza through Israel to the Black Sea. Eventually envisaged replacing the Suez Canal, so that all or most European international sea traffic will be under Zionist control – financially and otherwise, of course.

War in Ukraine – proxy US war against Russia, targeting the largest country in the world for domination. Next target, China, already today the strongest economic power in PPP-terms (Purchasing Power Parity), and soon in absolute terms. The US hegemon, and self-styled head of the One World Order, also wants to control China, the economic powerhouse not only of Asia and the West, but also of the Global South.

Do people realize that Ukraine is already being “privatized” by the West? Leading privatizing power is BlackRock, owning already, it is said, up to 50% or more, of Ukraine’s agricultural land and more of Ukraine’s riches. Ukraine with all its war debts – debts from loans, by far not all the money that was and is still flowing to Ukraine is grant-money – privatization of the country’s equity is a logical step. BlackRock-Vanguard and StateStreet are champions in this domain.

Guess, who owns BlackRock-Vanguard and StateStreet?

Monetary manipulations – who controls the Western monetary system, and much of the Global South’s monetary systems? Brief answer: Zionists. The debt of so-called developing countries through international lending institutions – World Bank, IMF, Regional Development Banks, followed by the private banking system run by Zionist-controlled Wall Street, one day must be paid back.

The debt monster is increasing by wanton, endless war games, Western NATO aggression, sold as defense wars – causing a multiple billion arms (and debt) race and business. Guess cui bono from the endless killing apparatus? You guessed right. Almost always the same villains.

The killing left and right – real and “fake” terrorism, “false flag” type operation — are all part of the plan, a multiple-objectives plan: Generating billions if not trillions of profits for a small elite from systematic killing, reducing, demoralizing, and dehumanizing the world population – with an added goal of total submission.

The recent Trump “assassination” Drama catches all the attention and deviates from these other, but deep-rooted realities.

There are more “eclipsed” fronts from which humanity is steadily attacked, but blurred by the Donald Trump event:

The climate hoax – climate manipulation, geoengineering, chemtrails, Direct Energy Weapons (DEW), the kind that most likely destroyed Lahaina, Hawaii; and more recently parts of northern Chile. DEW has many means of application, from drones to helicopters, to airplanes to outright satellites. From the latter they can cause devastating earthquakes by sending high-powered electromagnet bursts deep into the earth.

The climate hoax is a two-edged sword. On the one hand, destruction; on the other, the make-believe effect that we humans by producing CO2 are the culprits for the devastating climate change causing diseases, destroying agriculture, causing famine, creating poverty around the globe and killing the less fortunate everywhere, and foremost in the Global South. This is, of course, a flagrant lie and must be dismantled. See below, under WEF.

The WHO tyranny though the Pandemic Treaty rejected for now, the game is not over.

Wait for the UN General Assembly (GA) in September 2024 when new humanity-cheating “tricks” can be expected, based on the last-minute approval of the revised International Health Regulation (IHR) during the May 2024 World Health Assembly (WHA). To be approved, they were significantly watered down, but can be revived.

Also, not to forget, the WHO tyranny is also in charge of “Climate Change Control.” Who controls the WHO?

Imagine WHO receives more than 80% of its budget from private sources. One of the largest junks comes from the chief eugenist, the Bill Gates Foundation, and GAVI (also Gates-created), the Vaxx association of some 20-plus pharma conglomerates. What a betrayal of humanity – the World Health Organization is hiding the eugenists death agenda.

The WEF’s absolute mandate of population reduction – by any means and attacks on humanity on multiple fronts:

  • The CO2 hoax – when do people realize that CO2 is as important as oxygen for all lives survival on Mother Earth? Without CO2, trees would die and could no longer produce our life-supporting oxygen. Nature is in perfect equilibrium. Excess CO2 is absorbed by the world’s seas; and if missing to feed the plants, trees, rainforests, the seas release the needed quantities of CO2. Humanity is insignificant in this balanced CO2 interchange.

Destruction of agriculture — the CO2 hoax indoctrinated again. Cows’ gas emits dangerous “greenhouse gases”; therefore, they must be eliminated. Do you know who invented the CO2 / Global Warming / Climate Change lie?

The Club of Rome, more than 50 years ago, issued in 1972 the report “Limits to Growth”, prescribing instruments to limit growth and reduce human population. Invented excesses of CO2 are a purported instrument to indoctrinate the populace at large with guilt.

This has first led to the Global Warming agenda of the 1990s, early 2000s. Later, with a more generic name-change it became today’s “Climate Change Agenda”.

A world thoroughly indoctrinated with the help of the UK-based Tavistock Institute for Social Engineering, created the so-called annual Environmental Conference of the Parties (COP), up to the 28th COP in Dubai October 2023. The next COP – 29th — is scheduled to take place in Baku, Azerbaijan, from 11 to 22 November 2024. Close to 100,000 people are expected to attend the COP in Azerbaijan.

By now, COPs have little to do with “environmental protection”, but serve rather for networking and signing billions worth of business deals – many of which are harmful for the environment.

You may ask, what does this have to do with the Trump Drama? Well, it deviates from the upcoming disastrous 29th COP – in which Washington will be a key player as they have been throughout the COP propaganda agenda. Will this change with Mr. Trump in the White House?

The COPs key message was always the same: reduce CO2, or you, humanity, will eventually extinguish yourself.

It is hardly known that the 15th COP in 2015 in Paris, quietly and discretely established norms, excluding the largest CO2 emitters from the CO2-banning narrative: Wars (by far the largest CO2 emitter), war industries, sea transports, including colossal container vessels and the floating hotel cruise ships; and air transport – civil and military.

Do people at large, who busily and obediently cover their roofs with billions of dollars-worth of solar panels, creating a billion of dollars-worth up-and-coming solar-panel industry, know about these by far largest CO2 “culprits”? Probably not.

This is relentlessly going on, while the world at large is kept breathless by the Trump drama.

Humanity is of course attacked on many other fronts. Here are some of them:

  • Destruction of agriculture, confiscation of farm land by the super rich, leading to famine, misery and eventually death. Reason: Agriculture produces environmentally damaging CO2 and other greenhouse gases.
  • Artificially created economic crises by manipulation of the Zionist-controlled western monetary system, economic breakdowns, bankruptcies, unemployment, poverty, death.
  • Endless fear-after-fear campaigns, lowering human resistance in all dimensions, health, mental, creating submissiveness.
  • New viruses — several yet unknown viruses “Xs” are on the horizon, for new deadly vaxxes, depopulating the still largely ignorant world.
  • Rapid and shamelessly planned social services decay throughout the Western world.
  • Weapon trafficking: Ukraine – 70% of Western weapons never make it to the front (BBC, CNN and other mainstream media), but end up straight on the black market – creating the biggest “war and terrorist” weapons market in the world, to arm Western-created current and future “terror groups” helping the West perpetuating wars.
  • The West defending Ukraine – the world’s hub for crime, abuse, and corruption of all kinds and the only officially tolerated Nazi regime — and Nazi military forces, the Banderas Azov battalions, still alive and killing in Donbas and wherever Russians can be found, encouraged and funded by the West. The same Bandera Azov units which participated during WWII in Hitler’s war against the Soviet Union, helping killing millions of Russians.

The West overlooks one of the worst, if not the worst, crimes humanity can commit: Human trafficking, especially children. Children are being raped – in prisons, in underground tunnels and shelters, under starving conditions. They are killed under torture so that the rich and powerful, the cream of the elite’s political and business crop, can enjoy consuming alleged life-prolonging adrenochrome from suffering-to-death children.

Remember Epstein’s Island which to this day serves as a “blackmail” instrument for politicians, and other Big Shots, who went there in their glory – no names mentioned, many are known – so they will not talk. See this.

The West also closes its eyes, ignores – but knows – the aborted and new-born children cut open alive for organs – for vaccine production. See this 2-minute video clip:

A WHO – tolerated, maybe a Gates initiative?

And this a Ukraine run-down, from the Laboratories of Secrets:

“It’s a hub for human trafficking.

It’s a hub specifically for child trafficking.

It’s a hub for narcotics trafficking.

It’s a hub for weapons trafficking.

It’s one of the biggest money laundering operations in the world.

We know about our [US] bio labs.

For the record, 80,000 children from Ukraine have disappeared and vanished since the war began. Women have been kidnapped and thrown into prostitution. This war is a catastrophe, the people bathing in blood are in Kiev and Washington.

Where are the 80,000 missing children in Ukraine?

Zelensky / Biden WAR in Ukraine operates the largest child sex trafficking / organ / adrenochrome harvesting operation all through Europe.

Where are the 1000 missing Maui children?

Biden openly traffics children at US Borders.

The sad truth is that our Congress that YOU PAY [you, the US people] cares more about laundering money through Ukraine, than about our own border [the US border] that is falling apart at the seem.”

An observation about the missing children during the infamous Swiss-sponsored so-called Peace Conference in the luxury resort of the Burgenstock by the Lake of Lucerne on 14/15 June 2024, Canadian PM Justin Trudeau had the gall to say in a Press Conference that Russian troops (he emphasized Putin troops) have stolen 20,000 Ukrainian children – and nobody knows where they are.

What a flagrant lie and defamation, well-known by Trudeau, of President Putin, who indeed, rescued tens of thousands of abducted, trafficked, and enslaved children from Ukraine. This, and the elimination of US bio labs, is one of President Putin’s stated missions for intervening in Ukraine. Plus, of course, rescuing Donbass and other Russian regions from the Kiev Azov killings.

All these atrocities are overshadowed by the dramatic Trump event. Dramatic it is and must be investigated thoroughly which does not appear to be in the interest of the elite, Deep State – or those who profit from it.

But as dramatic as it is, the attempted killing of a potential future US President cannot be allowed to blend out the rapid decay of the rest of the world.

The attempted assassination may not be resolved for a long time and an official version is little by little crystallizing, not the truth of course. But the “true narrative” will gradually be adapted to people’s belief-manipulated minds. The killing of the Kennedy Brothers, Martin Luther King, 9/11 et al, may be vivid examples how the media – plus Tavistock – control the population’s thinking.

And this official version will be drummed into the heads of people for decades to come, as is the case with other official versions.

Unless we the People scream from the bottom of our lungs NO! No MORE.

The truth must out.

And that independently of whether Donald Trump is the next president of a sovereign USA, not hegemonic USA, but a sovereign national US of A.

We the people, 8.1 billion, are and MUST be in control – not the 15 or 20 million Zionists pretending being God’s Chosen people and controlling the world’s monetary system, by coercing and blackmailing politicians throughout the Western world, and gradually also in the Global South.

We the People MUST peacefully resist this affront, currently executed by the WEF, the UN system, WHO – and all the mostly financial giants behind these institutions, all controlled by Zionist interests.

We, the People, not the Zionists, are the world’s masters – leaders of an anti-globalist multipolar world, of sovereign countries and nations, and of sovereign national monetary systems, devoid of a US dollar dominance and dependence.

Can we do it?

YES, WE CAN!

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from SHTFplan.com

 

Zelensky knows that he won’t reconquer his country’s lost territory no matter what he says for the purpose of keeping morale high, hence the need to informally explore a compromise for ending the conflict in the most politically “face-saving” way possible.

Kiev Mayor Vitaly Klitschko, who’s emerged as one of Zelensky’s top rivals over the past year, speculated in an interview with Italy’s Corriere Della Serra over the weekend that the Ukrainian leader might agree to territorial compromises with Russia. In his words,

“Will he…consider a territorial compromise with Putin?…Zelensky will probably have to resort to a referendum. I don’t think he can reach such painful and important agreements on his own without popular legitimacy.”

Klitschko also echoed Atlantic Council senior fellow Adrian Karatnycky’s demand from mid-December for Zelensky to create a “government of national unity” by suggesting that this could help disperse responsibility for unpopular decisions like mobilization and thus ease their implementation. His interview couldn’t have been more perfectly timed since it coincided with the signals that Ukraine sent over the past week about its newfound semi-seriousness in reviving peace talks with Russia as explained here.

To summarize for the reader’s convenience, the US’ political uncertainty, the Ukrainian Conflict’s military-strategic dynamics continuing to favor Russia, and the growing attractiveness of China as a mediator combined to influence Zelensky to send his top diplomat to Beijing. This will be Kuleba’s first trip there since 2022, which followed the first such trip to Kiev by the Vatican’s top diplomat during this same period, thus advancing the scenario of China and the EU (via the Vatican) jointly hosting peace talks.

This is precisely what Orban proposed in his peace mission report for the EU, but since he’s considered by the Eurocrats to be too toxic to associate with, they’d prefer relying on the Vatican as their backchannel for exploring Kiev’s interest in this possibility instead. Zelensky knows that China doesn’t support his maximalist objectives in this conflict, but it’s also not in favor of Russia’s either, so his decision to dispatch Kuleba to Beijing hints at an emerging interest to have it broker a compromise.

Accordingly, this could take the form of freezing the conflict along the Line of Contact (LOC), but without rescinding Kiev’s claims to Russian-controlled territory within Ukraine’s pre-2014 borders. He couldn’t realistically agree to this though without a referendum after the enormous costs that his country already paid. Klitschko sensed that something of the sort might soon be afoot even before Kuleba’s trip to Beijing was announced (his interview’s publication narrowly preceded it) and that’s why he shared what he did.

Nobody should have any false expectations about this happening anytime soon, let alone assuming that Russia would agree to it after President Putin said last month that no cessation of hostilities is possible without Ukraine first withdrawing from all the territory that Moscow now claims as its own. Even in the event that Kiev voluntarily complied, which is unlikely, then the Kremlin would likely also want other aspects of its national security interests to be ensured as well such as demilitarization and the like.

In any case, it could form a starting point for resuming dialogue with Russia, even if it’s only initially conducted via mediators like China and/or the EU (albeit via the Vatican instead of Orban). Zelensky knows that he won’t reconquer his country’s lost territory no matter what he says for the purpose of keeping morale high, hence the need to informally explore a compromise for ending the conflict in the most politically “face-saving” way possible, thus explaining Klitschko’s referendum speculation.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

China firmly supports the just cause of the Palestinian people in restoring their legitimate national rights, supports all Palestinian factions in achieving reconciliation through dialogue and consultation, and supports Palestine in realizing solidarity, unity and independent statehood at the earliest possible date. China has been and will continue to make relentless effort to this end.Mao Ning, China’s Foreign Ministry Spokesman

China has brought together 14 disparate Palestinian groups and helped them form a unity government that will rule Gaza when the Israeli onslaught ends.

On Tuesday, leaders of the main Palestinian factions—including Hamas and Fatah—signed the Beijing Declaration which establishes an “interim national reconciliation government” to rule post-war Gaza.

The groundbreaking agreement represents the first step towards rapprochement between traditional rivals who have put their differences behind them in the interests of the beleaguered Palestinian people.

Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi (C), also a member of the Political Bureau of the Communist Party of China Central Committee, poses for a group picture with members of the Palestinian factions during the signing of the Beijing Declaration in Beijing, China, July 23, 2024. Credit: Chinese Foreign Ministry

In order to capitalize on the progress they’ve made in Beijing, Palestinian leaders need to call a broad and fully authorized international conference under the auspices of the UN, with regional and international participation.”

By doing this, they will draw more attention to their decades-long struggle for self-determination, which is already gaining momentum due to Israel’s genocidal rampage in Gaza. With the establishment of a de facto national unity government, the Palestinians will also be in a position to request international peacekeepers to protect their legal (1967) borders, which Israel fails to recognize, and which are the source of the ongoing dispute. In order for international law to have any meaning, UN resolutions must be enforceable. Thus, the legitimacy of the United Nations depends largely on its ability to establish and defend a Palestinian state against Zionist aggression. This is from an article at the Global Times:

China has made another significant contribution to the peace and stability of a world in turbulence as 14 factions from Palestine, including Fatah and Hamas, with key support from China, reached a historic declaration for nationwide reconciliation in Beijing on Tuesday. Experts said it will be a key step for Palestinian people to achieve their goal of establishing a state and the realization of long-standing peace between Palestine and Israel….

The latest…. events on the Palestine issue and the Ukraine crisis prove that China, which always upholds its stance for peace… is taking concrete actions to contribute to political settlements, despite the US and US-led military alliances like NATO continuing to add uncertainties and obstacles. China will continue with its efforts to ensure that peace processes in different regions of the world can be delivered…

Historic declaration for Palestine…

The core outcome of the reconciliation dialogue among Palestinian factions held in Beijing is to specify that the Palestine Liberation Organization (PLO) is the sole legitimate representative of all the Palestinian people, Chinese Foreign Minister Wang Yi said on Tuesday….

Ma Xiaolin, dean of the Institute for Studies on the Mediterranean Rim at Zhejiang International Studies University, told the Global Times on Tuesday that the declaration is absolutely historic, significant and unprecedented…. (it) is not just a document, but a feasible roadmap with international support and supervision from not only major regional countries but permanent members of the UN Security Council.”… Global Times

Chinese diplomats expect the path to peace to be implemented in three phases:

  • Phase 1—“To achieve a comprehensive, lasting and sustainable cease-fire in the Gaza Strip as soon as possible, and ensure access to humanitarian aid and rescue on the ground.”
  • Phase 2—“To make joint efforts toward post-conflict governance of Gaza under the principle of “Palestinians governing Palestine.” Gaza is an inseparable, integral part of Palestine.
  • Phase 3—“To help Palestine become a full member state of the UN and get down to implementing the two-state solution.”

China should be applauded for bringing the rival factions together and making such a courageous effort to bring the 10 month-long bloodbath in Gaza to an end. They should also be commended for understanding that the broader crisis cannot be resolved without internal reconciliation, which is why China’s foreign ministry arranged to bring all the factions together at one time. Fortunately, the three-day confab helped the leaders to iron-out their differences on key issues including the creation of a provisional “national reconciliation government that will be formed according to the consensus of Palestinian factions and the current Basic Law of the Palestine.”

This is a remarkable achievement for China which has already distinguished itself as the world leader in promoting policies of peace and non-intervention. Keep in mind, that China recently helped to reestablish diplomatic ties between Iran and Saudi Arabia and, also, has made numerous efforts to mediate an end to the war in Ukraine. Wherever hotspots emerge and fighting breaks out, China can be found dousing the flames and trying to bring the opposing-sides to the negotiating table. And while their actions may be ignored by the western media, they are having an impact all the same.

The world needs an actively engaged China to offset the destabilizing effects of Washington’s endless coups, interventions and wars. The Beijing Declaration shows what progress can be made when right-minded leaders act in the interests of peace and conflict resolution.

Bravo, China.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on The Unz Review.

Michael Whitney is a renowned geopolitical and social analyst based in Washington State. He initiated his career as an independent citizen-journalist in 2002 with a commitment to honest journalism, social justice and World peace.

He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG).  

Janine Jackson interviewed the Institute for Policy Studies’ Phyllis Bennis about Israel’s war on Palestinians for the July 19, 2024, episode of CounterSpin. This is a lightly edited transcript.

.

.

.

Janine Jackson (JJ):We must not lose sight of what is happening in Gaza, where an unprecedented humanitarian crisis continues to get even worse.” That recent statement from Sen. Bernie Sanders can be explored almost word by word. With zero cynicism at all, I wonder, who is “we,” exactly? What repercussions or responses accrue to a “humanitarian crisis” that differ from, for example, war crimes? And then, if “losing sight” is wrong, what has maintaining sight delivered?

Reports from just recent days are in of Israeli forces killing more than a hundred people in a southern Gaza designated safe zone, attacking schools where people were sheltered.

The Lancet reminds us that the roughly 40,000 people who have been reported killed in Gaza since last October should not be the number we hold in our heads, given not just the difficulty of data collection, but that armed conflicts have indirect health implications beyond the direct harm from violence. People dying from infectious disease and a lack of clean water are no less dead.

A numerical accounting of the toll of the current Israeli war on Palestinians may take years, but why should we wait? The effort to end it is now. So how and where does that happen? What needs to happen to get there?

We’re joined now by Phyllis Bennis, director of the New Internationalism project at the Institute for Policy Studies, and author of numerous books, including the constantly updated Understanding the Palestinian/Israeli Conflict. She joins us now by phone. Welcome back to CounterSpin, Phyllis Bennis.

Phyllis Bennis (PB): Good to be with you, Janine.

JJ: Last October, you wrote that

while it’s necessary, condemning attacks on civilians isn’t enough. If we are serious about ending this spiraling violence, we need to look at root causes, and that means, hard as it may be for some to acknowledge it, we must look at the context.

Well, it’s now July 2024. We’re at where we’re at. Is there anything that you would add or change from that call to understanding, from last year?

PB: I think the only thing I would change is that we are now looking at almost 10 months of genocide. When I wrote that, back in October, it had just started, and we had no idea we would be still at work, still having been unable to gain even a ceasefire. Even a ceasefire remains out of reach.

What has changed is the language of the White House, the language of some in Congress. We hear President Biden now saying, “We need a ceasefire. We want a ceasefire.” But he keeps on transferring weapons, including the 500-pound bombs, these massive bombs that were temporarily paused a few weeks ago, along with the giant 2,000-pound bombs, one of which alone can wipe out an entire city block, destroy every building on the block, and kill every person in those buildings.

undefined

MK-84 bomb (From the Public Domain)

For the moment, those bombs are still being “temporarily paused,” maybe because in a recent Reuters report, we learned that the US had, since October, already transferred at least 14,000 of those MK-84 bombs, those 2,000-pound giant weapons of mass destruction, and the smaller, less dangerous 500-pound bombs, that maybe could only destroy half a block at one time, and maybe only half the people that were living in those houses. So, OK, that should be right, right?

The hypocrisy of it. Saying, “I want a ceasefire,” President Biden says, while he continues to transfer the weapons. And then he goes on to say, while he continues to enable this genocide by providing the weapons–which is all that Israel wants from him, they don’t care whether he says he wants a ceasefire or not; they want him to send the weapons, and he is sending the weapons. And then he says, “I’m the guy that did more for the Palestinian community than anybody.” What kind of hypocrisy are we hearing here?

JJ: Right. Well, Ramzy Baroud just wrote recently about the importance of separating humanitarian efforts from political and military objectives, essentially using the survival of people as a bargaining chip. I feel that media—not media alone—but they’ve fuzzed up this understanding that when elephants fight, it’s the grass that gets trampled, that we’re supposed to think about civilians being harmed, and they should be protected whenever.

But just to say, the international bodies that even just witness and record this carnage are themselves undermined.

PB: Absolutely.

JJ: And the idea is: It’s just every country against every other country—which, side note, would be demoralizing enough, even if it weren’t such an obvious lie, given that we know that commerce is global; we accept meta-national rules when it comes to corporate behavior. But here the international bodies that would say this is wrong, where are they?

PBWell, you’re absolutely right. The international community, as it likes to be called—meaning the United Nations, the international courts, all of those institutions—have failed. In the main, they haven’t failed primarily for lack of trying. They certainly have not tried hard enough. But they have tried.

The problem is they have been undermined every step of the way by their most powerful member, which happens to be the government of the United States. We should not forget what Dr. King taught us, that the greatest purveyor of violence in the world is our own government. He said that in 1967 at Riverside Church. I will say it again, today, so many years later. That has not changed.

Image: Delegates from South Africa at the ICJ

We do see, in the International Court of Justice, in the Hague, the extraordinary impact of South Africa’s initiative to challenge Israel directly, state to state, to say that Israel is violating the international convention against genocide. And after several weeks, on an expedited basis, the court came out and said, yes, this is plausibly genocide. And while it will take some time, usually months or years to make a complete and final determination, we are hereby ordering a set of things, that they ordered Israel to do, to make sure that the potential for genocide—or the actual genocide, they were leaving themselves that little wiggle room—but to make sure that that stopped, and they gave explicit orders, which Israel, again, simply ignored.

And what’s different this time, Janine, what you said is so important about other countries, as well as the international institutions, standing by and watching: One of the things that’s different here is that the international covenant against genocide, unlike most parts of international law that are very complicated, very hard to understand and really only apply very narrowly, the Genocide Convention specifically holds accountable every country that is a signatory, a party, to that convention. That includes the United States, ironically enough, includes Israel. But it says that every country who has signed on to that treaty has the obligation to make sure that it doesn’t get violated.

That was the basis for South Africa charging Israel with violating the covenant. But it also goes to every other country, including our own. So the Biden administration, aside from its active enabling of the genocide, is doubly responsible here, because it has an explicit, affirmative obligation to do everything in its power to stop the possibility of these attacks turning into genocide, or to stop them if they are indeed already genocide.

And the US answer to that requirement is to keep sending the weapons: 14,000 of these giant 2,000-pound bombs, 6,500 of the smaller 500-pound bombs, 3,000 Hellfire precision-guided air-to-ground missiles, a thousand bunker-buster bombs, 2,600 airdropped, small-diameter bombs, and more and more and more.

Click here to read the full article.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Janine Jackson is FAIR’s program director and producer/host of FAIR’s syndicated weekly radio show CounterSpin. She contributes frequently to FAIR’s newsletter Extra!, and co-edited The FAIR Reader: An Extra! Review of Press and Politics in the ’90s (Westview Press). She has appeared on ABC‘s Nightline and CNN Headline News, among other outlets, and has testified to the Senate Communications Subcommittee on budget reauthorization for the Corporation for Public Broadcasting. Her articles have appeared in various publications, including In These Times and the UAW’s Solidarity, and in books including Civil Rights Since 1787 (New York University Press) and Stop the Next War Now: Effective Responses to Violence and Terrorism (New World Library). Jackson is a graduate of Sarah Lawrence College and has an M.A. in sociology from the New School for Social Research.

Video: Tucker Carlson Reacts to Joe Biden Dropping Out

July 24th, 2024 by Tucker Carlson

America’s presidential election has been turned on its head, and many questions remain about where this race is heading.

Now that Joe Biden is out, who will take his place? Will Democrat voters be allowed to pick, or will party elites keep the decision to themselves? And what about the Trump assassination attempt? Would Biden still be in the race if the former president had been killed?

The Tucker Carlson Show brings you all the latest analysis, and today’s episode features Tucker and former United States Navy intelligence officer Jack Posobiec’s immediate insights on America’s new contest for the White House as well as a deep dive into an in-depth timeline of the bizarre events surrounding the Trump shooting.

 

Jack Posobiec tells Tucker:

“Joe Biden is not being pulled from the presidency because he has dementia. They don’t care about that. He’s being pulled because the American people found out about it.”

Click here to read the transcript.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Featured image is a screenshot from the video

Ethnics’ Votes Helped Pezeshkian to Win the Presidency in Iran

July 23rd, 2024 by Prof. Akbar E. Torbat

The low turnout in the past presidential and parliamentary elections warned the clerics in Tehran that their political base has substantially shrunk.

To deal with this problem, they passed Masoud Pezeshkian through the screening process of the Guardian Council to run for the presidency. They hoped to increase participation from the reformists and the ethnic population. Pezeshkian speaks Azari and Kurdish languages, in addition to Persian, which would increase participation. However, secular and nationalist groups have contended that screening of the candidates by the Guardian Council to preserve theocracy makes the elections irrelevant and have continuously boycotted the election. They wish to topple the clerical regime instead.

While Pezeshkian’s candidacy did not bring more voters to the polls in the first round, yet in the second round, a large portion of the ethnic population votes in the northwest and some in the southeast helped him to win the presidency.

Participation in the first round was 39.9%, and in the second stage, 49.8%.

That meant, in both stages, most of the eligible voters did not vote. During his campaigns, Pezeshkian provoked ethnic feelings of the Iranians in the northwest provinces by giving speeches in Azari and Kordish, which are the mother tongues in those provinces, and said why the country’s key positions were not given to them.

Image: An image of Saeed Jalili in an interview with the khamenei.ir website in 2021 (Licensed under CC BY 4.0)

undefined

About 10.5 million voted for Pezeshkian in the first round, which led him to go to the second round to compete with Saeed Jalili. In the second round, on July 5, 2024, Pezeshkian won 16,384,403 or 54.76% of the popular votes versus Jalili’s 13.5 million (44.3%).

Pezeshkian and Jalili won the provinces almost equally. In 16 provinces, Pezeshkian got the highest votes, and Jalili in 15 provinces, but because of higher ethnic votes in four provinces, Ardabil, East Azerbaijan, West Azerbaijan, and Kurdistan, Pezeshkian won more votes. The total difference between Pezeshkian votes and Jalili in all 31 provinces was about 2,850,000 votes.  

Pezeshkian became the ninth president of Iran and the third non-cleric.

Pezeshkian will become the oldest President of Iran at the age of 69 years and will be inaugurated on July 30, 2024. He is a physician by education. Pezeshkian used religion to advance his political career. During his university years, he joined Islamist student groups and established classes for teaching the Quran and the Nahjul al-balaghe, the primary books for Muslims. His political career includes being Minister of Health from 2001 to 2005, being elected to parliament five times, and serving as the First Deputy Head of the Majles from 2016 to 2020.

The winning of Pezeshkian does not necessarily benefit the Iranians, specifically the poor and working class. Some see him as a charlatan who takes advantage of Iranians’ religious beliefs and ethnic roots to deceive them. They see his presidency as a threat from the Pan-Turkism and Zionists to Iran’s territorial integrity. Pezeshkian’s ethnic roots may stir ethnic population radicalism feelings and open the door to Pan-Turkism and their imperialist supporters who covet to partition Iran.

Image: Ali Khamenei

Pezeshkian wants to pursue the same theocratic rules as before and comply with the religious orders.

The same theocratic dictatorship will be imposed on Iranians. After his victory, Pezeshkian thanked Ali Khamenei, the Supreme Leader, and said, “If he was not there, our names would not easily come out of the boxes,” and insisted on his loyalty to the Leader. Pezeshkian respects the Leader and implies that he must be the administrator of his orders. Assuming he is honest, not many changes are expected in the regime’s policies. The Leader has emphasized self-sufficiency policies and has said there will be no compromises with the US. Khamenei has indicated the same route as the prior President, Ebrahim Raisi: revolutionary Islam must continue. The Leader has emphasized that the new president must pursue the aims of the Islamic revolution. Furthermore, Saeed Jalili, who is head of the shadow government of the regime, informed Pezeshkian that the regime’s policies must continue. Jalili warned Pezeshkian that if he acted in a way that was not aligned with the policies of the regime, he would intervene to correct them.

Image: Javad Zarif

Conflicts have arisen over the criteria for choosing the upcoming cabinet.

Pezeshkian has said that instead of nepotism in the past, the criteria for the selection of his government members should be based on individual expertise. Pezeshkian has appointed the former foreign minister, Javad Zarif, to head the “Steering Council” of his cabinet. Zarif was educated in the US. While serving as an Iranian diplomat in the UN, he established friendly relations with some well-known leaders of the US Democratic Party, including John Kerry and George Soros. Zarif has come under criticism by some conservatives for his connection with the Americans. Mahmoud Nabaviyan, a member of the parliament, has said Zarif grew up in the land of infidels and is at the service of the American masters and behaves like a Jew for them. Also, Hossein Shariatmadari, the editor of the daily Kayhan, criticized Zarif for his criteria for choosing the cabinet members, which he considered to be in contradiction with the constitution and explicit Islamic principles. He implied that Zarif follows the ideas that is propagated by the Zionists.

Pezeshkian lacks knowledge of social sciences and wants to rely on his advisers to make decisions on those matters. He wants to restart negotiations with the United States over Iran’s nuclear program, promising to revive the 2015 agreement in exchange for lifting the West’s sanctions against Iran.

However, despite the concessions made previously, the sanctions were not removed. Zarif has continued the same demagogy that the sanctions can be lifted. However, that is not realistic, considering the upcoming presidential election in the US, as Joe Biden left the presidential race and endorsed the nomination of Kamala Harris for president. Most likely, Donald Trump will win the presidency; in that case, he will not easily settle the nuclear issue with Iran. Pezeshkian has stated to support the Islamic resistance movements against Israel, which the US opposes.

Moreover, the national defense industry could be compromised if concessions are made on Iran’s nuclear and missile programs. Such concessions will weaken Iran’s national security. Furthermore, lifting sanctions will help the wealthy merchant class to profit from trade at the expense of the shutdown of domestic industries. Opening the country’s borders to luxury cars and other big-ticket items will only please the luxurious lifestyle in North Tehran.

Pezeshkian has no viable plan to solve the country’s economic problems, specifically Inflation, which is very high. He wants to pursue neoliberal economic policies, which lead to cuts in social welfare programs for the poor strata.

The West does not want to see the clerical regime fall because the alternative would be a secular government more professional and nationalistic, which will maintain a more robust front against foreign influence in Iran. Even though a non-cleric has replaced the prior cleric president, it will not make that much difference in the theocratic regime. Theocratic rigidity and enforcement of clerical rules will go on.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Akbar E. Torbat is the author of “Politics of Oil and Nuclear Technology in Iran,” Palgrave Macmillan (2020). Farsi translation of the book is available hereHe is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Dez candidatos, apoiados por 38 partidos, participam das eleições presidenciais deste ano na Venezuela. É consenso, no entanto, que a disputa se centra em apenas dois: o presidente Nicolás Maduro e o principal bloco opositor, a Plataforma de Unidade Democrática (PUD), cujo candidato é Edmundo González Urrutia.

Todas as pesquisas de intenção de voto colocam esses dois candidatos na ponta da disputa. Mas a oposição radical, agrupada na PUD, e a imprensa internacional, só levam em consideração as pesquisas que indicam a vitória de González Urrutia.

Alguns exemplos são o instituto Delphos, que afirma que o opositor tem 59,1% das intenções de voto, contra 24,6% de Maduro; Consultores 21, que dá entre 55% e 60% de preferência para Urrutia e de 25% a 28% para Maduro; Hercon Consultores, que sugere que 68,4% votarão em Urrutia e somente 27,3% votarão em Maduro; e ORC Consultores, que indica um apoio de 59,6% dos eleitores para Urrutia e apenas de 12,5% para Maduro.

Embora se diga que esses são os institutos mais confiáveis, “esquece-se” que são dirigidos por pessoas com posições políticas acentuadamente antichavistas, como Saúl Cabrera, da Consultores 21, Oswaldo Ramírez, da ORC Consultores, Luis Vicente León, da Datanálisis, além de Benigno Alarcón, diretor do Centro de Estudos Políticos da UCAB. Eles vêm dando declarações públicas endossando o resultado questionável de suas pesquisas, ou seja, que González Urrutia é franco favorito contra Nicolás Maduro, e que só maquinações políticas com o uso do aparato do Estado podem dar uma vitória ao atual presidente.

“As pesquisas estão sendo sistematicamente usadas como arma de propaganda eleitoral para gerar um clima de opinião sobre o possível resultado da eleição”, disse à agência americana Voz da América (fundada pela CIA) o sociólogo Juan Manuel Trak. Ele tem toda a razão.

Os resultados das pesquisas acima diferem em muito dos publicados por outros institutos, que não são noticiados pelos meios de comunicação internacionais. O instituto Hinterlaces, que é tachado de chavista pela oposição e pelos jornais, mas que vem acertando praticamente todas as suas previsões nos últimos anos, aponta que Maduro tem 54,2% das intenções de voto, contra 24,1% de Urrutia. Ele é seguido por outros institutos: o Data Viva prevê 55,2% dos votos para Maduro e 20,9% para Urrutia; a Paramétrica indica 51,74% para Maduro e 29,06% para Urrutia; e a International Consulting Services colheu 71,6% de intenções de votos para o atual presidente e 23,9% para seu principal desafiador.

É claro que Trak também considera que as pesquisas que indicam uma vitória de Maduro também são enviesadas. Isso é bem provável. Mas elas estão muito mais próximas da realidade do que as duvidosas pesquisas que favorecem a oposição. Se todos votarem, só os 4,2 milhões de membros do Partido Socialista Unido da Venezuela (PSUV) que ratificaram a candidatura de Maduro em março já representariam 19,6% dos 21,4 milhões de venezuelanos aptos a votar nestas eleições.

Após os anos de intensa crise política, econômica e social causada pela morte de Hugo Chávez, a queda nos preços do petróleo e a guerra econômica patrocinada pelos Estados Unidos, a economia da Venezuela começou a se recuperar. O estudo do Programa das Nações Unidas para o Desenvolvimento (PNUD) publicado em abril informou de um crescimento de 2,6% do PIB da Venezuela em 2023 e estimou que em 2024 o crescimento será de 4,2%. A inflação no primeiro semestredeste ano foi de 8,9% e em junho ela caiu para 1% segundo o Banco Central da Venezuela – o menor índice mensal em 12 anos e o melhor da era Maduro. Segundo o Observatório Venezuelano de Finanças, desvinculado do governo, a inflação em junho foi de 2,4%. No mês anterior – maio –, a inflação de 1,5% foi a menor desde 2004.

Os próprios empresários deram uma trégua ao governo, que fez acordos com o setor privado para resgatar a economia, diversificar a produção e investir nas exportações. A Fedecámaras, famosa por liderar as sucessivas tentativas golpistas entre 2002 e 2004, não embarcou publicamente no discurso terrorista da PUD e os empresários não estão coagindo (ao menos de maneira enfática) seus funcionários a votarem na oposição, como fizeram anteriormente. O governo dos Estados Unidos voltou a dialogar com Caracas, o que sugere um relaxamento na pressão externa – o que pode mudar, caso Donald Trump seja eleito.

China e Rússia estão muito envolvidas com o governo venezuelano e isso é um importante pilar de sustentação de Maduro, cujo governo vem colhendo bons frutos dessa aliança – e dos acordos com outros países, como Índia, Turquia e Irã. Ao contrário da última crise, em 2019, os dois principais vizinhos (Brasil e Colômbia) hoje são governados por presidentes aliados de Maduro, o que dificulta a desestabilização do país nas fronteiras e o suporte a grupos radicais da oposição autoexilada.

Um indício da recuperação e estabilização na Venezuela é o fato de que o país saiu das manchetes do noticiário internacional nos últimos anos. Os grandes veículos de comunicação internacionais são nitidamente antichavistas e aproveitam qualquer evento minimamente negativo para realizar uma ampla campanha de propaganda contra o governo. Isso não tem sido possível nos anos mais recentes.

Motivo importante é que a oposição não se recuperou da derrota de 2019 com o fracasso de Juan Guaidó e não conseguiu se reunificar de maneira efetiva. Não há mais grandes manifestações antigovernamentais, até porque a direita não encontrou mais nenhuma oportunidade de sair às ruas e colocar o governo sob pressão. A ala radical da oposição, entretanto, continua com o mesmo discurso irrealista de 20 anos atrás (acusando o governo de ser uma ditadura, de reprimir e censurar e de cometer fraude eleitoral). As propostas de González Urrutia para privatizar as terras, indústrias, saúde e educação são altamente impopulares, o que o afasta das grandes massas da população. O próprio Urrutia era um político totalmente desconhecido três meses atrás e não passa de um boneco manipulado por María Corina Machado, histórica líder opositora fabricada nos laboratórios da CIA e escandalosamente financiada pelo governo dos EUA.

Por sua vez, o chavismo continua forte e organizado, apesar de suas contradições e dissidências, como a do Partido Comunista. Além da presidência da República, governa 19 dos 23 estados, 213 das 335 prefeituras, tem 222 de 277 deputados na Assembleia Nacional, a maioria em 20 das 23 assembleias legislativas estaduais e em 224 dos 335 conselhos municipais. O poder judiciário e demais instituições públicas nacionais, bem como o alto escalão da Força Armada Nacional Bolivariana e das polícias são, em geral, legalistas.

Contudo, apesar de um cenário real favorável para a 31ª vitória eleitoral em 25 anos de chavismo no próximo domingo (28), ela provavelmente não será tão fácil como indicam as pesquisas que o beneficiam. A situação econômica não está tão ruim como antes e o país está relativamente pacificado, mas o povo continua vivendo em uma situação social instável. Embora provavelmente vença as eleições, o seu resultado deverá indicar que as tentativas de conciliar com a oposição, com a burguesia venezuelana e com o imperialismo americano não estão trazendo grandes ganhos políticos para o chavismo diante de sua base social, especialmente a juventude.

Por outro lado, a oposição radical dá a vitória como favas contadas, utilizando as pesquisas que lhe favorecem e negando a realidade. A imprensa internacional compra esse discurso. Essa é uma campanha que vende uma ilusão de forma proposital e certamente a direita utilizará essas pesquisas e a cobertura enviesada da imprensa como “prova” de que houve fraude, caso o resultado das urnas seja contrário a essas previsões, e, aproveitando esse clima, volte ao seu repertório tradicional de não reconhecer a vitória do chavismo.

O governo dos EUA, diferentemente de todas as eleições anteriores, decidiu ser mais cauteloso e não emitir declarações em apoio à oposição. Porém, uma vitória de Maduro que seja rotulada como fraudulenta pela oposição e pela imprensa internacional pode levar a uma mudança de postura dos EUA em relação ao apoio público à desestabilização. Afinal, um governo moribundo e em transição, como é o de Joe Biden, é imprevisível.

Eduardo Vasco

*

Eduardo Vasco é jornalista especializado em política internacional, correspondente de guerra e autor dos livros-reportagem “O povo esquecido: uma história de genocídio e resistência no Donbass” e “Bloqueio: a guerra silenciosa contra Cuba”.

Detoxification is an ongoing process performed by multiple organs, including your liver, kidneys, skin, lungs, and digestive tract, rather than a sporadic event triggered by special diets or cleanses

Extreme detox plans can be counterproductive, potentially harming liver health and slowing metabolism. Your body doesn’t need restrictive diets to detoxify; it requires sufficient energy and nutrients

Your liver, as the primary detoxification organ, requires adequate protein, energy, and nutrients to function optimally. Chronic under-eating can impair liver function and overall detoxification processes

Supporting detoxification involves holistic approaches: eating enough, regular movement, quality sleep, ensuring daily bowel movements, and managing stress, rather than relying on quick-fix solutions or detox products

Your lymphatic system plays a crucial role in detoxification by transporting waste and maintaining fluid balance. Supporting lymph flow through exercise, massage, and maintaining good gut health is important

*

In recent years, the concept of “detoxing” has gained immense popularity, with countless products, diets, and programs promising to cleanse your body of harmful toxins. However, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and nuanced than many of these quick-fix solutions would have you believe.

In this comprehensive guide, let’s explore the truth about detoxification, how your body naturally performs this vital function, and the best ways to support your body’s innate detoxification processes.

Understanding Detoxification

Detoxification is a crucial bodily process that involves removing toxic substances from the body. It’s a vital function, as the accumulation of toxins from various sources such as pesticides, plastics, heavy metals, and air pollutants can lead to mitochondrial dysfunction.1

Contrary to popular belief, detoxification is not a sporadic event that needs to be triggered by special diets or cleanses. Instead, it’s an ongoing process that your body performs continuously to maintain health and survival. This complex system involves multiple organs working in harmony, including the liver, kidneys, lymphatic system, digestive tract, skin, and lungs.

The marketing surrounding detox fads often preys on people’s vulnerabilities, especially when they’re desperate for a health change. Many approach detoxification with a “quick-fix mindset,” hoping that a detox or cleanse will provide rapid results. Unfortunately, this approach often backfires, leading to yo-yo dieting or restriction-binge cycles. While you might lose weight rapidly during a detox, it’s common to regain it once the detox ends.2

The Pitfalls of Extreme Detox Plans

Many popular detox plans require drastic lifestyle changes that can be detrimental to your body. These plans are often highly restrictive, significantly reducing calorie intake. However, chronically under-eating can have negative consequences on liver health, including exacerbating liver fat accumulation and potentially altering liver function.

Extreme diets can also be counterproductive to the goal of improved detoxification. A lower metabolic rate, often a result of severe calorie restriction, may reduce the body’s ability to efficiently perform detoxification processes due to decreased energy availability. This could potentially slow down the rate at which toxins are processed and eliminated from the body.

It’s crucial to understand that your body doesn’t need a special restrictive diet to detoxify itself. The best way to keep detoxification functioning properly is to produce sufficient metabolic energy, meaning, give your organs enough fuel to do their jobs effectively.

The Key Players in Detoxification

Several organs play significant roles in the body’s detoxification processes:

1. The liver: the detoxification powerhouse — The liver is often considered the body’s primary detoxification organ, and for good reason. This remarkable organ performs over 500 tasks, with detoxification being just one of its many crucial functions. Here’s a closer look at some of the liver’s key roles:

The liver processes toxins by breaking them down into less harmful substances that can be excreted through bile or urine. This process occurs through Phase I and Phase II detoxification pathways, which require energy to convert toxins into water-soluble forms that can be eliminated from the body.

To perform all these tasks optimally, the liver requires protein, energy, and nutrients. Let’s break this down further:

  • Protein — The detoxification process relies on the availability of certain enzymes, which are made from amino acids. Eating high-quality animal protein is important since these are complete protein sources, providing all the essential amino acids the body (and liver) needs. Plant-based proteins often don’t provide the complete amino acid profile necessary for optimal liver function.

Toxins must be conjugated with amino acids to be carried out of the body. Without adequate and complete protein sources, detoxification can be hindered, and toxins can build up. As Dr. Ray Peat noted:

“In the 1940s, Biskind’s experiments showed that protein deficiency leads to the accumulation of estrogen, because the liver normally inactivates all the estrogen in the blood as it passes through the liver. This applies to phytoestrogens and industrial estrogens as well as to the natural estrogens of the body.”

  • Energy and nutrients — The liver is made up of cells, and every cell requires energy and nutrients to function properly. The second phase of liver detoxification is heavily nutrient-dependent, requiring energy, amino acids, vitamins, and minerals. The liver specifically needs glucose (energy) to perform proper detoxification. Low levels of stored glucose (glycogen) will encourage a sluggish liver.

When the liver doesn’t detox well, estrogen can accumulate, leading to “estrogen dominance.” The liver also requires glucose to convert inactive thyroid hormone (T4) to active thyroid hormone (T3). All cells in the body require T3 to produce energy. Without adequate T3, you will have decreased cellular function, resulting in a slower metabolism.

Eating enough food for your needs is crucial for liver health. When an individual is consistently underfed and not consuming enough energy from their diet, the liver can shrink in size and thus, not function properly. This was dramatically illustrated in the Minnesota Starvation Experiment, where subjects consuming 1500 to 1600 calories for 5 to 6 months experienced a reduction in liver size of up to 50%.

If you are chronically under-eating, you will enter a catabolic state where the body breaks down muscle tissue. This includes organs since they are built from smooth muscle fibers. A liver that has shrunk by 50% cannot detox properly.

While short periods of calorie deficits for fat loss are okay, chronically under-eating (consuming under 1800 to 1900 calories per day), which is common in many detox diets, will not help improve liver health in the long run.

2. The kidneys: filtering out waste — The kidneys play a crucial role in detoxification by filtering blood to remove waste products and excess substances, including toxins and metabolic by-products. They produce urine to excrete these wastes from the body.

Like the liver, the kidneys also require energy to function properly. However, one dietary factor to consider for optimal kidney health is the calcium to phosphorous ratio. An imbalanced calcium to phosphorous ratio can negatively impact kidney health by increasing rates of calcification.3,4

The modern food supply and packaged foods make it very easy to overconsume phosphorous. In fact, 44% of the best-selling grocery store items contain phosphorous-containing food additives.5 Other foods high in phosphorous include meat and grains. While this doesn’t make these foods inherently bad, it’s important to balance your phosphorous intake with calcium sources.

Eating a lot of processed food (combined with a lot of meat and grains) is a very easy way to overdo your phosphorous intake. The estimated daily intake of phosphate-containing food additives has more than doubled since the 1990s!6

To support kidney health, it’s crucial to ensure adequate dietary calcium intake. Good sources include dairy products, well-cooked leafy greens like collard greens, and sparkling spring water. This helps you maintain a balanced calcium to phosphorous ratio for optimal kidney function.

3. The lungs: breathing out toxins — The lungs play a vital role in detoxification by helping eliminate volatile toxins and gases from the bloodstream through exhalation. They are particularly important in detoxifying carbon dioxide and other airborne pollutants.

To support lung health and enhance their detoxification capabilities, remaining active and ensuring we are primarily breathing through our nose (instead of mouth breathing) are excellent strategies.

4. The skin: sweating it out — The skin, often overlooked in discussions about detoxification, plays a significant role by eliminating toxins through sweat. This process is particularly effective for certain heavy metals and other fat-soluble toxins that can be difficult for the body to eliminate through other means.

To support the skin’s detoxification function, performing occasional sauna sessions and spending time outside in the sun are very beneficial.

5. The digestive tract: the gateway to detoxification — Your gut plays a crucial role in detoxification by processing and eliminating waste products from food and other substances. It also acts as a barrier, preventing toxins from being absorbed into the bloodstream.

When operating properly, the liver filters toxins from the blood and, once processed, deposits these toxins into your bile. The bile then travels through your bile duct and is eliminated through bowel movements. This is one of the many reasons why being regular and having daily bowel movements is so important, especially for detoxification.

The normalization of infrequent bowel movements (every 2 or 3 days) is not ideal for optimal health. When constipation occurs, toxins and waste products may remain in the digestive system for longer periods, increasing the risk of their reabsorption into the bloodstream. This can burden the liver, as anything reabsorbed will be sent back to the liver for processing.

For optimal detoxification, aim for at least one bowel movement daily. This ensures that waste products and toxins are being regularly eliminated from your body.

6. The lymphatic system: the unsung hero of detoxification — The lymphatic system, consisting of lymphatic vessels, lymph nodes, and lymphatic organs, plays a crucial role in detoxification by transporting and draining excess fluid and proteins, overall clearance of metabolic waste and toxins.

While the liver is primarily responsible for detoxification through metabolic processes, the lymphatic system supports detoxification indirectly by maintaining fluid balance, transporting immune cells and waste, and aiding in the absorption of fats and fat-soluble vitamins. Their integrated functions help maintain the body’s internal environment and eliminate harmful substances that could otherwise accumulate and cause damage.

Lymphatic circulation involves both intrinsic and extrinsic mechanisms to ensure the movement of lymph throughout the body. “They can act primarily like pumps when actively transporting lymph against a pressure gradient. They also can act as conduit vessels when passively transporting lymph down a pressure gradient.”7

  • Intrinsic mechanisms (inside the lymphatic vessels):
    • Muscle squeezing — Lymphatic vessels have muscles in their walls that contract and relax, pushing lymph forward — similar to how our intestines move food through our system.
    • Valves — One-way valves inside lymphatic vessels ensure that once lymph moves in one direction, it can’t flow back, keeping it on track.
    • Endothelial cells — These cells can shrink or expand, helping to push lymph along when tissues swell or become inflamed.
  • Extrinsic mechanisms (outside the lymphatic vessels):
    • Muscle pump — When we move our muscles during exercise or even just walking, it squeezes nearby lymphatic vessels, helping to push lymph along.
    • Breathing pump — Breathing in and out affects pressure in our chest, which also helps move lymph towards the heart.
    • External pressure — Techniques like lymph massages, dry brushing, or gua sha can improve lymph flow.

To support better lymph flow, consider the following strategies:

7. The brain: the surprising detox organ — While often overlooked in discussions about detoxification, the brain plays a crucial role in this process. The brain clears cellular waste and fluids through the glymphatic system, which is drastically upregulated during sleep.8

This underscores the critical importance of prioritizing good sleep habits, regardless of what stage of our healing journey we’re in. Quality sleep is not just about rest and recuperation; it’s an active time for the brain to perform essential detoxification processes.

The Holistic Approach to Detoxification

Given the complex and interconnected nature of the body’s detoxification systems, it’s clear that there are no shortcuts or quick fixes when it comes to detoxing. Instead, the best way to support your body’s natural detoxification processes is to focus on overall health and well-being. Here are the key areas to prioritize:

1. Eat enough — As we’ve discussed, many organs involved in detoxification require adequate energy to function optimally. Chronic under-eating can impair liver function, slow metabolism, and hinder overall detoxification processes. Ensure you’re consuming enough calories to support your body’s needs, with a focus on nutrient-dense whole foods.

Include a variety of protein sources, particularly complete proteins from animal sources, to provide the necessary amino acids for detoxification enzymes. Don’t shy away from carbohydrates, as glucose is essential for many detoxification processes, particularly in the liver.

2. Movement and sweat — Regular physical activity supports detoxification in multiple ways. It enhances circulation, which aids in the transport of toxins to detoxification organs. Ensuring a minimum of 8000 steps per day is a must, as general movement supports lymphatic circulation.

Exercising a few times per week with planned workouts also promotes sweating, which can help eliminate certain toxins through the skin.

3. Prioritize sleep — Given the brain’s crucial role in detoxification during sleep, ensuring adequate, quality sleep should be a top priority. Aim for 7 to 8 hours of sleep per night in a cool, dark room. Establish a consistent sleep schedule and create a relaxing bedtime routine to support good sleep hygiene.

4. Ensure regular bowel movements — As discussed earlier, daily bowel movements are crucial for eliminating toxins processed by the liver. If you’re not having at least one bowel movement per day, focus on improving metabolic rate (as the digestive system requires a lot of energy), and eating fiber types and an amount that works for you to maintain regularity.

5. Support lymphatic health — Incorporate activities that support lymph flow, such as dry brushing, massage, or specific exercises like rebounding.

6. Reduce toxin exposure — While our bodies are equipped to handle a certain level of toxins, reducing unnecessary exposure can lighten the load on our detoxification systems. This might include choosing organic produce when possible, using natural cleaning products, minimizing use of personal care products that contain a lot of endocrine-disrupting compounds, and reducing the use of plastic.

7. Manage stress — Chronic stress can impair various bodily functions, including detoxification processes, since being in the fight or flight state will lower metabolic rate and energy production. Incorporate stress-management techniques and hobbies that you enjoy (such as watching the sunset, singing, grounding, drawing, or journaling).

By focusing on these fundamentals, we create an environment in which our body’s natural detoxification processes can function optimally. This approach is not only more effective but also more sustainable in the long term. It allows us to support our health without the yo-yo effect often associated with extreme detox regimens.

Conclusion — The Sustainable Approach to Detoxification

In the age of quick fixes and miracle cures, it’s tempting to believe that a week-long juice cleanse or a detox tea can purge our bodies of all toxins and reset our health. However, as we’ve explored in this article, the reality of detoxification is far more complex and ongoing than these quick-fix solutions suggest.

The truth is, our bodies are constantly engaged in detoxification processes, with multiple organs working in harmony to eliminate toxins and maintain our health. The liver, kidneys, skin, lungs, digestive tract, lymphatic system, and even our brain all play crucial roles in this intricate system.

Remember, detoxification is not a sporadic event but a continuous process. Our bodies are remarkably capable of maintaining balance and eliminating toxins when given the right support. By adopting a holistic, lifestyle-based approach to detoxification, we can enhance our overall health, boost our energy levels, and improve our resilience against environmental toxins and stressors.

Rather than relying on extreme detox diets or cleanses, which can often do more harm than good, the most effective way to support detoxification is to focus on overall health and well-being (which is optimized with a strong metabolic rate).

In the end, the best “detox” is not a product or a short-term diet, but a commitment to consistent, health-promoting habits. By nourishing our bodies, staying active, managing stress, and getting adequate rest, we provide the foundation for optimal detoxification and overall well-being. This sustainable approach not only supports our body’s natural detoxification processes but also contributes to better health outcomes in the long run.

The most powerful tools for supporting your body’s detoxification processes are already within your reach. By focusing on these fundamental aspects of health, you can support your body’s incredible ability to detoxify itself, promoting better health and vitality for years to come.

Transform Your Health — One Step at a Time

Ashley and her sister Sarah have put together a truly groundbreaking step-by-step course called “Rooted in Resilience.” They have compiled what clearly is the best application of Dr. Ray Peat’s work on Bioenergetic Medicine that I have ever seen.

It is so good that I am using the core of their program to teach the many Health Coaches that I am in the process of training for the new Mercola Health Clinics I am opening this fall. It took these women working nearly full-time on this project for a year to create it.

This has to be one of the absolute best values for health education I have ever seen. If you want to understand why you struggle with health problems and then have a clear program on how to reverse those challenges, then this is the course for you.

It is precisely the type of program I wish I would have had access to when I got out of medical school. I fumbled around for decades before I reached the conclusion they discuss in the course and share with you so you can restore your cellular energy production and recover your health.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Ashley Armstrong is the cofounder of Angel Acres Egg Co., which specializes in low-PUFA (polyunsaturated fat) eggs that are shipped to all 50 states (join waitlist here), and Nourish Cooperative, which ships low-PUFA pork, beef, cheese, A2 dairy and traditional sourdough to all 50 states. Waitlists will reopen shortly.

Notes

1 Toxicology. 2017 Nov 1:391:90-99. doi: 10.1016/j.tox.2017.07.009

2 Journal of Human Nutrition and Dietetics Volume 28, Issue 6, December 2015, Pages 675-686, doi: 10.1111/jhn.12286

3 Annu Rev Nutr. 2017 Aug 21; 37: 321–346

4 Ray Peat, Phosphate, activation, and aging

5 J Ren Nutr. 2013 Jul; 23(4): 265–270.e2

6 Clin J Am Soc Nephrol. 2010 Mar;5(3):519-30. doi: 10.2215/CJN.06080809

7 Am J Physiol Regul Integr Comp Physiol. 2007 Apr;292(4):R1510-8. doi: 10.1152/ajpregu.00258.2006

8 Brain Sci. 2020 Nov; 10(11): 868, doi: 10.3390/brainsci10110868 

Featured image is from Mercola

Here is Rep. Jim Jordan (Republican) giving Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle hell.

As you can see, the Republicans are not even in the ball park.

The issue as framed by Republicans and media is: did the Secret Service provide enough resources to protect Trump.

This is not the issue. The media will treat Jordan as a Republican male picking on a woman.

.

.

Rep. Jordan should be asking the following questions:

“Did the Secret Service collect the fired bullets?”

“All of them?”

“Are they all from the same rifle?”

“What is the explanation for the acoustic evidence showing shots from different distances?”

“How can the same rifle be in different locations?”

“This implies more than one shooter.”

“Did the Secret Service overlook other disturbed ‘lone gunmen’ in addition to Crooks, or does the acoustic evidence indicate a plot to kill Trump?”

“Is the Secret Service making any effort to discover if there was a plot?”

These are the questions that need to be out there.

These are the questions and answers that matter.

The Republicans are not up to the job, and the deep state is being given a pass.

Secret Service Director admits “significant operational failure.”  Just an operational failure. See this.

The official narrative has taken the form I said it would.

The issue for the Republicans is Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle’s resignation and not whether there was an attempt on Trump’s life. For example, Rep. James Comer, chairman of the House Oversight Committee, defined the issue as the Secret Service “lacks the proper management.”

The fight over whether Cheatle’s “significant operational failure” is consistent with her remaining in command will exhaust the subject of the assassination.

The acoustic evidence showing more than one shooter will not be reported and carefully investigated. The issue of a plot will not be raised.

Cheatle is correct that the Secret Service failed. 

As the Secret Service now operates in the failure-to-protect mode, will there be another try?  An established excuse is in place. Prior to the next attempt, watch for media articles about how difficult it is to protect presidents and presidential candidates. “An almost impossible job,” we will be told, the proof being success for most attempts.

Trump survived not due to the Secret Service but to turning his head at precisely the right moment to escape death. Liberals will say the Second Amendment enables mass shootings and attempts on presidents and turn the issue into one of gun control.

Or perhaps Trump has finally got the message and will pull in his horns. Maybe he already has. Unifying America is taking the place of fight, fight, fight. Unifying America means giving in. See this.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the Public Domain

The former Soviet Union placed a significant emphasis on air defenses as part of its military doctrine. Moscow’s top brass never counted on fighting a war with absolute air superiority, as is the case in the political West, particularly the United States. Thus, the USSR and later Russia designed and produced the best air defense systems in history. They are one of the key modern military capabilities that provide adequate protection for both ground units and stationary strategic assets. In recent decades, air defenses have become increasingly networked and multilayered, giving the defenders a plethora of options to shoot down hostile jets, missiles, drones, space-based assets, etc.

In our age, modern militaries have started relying on swarms of well-coordinated drones designed to saturate an area and overwhelm existing air defenses. Only a handful of countries have developed and battle-tested systems against these new offensive weapons. For well over half a century, Russia has been at the forefront of the development of various SAM (surface-to-air missile) systems and other types of air defenses. What started out as an effort to nullify Western long-range bomber advantage in the aftermath of the Second World War soon turned into a key area of defense strategy, to the point that it’s effectively impossible to imagine modern warfare without advanced SAM systems.

By the 1970s, air defenses were no longer only focused on enemy fighter jets or bombers, but also on ballistic missiles and even space assets, both civilian and military (although this divide seems to be blurring by the day, especially when taking into account projects such as the SpaceX’s “Starlink”).

Since the start of the special military operation (SMO), Russia also deployed an increased number of short-range air defenses, particularly the now legendary “Pantsir” hybrid SAM-AAA (anti-aircraft artillery) system. These have the task of protecting crucial areas in major cities and industrial regions, particularly the capital city of Moscow, which is the very heartland of Russia and its statehood.

Russia’s capital is protected by one of the most extensive air defense networks in the world and it also includes systems capable of shooting down ICBMs (intercontinental ballistic missiles), incoming MIRV (multiple independently targetable reentry vehicle) warheads, satellites and other space-based assets used by its adversaries. However, these are strategic air and missile defense systems that don’t make Moscow immune to sabotage attacks involving drones and drone swarms. This is precisely why short-range systems are crucial, as they provide affordable and easily deployable air defense assets that can cover the most important sections of any airspace.

A great example of this is the “Pantsir” SAM-AAA system, which has proven itself against a plethora of targets, shooting down thousands of drones, missiles, rockets and other weapons in the Middle East and Ukraine, where it was able to neutralize entire barrages of rockets and missiles fired by the overhyped HIMARS and M270/MARS systems, including the infamous ATACMS. By protecting and supporting longer-range assets, such as the “Buk” (particularly the latest M3 “Viking” variant with autonomous capabilities) and S-300/S-400 series of SAM systems, the “Pantsir” effectively saved hundreds of people during a recent NATO-orchestrated terrorist attack on Sevastopol.

Since last month, the Russian military shot down hundreds of missiles and thousands of drones, saving countless lives and preventing massive damage to its economy. Just over the weekend (July 20 and 21), at least eight kamikaze drones were intercepted, three of which over the Belgorod oblast (region), and five over the Black Sea. In addition, at least two US-made ATACMS were intercepted over Kherson. A week before (July 10 and 11), at least five drones were shot down over the Bryansk, Moscow, Tambov and Tula oblasts. In the last two days of June, Russian air defenses intercepted a large-scale drone attack that targeted six oblasts, neutralizing 36 drones in the process.

Approximately 10 days earlier, the Russian military intercepted over a dozen kamikaze drones that were flying toward several regions in western and southern Russia. However, less than a week before that, a massive drone strike involving at least 87 kamikaze drones was intercepted. Earlier that month, another large-scale drone attack was repelled after nearly 30 drones were shot down. This is only including the drones that are targeting civilian infrastructure, as the Russian military is intercepting many times closer to the frontline, as well as numerous NATO-sourced rockets and missiles that the Kiev regime forces are firing at Russian troops and assets.

All the while, the mainstream propaganda machine is claiming that around 60% of Russian missiles allegedly “fail”.

However, the Pentagon is giving starkly different assessments. Namely, the US military privately gives completely opposite numbers, stressing that the Russian military’s air defenses have a staggering success rate of 97%. 

Pentagon Leaks: what do they tell us about the air war in Ukraine?

Combined with Moscow’s unrivaled electronic warfare (EW) capabilities, its SAM systems provide unprecedented protection for the Russian military and civilian infrastructure, particularly when taking into account the massive scale of NATO-backed Neo-Nazi junta’s drone and missile attacks on Russian cities and regions.

These world-class air defenses are enabling the Kremlin to cover its troops, which then use advanced long-range strike systems to hunt for various NATO-sourced rocket and missile launch platforms. And unlike the Kiev regime, which regularly lies about its air defense “successes”, including against hypersonic weapons, the Russian military regularly publishes verifiable data (including video footage) of the interceptions of various types of hostile precision-guided munitions (PGMs). This is precisely why even some NATO countries refuse to let go of their Russian-made SAM systems, including both Greece and Turkey, with the latter even sacrificing the troubled F-35 acquisition.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Drago Bosnic is an independent geopolitical and military analyst. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Bombshells in the 2024 Elections – Past and Future

July 23rd, 2024 by Dr. Jack Rasmus

The 2024 election may be like no other. In less than a month—from June 27 to July 21—three bombshells have gone off. Anyone thinking that’s the end of it is politically naïve.

The first political explosion was Joe Biden’s June 27 presidential debate performance. His subsequent public addresses to the NAACP convention and other venues fared no better. Overnight the key issue in the 2024 election became Biden’s mental competency.

Image is from Evan Vucci / Licensed under Fair Use

The second bombshell was the assassination attempt on Donald Trump and the fallout from the event raising the question why the US secret service performed so pathetically providing protection.

The third event occurred this weekend when President Biden threw in the towel and exited the campaign.

But as the saying goes: “The past is prologue”. Similar bombshell events are therefore likely ahead.

The next event may be the Democrat party convention in Chicago a month from now, notwithstanding the current appearance that the Democrat party has closed ranks and is now behind Kamala Harris.

Then there’s the 2nd presidential debate coming in September, followed by the conduct of the November election itself.

Either event may provide yet another ‘bombshell’. Any semblance of vote manipulation—or even the perception thereof—in November could erupt into widespread civil disobedience with unknown consequences for the electoral college processes that take place from November to January 2025.

In between Biden’s exit this past weekend and the November election, any number of crises on the foreign policy front are also possible now that Biden is lame a duck and the issue of his competency has simply moved from his ability to campaign to can he still govern the country. It’s quite possible that the neocons running US foreign policy and US wars the past two years may now run amuck. They will want to ‘lock in’ support for continuing US war policies for any next administration—specifically Ukraine, Israel, Yemen, and possibly escalate confrontation with China in the south China sea as well.

The official story behind Biden’s exit is that his poll numbers were bad and moving in the wrong direction. The well respected Emerson College poll showed Biden behind in key swing states like Arizona, North Caroline, Georgia, and Pennsylvania by margins of 5%-10% but behind by margins of only 3% in Michigan, Nevada, and Wisconsin. Hardly a un-closeable gap.

National polls of voters margins are totally irrelevant here; the archaic US electoral college system determines presidential elections and that means the swing states will determine who wins. Nevertheless, national polls showed Biden and Trump within 1-2 points of each other. Other presidents going into elections have had similar poor numbers and weren’t dumped by their party.
So what’s changed? What’s changed is the extreme role and influence of money and wealthy donors within the two political parties and in high stakes US national elections.

Has Money Corrupted Democracy Beyond Repair?

It’s an easily documented fact that the movement to get Biden to leave originated with the big money donors of the Democrat party. They quickly suspended at least $90 million in donations to the Biden campaign after the June 27 presidential debate. That’s what the media reported. It was probably more. 

Second Tier Democrat party leaders thereafter, one by one, came out publicly suggesting Biden should leave the campaign. Meanwhile, Tier 1 leaders of the party (Obama, Pelosi, and soon after Schumer, Jeffries and others) worked behind the scenes. Notoriously absent from their ranks, however, were the Clintons, both Bill and Hillary, who remained in support of Biden. So did the Democrats’ black caucus kingmaker, James Clyburn, Representative from South Carolina who played a key role in manipulating Biden’s nomination in 2020 and who has wielded inordinate power within the party the last decade. 

But it was the donors who set the Biden exit train in motion and kept it going.

This all raises the question how deeply American electoral democracy has been corrupted by money. And suggests strongly the system has shifted significantly along the Democracy-Oligarchy spectrum toward the latter. History will no doubt show that this shift has been occurring for at least the last quarter century.

The Supreme Court has played a central role in promoting the shift, starting with its selection in 2000 of George Bush as president by suspending ballot counting in Florida. The next milestone was the Court’s Citizens United decision in 2010 that ruled not only corporations are people but as people enjoy the same rights as actual people under the US Constitution and that campaign contributions are the equivalent of free speech. The Court further chipped away at electoral democracy thereafter by gutting the Voting Rights Act of the 1960s and approving State legislatures’ gerrymandering districts for their members of the House of Representatives. As a result to this day, despite 450 seats in the US House of Representatives up for re-election every two years, no more than 50 or so seats are ever competitive.

We see the same decline in democracy within the political parties. Democrat party donors on July 21 de-selected their candidate, Biden, after having selected him in phony primaries held by the party earlier this year. Both selecting and de-selecting were conducted by party leaders in consultation with wealthy donors who are now allowed to manipulate American elections as never before. Republican party primaries were no less perfunctory.

Mainstream parties have become obstacles to Democracy not its enablers. As the Supreme Court recently ruled, the parties don’t have to be ‘democratic’ in their functioning. They are just ‘clubs’ according to the Court.

We hear a lot about the US Constitution nowadays. When I do I can’t help but think of James Madison, its greatest architect, and 3rd president of the United States, who warned in his contribution to the Federalist papers—which were public arguments published by Madison and others while the US Constitution was being voted on in 1787 by the 13 states—that the young country should beware of political parties and their potential to corrupt democracy. His warning is right up there with George Washington’s beware of entanglements in European wars. And Thomas Jefferson’s that every couple generations or so a revolution is necessary to give rebirth to Democracy.

Image: RFK Jr. (Source)

The efforts by Republicans and Trump to short circuit democracy are also well-known. Republican red state legislatures are champions of voter suppression. Less known are the Democrat party’s own efforts in recent years: Since 2016 that party has launched a nation wide campaign to deny independent 3rd parties from ballot status. It has blocked campaign funds for them. It has manipulated primaries to ‘select’ rather than elect nominees through open competition. It has engaged in ‘lawfare’ against opposing candidates, not just Trump. Prevented free and open debates in its own ranks. Like their Republican counterparts, it has engaged in gerrymandering at the state level. And has blocked secret service protection for challengers like RFK Jr. and green party presidential candidate, Jill Stein.

The leadership of both political parties have become more un-democratic, arrogantly believing it is best to ‘manage’ their constituencies rather than listen to and represent them. And that arrogance and manipulation has deepened in parallel to the deepening influence of money and donors.

Image: Jill Stein speaking at the 2024 FreedomFest in Las Vegas, Nevada. (Licensed under CC BY-SA 3.0)

undefined

Wealthy donors are—like their corporations—undemocratic by nature. Their corporations are not bastions of democracy. They are run top down. No one votes in corporations. Decisions are made in secret, closed door committees. That cultural practice has been transferred to political party leaders as party leaders have become increasingly dependent on money from their wealthy donors. The two cultures—corporate and political party—have been converging fused ever so tightly by their mutual addiction to money.

Politicos like to say ‘Money is the mother’s milk of politics’. That’s the wrong metaphor. What they should say is money is the street drug destroying democracy: Wealthy donors, corporate and individual, are the pushers and political party leaders have become the addicts.

A Return to Key Issues?

Now that Biden has left the campaign, the matter of his mental competency is off the table as the key issue in the election. Now it’s back to the real issues.

According to Pew Research, in its earlier 2024 poll the top issue is the economy for 73% of the respondents polled. That means inflation, jobs, high interest rates, housing affordability, healthcare costs, and a host of related economic issues. All other issues were secondary to varying degree, including immigration (58%), crime (57%), illegal drugs (55%), protecting the environment (45%).

However, since the start of summer 2024, Gallup polls show that immigration and related issues have risen sharply in voters concern. It is now the second most important issue.

Immigration has serves as an umbrella issue: Republicans have been cleverly manipulating it as such. It’s not immigration per se but its negative consequences that voters are concerned with—like crime, jobs, housing, social security, etc.

Trump has been emphasizing anecdotal stories of former criminals allowed in the country, released by Biden administration at the border and subsequently performing crimes, especially against women. He’s also tied immigration to the homeless vets issue by saying immigrants get to stay in hotels at government-taxpayer expense while homeless vets languish on street corners and under highway underpasses. There’s also a tie in to social security, which is allegedly in trouble since immigrants get disability checks and credit cards with $1000 balances causing pressure on social security Trust funds.

Noteworthy is that reproductive rights does not poll high among voters concerns in legitimate polls like Pew and Gallup. Thus Republicans appear to be focusing more closely on the sentiment of voters than Democrats, who seem to think that reproductive rights will prove the issue that will put them over the top in the election in swing states which is highly doubtful.

The state of the economy is the second primary issue among voters. Democrats focus on the recent reduction in inflation, citing the Consumer Price Index over the past year rising at only 3.2%. However, the public does not seem to agree, which has resulted in editorials in the mainstream media by perplexed authors who can’t understand why the public and voters just don’t get it that the economy is doing great. Democrats like also to emphasize the US economy is performing so much better than foreign economies.

The problem with this Democrat messaging is that voters, as consumers, don’t care as much that prices for goods may have leveled off in recent months. What they remember is the past four years and that prices today remain at high levels, even if not rising as fast as before.

When compared to the start of the Biden administration, gasoline prices per gallon are still 38% higher, the most often purchased groceries are up 35%, bread 52%, chicken 37%, eggs 114%, milk 24%, and even big Mac meal 27%. Food and gasoline are considered Goods in the government inflation indexes and have been bringing down the rate of increase in the inflation indexes over the past year. But Services in the indexes have continued rising even over the past year and remain stuck at around 5% and probably much higher. Goods are given greater weighting in the government inflation indexes which explains why the indexes have abated over the short term. But important categories of Services like rents, auto insurance and repairs, medical insurance, utility services, etc. have continued rising 5%-20% over the past year and over the past four years even more.

Moreover, the CPI and PCE inflation indexes are misleading and under-estimate inflation for various reasons. As just one example: neither of the inflation indexes include the category of credit costs’ impact on family budgets, i.e. interest rates that consumers pay. Mortgage interest payments have risen 114% as rates have risen since early 2022. Democrats forget that people don’t make house payments to the builder; they make mortgage payments to the banker. The problem of higher interest rates extends beyond mortgages. Households are paying more for credit cards, student loans, auto loans and installment loans in general. These higher payments significantly impact household budgets and convince voters that the cost of living is out of control.

Perhaps a more telling statistic that almost never gets mentioned by media, mainstream economists or politicians is that household debt as a percent of family income is now 54%. Much of family disposable income now consequently goes to bankers and millions of households have to do with less of the necessities in order to make those interest payments monthly. Or else they just don’t make them, like the 19 million student loan debtors who have simply refused to resume payments on their loans after the Covid era student loan moratorium expired.

The Democrat and pundits claim that the ‘economy is doing great’ just doesn’t ring true for millions of households who vote. And their ancillary claim the US economy is doing better than other countries is viewed with disdain. Voters could care less.

In short, immigration and the economy are the dominant issues for voters as election 2024 kicks into high gear. And Republicans appear to have their finger on that pulse more accurately than do the Democrats.

Some Important Unanswered Questions

The first obvious question is ‘why did the Democrat party leadership schedule a first election presidential debate in June’, many months before the election? This writer does not recall any debate held so early. What was the purpose? Did party leaders know Biden could not perform in a campaign and put him out there early to verify? And once he failed, donors and party leaders moved swiftly to remove him.

The story in mainstream media is that Biden advisers were keeping it secret how far his mental acuity had deteriorated. But that’s hard to believe. There were many public events at which he spoke before June that made it obvious. And to argue that no one leaked any of Biden’s performance at cabinet meetings to other party leaders like Obama and Pelosi is not convincing. More likely the planning to remove Biden was set in motion at high levels of the party well before the first presidential debate. Perhaps even before it was decided not to have primary debates last February.

A second question has to do with the Trump assassination attempt. It is becoming clear that secret service protection of Trump was more than lax.

Given the official Democrat vitriol about Trump as destroyer of democracy, and the country itself, that was intensifying over the summer, one would have thought more, not less, secret service protection for Trump would have been justified and provided. The counter argument that the service was short of funds doesn’t calculate either, in that the service is still sitting on a fund of $3.1 billion for the election. In the past year the lack of protection was in fact obvious to the Trump campaign, as it repeatedly requested more agents be assigned to Trump speaking events—only to be turned down by the secret service according to both the New York Times and Washington Post in recent months.

Then there’s the related question, why hasn’t the Biden administration approved any service protection at all for RFKjr? He continues to poll 18-12% voters and could easily upend any Democrat candidate in the election.

But Democrat leaders have consistently scuttled all efforts by the RFKjr campaign to get secret service protection.

Finally, why is it that the Biden administration provides to this day protection for former Ukraine president Zelensky—but not for RFKjr and inadequately for Trump? Zelensky isn’t even president of Ukraine any longer since his term ran out back in May 2024 and no new elections have been held or scheduled.

A third question is what happens next in the weeks up to the late August Democrat Party convention in Chicago? While it appears that the party leaders are rallying behind vice president Kamala Harris, it is not assured she will prevail at the convention. The delegates are free to vote for whomever they want, although the party’s at large 1500 super-delegates are always positioned to determine the outcome at conventions according to the wishes of party leadership should a decision they don’t like by delegates appears imminent.

Whether Harris prevails and is the party nominee in the end will be determined by how many donors return to the party fold under her in the next few weeks. Reportedly about half the $90 million have done so but it remains to be seen if the rest follow. Democrat party leaders have shown the money is priority #1. If she falters, another will surely be chosen come convention time.

Image: Senator Vance official portrait. 118th Congress (From the Public Domain)

Vance poses for a professional portrait in a suit and red tie. Behind him the flag of the US is partly visible on his left and the flag of Ohio on the right.

The Democrat party fundraising remains in deep trouble. It appears its once firm hold on big tech money is fragmenting.

Trump’s choice of JD Vance may prove to have been a master stroke in this regard. Vance is the darling protégé of big tech billionaire, Peter Thiel. Thiel put up $15 million of his own money to ensure Vance got elected to the Ohio Senate. Far from the ‘working class’ spin Vance is made out to be, he’s actually bankrolled by big tech and finance money.

Vance’s rise is reminiscent of Obama’s, who was similarly pulled out of nowhere by the billionaire Chicago Pritzger family and spent just a few years in the Illinois state Senate minor league before Pritzger money called him to the majors and funded his US Senate seat and then push for the presidency. This is how big capital selects its representatives to highest levels of US government.

Thiel is also now a major player in the venture capitalist and private equity big money community. Many are throwing their wealth behind Trump now for the first time. The highly visible announcement by Tech billionaire Elon Musk to contribute $45 million a month to Trump’s campaign is only the tip of the Tech money machine iceberg. Scores more of big Tech and private equity (finance) have been announcing the same. The big Tech spigot may be shutting down for the Democrats, leaving them even more dependent on Hollywood, sports celebrities, and AIPAC the Israeli lobby.

It is likely the Democrats will now become even more dependent on AIPAC money in the campaign. Already pledging $100 million, AIPAC in return will insist on even more pro-Israel support from Harris and the Democrats between now and November. That will become apparent after Israel PM Netanyahu speaks to Congress soon. The timing of his appearance is not coincidental, any more than is his increasingly aggressive policies in the middle east.

Another development that may become more apparent in coming weeks is whether there is a split within the Democrat party. It is clear thus far that Obama and Nancy Pelosi have played a key role in the background in engineering Biden’s exit. It’s similarly clear that the Clintons and kingmaker James Clyburn did not join them, but were content to keep riding the Biden horse into the sunset. Obama and Pelosi statements this past week also suggest indirectly—or at least imply—they’d prefer to see an open convention; whereas Clyburn in particular wants to retain the ‘black’ candidate Kamala Harris. If fundraising lags between now and Chicago, more evidence of a split within the party may emerge.

Perhaps in the weeks ahead until the Democrats’ party convention in late August in Chicago, some of these questions may be answered. Meanwhile, Harris appears as the nominee heir apparent for the party. But much can, and likely will, happen in the interim. As the saying goes ‘it ain’t over until the fat lady sings’ and she’s waiting off stage, still in the wings, waiting for her cue.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on the author’s website, Jack Rasmus.

Dr. Rasmus is author of the books, ‘Central Bankers at the End of Their Ropes’, Clarity Press, 2017 and ‘Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed’, Lexington Books, 2020. Follow his commentary on the emerging banking crisis on his blog, https://jackrasmus.com; on twitter daily @drjackrasmus; and his weekly radio show, Alternative Visions on the Progressive Radio Network every Friday at 2pm eastern and at https://alternativevisions.podbean.com.

He is a regular contributor to Global Research.


Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed

By Jack Rasmus

Publisher:‎ Lexington Books (February 28, 2019)

Hardcover: ‎146 pages

ISBN-10:‎ 1498582842

ISBN-13:‎ 978-1498582841

Alexander Hamilton and the Origins of the Fed describes how US federal governments, often in cooperation with the largest US private banks, introduced and expanded central banking functions from 1781 through the creation of the Federal Reserve Act of 1913. Based on an analysis of the evolution of the US banking system – from pre-1781, through the 1787 US Constitutional Convention, Congressional debates on Hamilton’s reports to Congress, the rise and fall of the 1st and 2nd Banks of the United States, and through the long period of the National Banking System form 1862-1913, the book shows how central banking in the US evolved out of the private banking system, and how following the financial crash of 1907 big New York banks pushed through Congress the Federal Reserve Act of 1913, creating a central bank which they then managed for their interests.

Click here to purchase.

Researchers in Ohio studied 152 severely ill adult patients who were admitted to Ohio State University Hospital with Acute Respiratory Failure (ARF) between May 2020 and November 2022. Of these patients, 112 tested positive for COVID-19, while 40 did not. Among the 112 COVID-positive ARF patients, 20 had received COVID-19 “vaccines” and 89 had not. The death rate during hospitalization was 37% in the unvaccinated group, while it was 70% in the vaccinated group. The vaccine almost doubled the risk of dying from COVID-19 respiratory disease. The death rate was lower among all age groups if they were not vaccinated.

The vaccinated group had higher rates of comorbidities (other health problems); however, even when the data was adjusted for this using the Charlson Comorbidity Score, the results still showed that being COVID-19 vaccinated carried a higher risk of death from COVID-19 respiratory disease.

The researchers also compared antibody levels among the patients. The vaccinated group had higher levels of IgG4 antibodies, which are known to promote immune tolerance or antibody-dependent enhancement of the disease.

In summary, this study showed that among people hospitalized with severe COVID-19 respiratory disease, COVID-19 vaccinated individuals have higher levels of IgG4 disease-enhancing antibodies and are more likely to die than unvaccinated individuals.

Thanks to researchers Adhikari, Bednash, Horowitz, Rubinstein, and Vlasova for this research published on February 7th, 2024, in the journal Frontiers in Immunology

Click here to read the full report

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Featured image source

Puppet Realisations: Biden Stands Aside

July 23rd, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

Having been endorsed as the only viable candidate to battle Donald Trump in the 2024 presidential elections, Joe Biden was subsequently browbeaten and harried into leaving the way open for another candidate.  It involved some movement of political furniture, but nothing more.

The process resulting in Biden’s decision had increasingly bulked over the last two months.  With each day, another Democratic figure would come out to suggest he pass the torch to another appropriate appointee of the establishment.  Whispers became roars.  Former President Barack Obama, whose deputy Biden had been, also joined the camp of dissent.  Former House Speaker Nancy Pelosi likewise.

With the announcement made, tedious commentary claimed it was a “shock”.  What was shocking was the lengthy pondering from Democratic Party hacks and plotters that Biden had the reserves to carry off a campaign that would lead to another electoral victory. In doing so, the president was understandably gulled by the false assumption that he had the support that mattered.  For a moment, the puppet had forgotten his various masters, the strings loosened, the fantasy in reach.

Confidence in his own indomitability was seemingly shattered by the June 27 presidential debate with Trump.  But even then, he remained obstinate, his sense of delusion brimming.  On July 7, Biden declared that the only force that would convince him to stand aside was the “Lord Almighty”.  Subsequent interviews revised such a celestial standard by suggesting that matters of health or a sharp decline in the polls could also play a part.

A letter to Democrat lawmakers sent on July 8 had one purpose in mind: snuffing a movement that had begun gaining momentum. 

“I can respond to all of this by saying clearly and unequivocally: I wouldn’t be running again if I did not absolutely believe I was the best person to beat Donald Trump.”  In a heavily coloured account, he suggested that his position as a presumptive nominee had never been in doubt.  “Only three people chose to challenge me.  One fared so badly that he left the primaries to run as an independent.  Another attacked me for being too old and was soundly defeated.”

To challenge his standing, imputed Biden, was to effectively ignore the rank-and-file of the party, suggesting a crude disenfranchisement.  This was a gloriously rich assertion, given that presidential nominations have far more to do with corporate, unelected donor interests and stratagems conducted out of public view than they do with the average voting citizen.

The view was also patently deceptive, given that rival contenders were not allowed onto the ballot in certain states (take Wisconsin and North Carolina as examples) or permitted to face a proper primary process.  Ironically enough, attitudes among the average voter Biden waxes lyrical over were already hardening in favour of an alternative candidate in polls conducted last year.  In April 2023, an Associated Press/NORC poll found from a sampling of 1,230 US adults that 73% would prefer he not run again, with age being a critical factor.

It has been left to the Democratic establishment to maintain the illusion of presumptive nomination right to the point the decision was made to scupper the whole effort.  Indeed, much of the Biden presidency has been stage managed, heavily padded and often choreographed to repel journalistic scrutiny of conduct and policy.  The New York Times even went so far as to find this hermetic capsuling “troubling”, given that the president had “so actively and effectively avoided questions from independent journalists during his term.”  By the end of June this year, the paper’s editorial board had openly endorsed the Joe Must Go viewpoint.

In a call-in to MSNBC’s Morning Joe after sending his letter of defiance, the president made no secret of his disdain for various party operatives who had begun to doubt his mettle.  The measure was theatrical, given that those same operatives have been his prop and stay.  Resorting to a tactic he has previously deployed, he scorned the unnamed elites who knew little about the true inclinations of the Democratic voter. Amidst his rambling answers to program hosts Joe Scarborough and Mika Brzezinski, his agitation was clear enough: “I’m getting so frustrated by the elites – now I’m not talking about you guys – the elites in the party, ‘Oh they know so much more.’  Any of these guys that don’t think I should run, run against me.  Announce for president, challenge me at the convention.”

A few days later, Biden’s performance at the NATO Washington summit produced sharp intakes of breath when introducing the Ukrainian President, Volodymyr Zelensky as Russia’s Vladimir Putin.  He also managed to mangle his Vice President, confusing Kamala Harris with Trump.  The elites proved increasingly disgruntled.  With the donor based now in open revolt, the decision was a foregone one.   Pity they are not willing to step aside as well.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected]

Spatiotemporal Variation of Excess All-cause Mortality in the World (125 countries) During the COVID Period 2020-2023 Regarding Socio-Economic Factors and Public Health and Medical Interventions

By Prof Denis Rancourt, Dr. Joseph Hickey, and Prof. Christian Linard, July 23, 2024

Large differences in excess all-cause mortality rate (by population) and in age-and-health-status-adjusted (P-score) mortality are incompatible with a viral pandemic spread hypothesis and are strongly associated with the combination (product) of share of population that is elderly (60+ years) and share of population living in poverty.

Largest Study of Its Kind Finds Excess Deaths During Pandemic Caused by Public Health Response, Not Virus

By Dr. Brenda Baletti, July 22, 2024

A study released today of excess mortality in 125 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic found the major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the COVID-19 vaccines.

Russia and India Agree on De-dollarisation Trade and Investment

By Ahmed Adel, July 23, 2024

On July 9, US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, during a question-and-answer session before the House Finance Committee, stated that her “biggest fear” was de-dollarisation due to the harshness of sanctions imposed against Washington’s adversaries who are seeking alternatives other than the dollar.

As the State “Withers Away”, Multinationals Go on a Rampage. Lithium Mining

By Stephen Karganovic, July 23, 2024

The validity of Engels’ notion that the natural development of productive forces would result in the extinction, more precisely the obsolescence and irrelevance of the state as an institution, is receiving confirmation from the most unexpected quarters.

The Media’s Fabricated Cognitive Dissonance and Palestine Genocide Denial

By Mark Taliano, July 22, 2024

Genocide-denying legacy-media frames discussions about Gaza from supremacist perches. It puts truth and context into the Memory Hole of obliteration much as Winston from Orwell’s 1984 did. History itself becomes malleable to suit current diktats.

Other Than Nuclear War, the Digital Revolution Is Mankind’s Greatest Disaster

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 22, 2024

The digital revolution is a catastrophe across the board. It not only gives government ability to impose tyranny beyond George Orwells’ imagination, it subjects all accumulated knowledge to wipe out by an electromagnetic pulse, and it causes shutdown of worldwide economic activity because of a bug in cybersecurity software.

The Importance of Exercise and Biological Youth for Longevity

By Dr. Joseph Mercola, July 22, 2024

Maintaining “biological youth” is crucial for longevity. Exercise, particularly moderate activity and 150 to 180 minutes of weekly resistance training, is the most powerful intervention for slowing biological aging.

During their recent meeting in Moscow, Indian Prime Minister Narendra Modi and Russian President Vladimir Putin agreed in a Joint Declaration to conduct trade and investment in their respective national currencies (the rupee and the ruble), which amounts, without using the term, to a de facto de-dollarisation of India – a country projected to be the world’s second-largest economy in the coming years – and Russia, which has already displaced Japan from fourth spot in the global ranking measuring purchasing power, according to the World Bank. In fact, it is expected that de-dollarisation will pick up even more pace at the upcoming BRICS+ summit in Kazan in October, which Russia will chair.

On July 9, US Treasury Secretary Janet Yellen, during a question-and-answer session before the House Finance Committee, stated that her “biggest fear” was de-dollarisation due to the harshness of sanctions imposed against Washington’s adversaries who are seeking alternatives other than the dollar.

Hong Kong-based analyst William Pesek of Asia Times affirms and confirms Janet Yellen’s “extraordinary admission: De-dollarization is now her biggest fear.” Pesek contrasted Yellen’s optimism from more than two years ago when she boasted, “I don’t think the dollar has any serious competition and it’s not likely to for a long time.”

In March 2022, Russia’s demilitarisation of Ukraine had barely been underway for a month when the pugnacious Undersecretary of State Victoria Nuland, now ousted for failing in her position, was counting on the fact that the sanctions against Moscow would bring it to its knees and plummet Russia’s economic ranking. Instead, earlier this month, The World Bank announced that Russia was classified as a high-income country, affirming the West’s failed sanctions regime.

According to Pesek, two dynamics are accelerating de-dollarisation in Washington: the US national debt has increased exponentially and is now close to $35 trillion, and the US election cycle. And that was before the failed assassination attempt on candidate Donald Trump and after Biden finally announced that he was stepping down as a candidate in November’s US presidential election.

De-dollarisation seems like a paradox when, so far this year, the dollar has increased by 13% against the Japanese yen, not to mention more than 10% against the euro. However, the de-dollarisation process concerns the dollar’s status as a reserve currency.

Analysts calculate that the dollar’s strength comes from its hegemonic bond, which 11 years ago was 9.36% of global GDP. According to the International Monetary Fund, global GDP is estimated to reach nearly $110 trillion this year. Nonetheless, despite the enormous global economy, Western absolutist sycophants continue to praise the dollar and dismiss other forms of currency, such as the GeoEconomics Center of the Atlantic Council, which celebrates the buoyant US economy but hides the fact that US growth is due to the “war economy” of the military-industrial complex, whose contribution to the domestic GDP are wars in Ukraine and Gaza.

Still, despite Washington’s attempts to preserve the dollar’s dominance in global trade, India and Russia agreed to continue working together to promote a bilateral settlement system using national currencies when Modi visited Moscow on July 8-9.

Since 2023, India and Russia have doubled their payments in their national currencies despite US-led sanctions, said Russia’s largest bank, Sberbank, handles most payments for Indian exports to Russia. Naturally, this rise is expected to be even more accentuated following Modi’s visit to Moscow, especially after Indian economists and businessmen working in Russia expressed hope of benefiting from the vacuum created by the exit of Western companies.

India’s exports to Russia grew by 59% between the Financial Years 2021 and 2024, while imports surged by about 8300% due to India’s procurement of crude oil at a vastly cheap price. Although the trade deficit has risen to $57.2 billion from $2.8 billion before the war, the Indian think tank Global Trade Research Initiative notes that this surge is due to favourable trade terms, such as discounted energy, and Moscow’s need to find new markets amidst Western sanctions.

“Aiming to further accelerate and sustain the growth of bilateral trade, the leaders agreed to set the bilateral trade target to 100 billion USD by 2030,” said the 12th point of the total 81-point joint statement following the conclusion of the 22nd India-Russia annual summit.

Although New Delhi is not actively attempting to antagonise Washington by boosting trade relations with Russia and trading in national currencies, Indian decision-makers will not hold off on serving their country’s best interests, such as attaining cheap Russian energy, for the sake of US interests in Ukraine. By cutting Russia off the SWIFT system and imposing sanctions, the US, as every serious analyst warned for years, has instead accelerated de-dollarisation rather than preserving their hegemonic system.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

The validity of Engels’ notion that the natural development of productive forces would result in the extinction, more precisely the obsolescence and irrelevance of the state as an institution, is receiving confirmation from the most unexpected quarters. Strangely, what Engels called the “withering away” of the state is not occurring in the few remaining countries that still profess verbal adherence to the ideological system within which Engels’ notions might make some philosophical sense. Paradoxically, the institution of the state is melting away in what was thought to be the opposite camp.

The Marxist position on this question, which Engels articulated, postulates the indicated outcome not as an overt political act, but as a natural process:

“The interference of the state power in social relations becomes superfluous in one sphere after another, and then ceases of itself. The government of persons is replaced by the administration of things and the direction of the processes of production. The state is not ‘abolished’, it withers away.”

The coercive apparatus of the state will then be smoothly replaced by a “free and equal association of the producers” where (as helpfully clarified by Lenin) milkmaids will competently perform duties previously assigned to ministers and the superfluous state machinery will be relegated to the museum of antiquities, alongside such quaint artefacts as the spinning wheel and the bronze axe.

Amazingly, these projections, which once were thought fanciful, are now materialising in front of our eyes, albeit not in the ideological context where such developments might have been expected to occur. In what we loosely call the collective West and its satellites, the state in its former power and majesty is indeed gradually ceasing to exist, though its outward forms largely, and deceptively, remain intact. It may be a cause of disappointment, however, that the state is not being substituted by talented milkmaids, fully capable to handle the few tasks that still lie beyond the mastery of the associated producers. It is being replaced by something else, an entity genuinely dark and sinister.

In the part of the world that presumably had stood for all that was contrary to what Engels and his friend Marx espoused, the obviously moribund state is being replaced, only not by milkmaids but by multinational corporations. These are gigantic and interlocking agglomerations of anonymous capital not just “too big to fail” but more alarmingly also too huge to control and, most concerning of all, not accountable to anyone.

Functionaries of what once was known as the state, formally at least, were obliged to simulate that they were paying attention to the wishes of the populace. The anonymous CEOs and stockholders of multinational capital are exempted from that annoying obligation. They have no need to because they carry in their pockets state officials who are but their front-men, visible actors that serve at their pleasure. These puppet officials have no real authority but merely manage the human and material assets temporarily entrusted to their administration, and they do it exclusively for the benefit and profit of their largely invisible masters.

The multinational mining corporation known as Rio Tinto is an instructive case study in this regard. During the hundred and fifty years of its existence it has had a fluid ownership structure in which, as of this writing, Blackrock and Rothschild financial interests play the most prominent part. Consequently, its offers of “partnership” to the local authorities in territories whose underground wealth it covets, based invariably on terms preponderantly favourable to Rio Tinto’s bottom line, are virtually impossible to refuse. The corporation is tightly interwoven with the key structures of the global invisible government. Its mining operations, focusing on the extraction of high profit minerals and ores, have left no continent unaffected and hardly a nook or cranny of the Earth where exaggerated profit can be made, untouched.

Image: Senior Traditional Owner Yvonne Margarula was “deeply saddened” that uranium from Rio Tinto’s Ranger mine on Mirarr country in the Northern Territory was exported to Japanese nuclear companies including TEPCO. Source: Photo by Dominic O’Brien

Rio Tinto has a very specific methodology for dealing with the political authorities of the places where it operates. It buys them. Its destructive ventures in Papua New Guinea, Australia, Indonesia, and Madagascar are tragic illustrations of this trademark approach to the fire sale acquisition of valuable raw materials, to be snapped up cheap and sold dear in the global market. Nothing particularly objectionable about that, one is tempted to say, it is just a hardnosed business strategy followed by many enterprises. Perhaps, but the raw materials that Rio Tinto exploits happen to be located mainly in weak and vulnerable countries whose corrupt political elites tend to be as ruthless and avaricious as Rio Tinto itself. The resulting confluence of moral disengagement and pecuniary interest is devastating for the unfortunates who are compelled by economic necessity to work as Rio Tinto’s wage slaves. It is also seriously disruptive for the fragile societies whose infrastructure and environment are being laid waste by Rio Tinto’s predatory practices.

Rio Tinto is now adding lithium to its portfolio. In the Balkans it is positioning itself to become a major player in the global lithium trade. Some context might be illuminating.

Less than a century ago, Anton Zischka lucidly suggested that a drop of  oil is worth more than a drop of human blood.” That notion could be expanded nowadays to refer to a gram of copper, gold, cobalt, titanium, uranium, or lithium, among other commodities.  

Ignoring lithium is a dangerous idea for a shrewd investor,” industry analysts advise. Goldman Sachs, which undoubtedly is well-qualified to judge in these matters, “has called lithium ‘the new gasoline’ which is surely a term not thrown about loosely by one of the world’s largest investment banks. After all, oil has been the most important commodity in the world for over a century.  Could lithium be next,” market analysts are asking rhetorically.

As far as lithium specifically is concerned, the financial magazine Fortune, also reasonably well informed on the subject, recently asserted that “there is no dearth of companies that will claim a share of the expected lithium profits.”  

Why all the frenzy? What are the industrial uses of lithium that are generating such extraordinary excitement? Lithium and its compounds have several industrial applications, including heat-resistant glass and ceramics, lithium grease lubricants, flux additives for iron, steel and aluminium production, lithium metal batteries, and lithium-ion batteries. To this should be added rechargeable batteries for mobile phones, laptops, digital cameras and electric vehicles. These uses consume more than three-quarters of lithium production.

In other words, lithium is not an ordinary commodity but a strategic asset since it is an indispensable component in products of enormous economic significance.

A major problem are the unavoidably catastrophic environmental and human health repercussions of lithium mining using currently available extraction technologies. That is not a problem that affects the life or health of Rio Tinto executives or stockholders, but it does impinge, and severely, on those directly involved in the mining process and the sustainability of the environment in which they live.

That is because the lithium extraction process is dirty, literally and in the highest degree. We are told that

“the extraction process, mainly through brine mining, poses significant risks, including water pollution and depletion, biodiversity loss, and carbon emissions. Every tonne of mined lithium results in 15 tonnes of CO2 emissions in the environment. In addition, it is estimated that about 500,000 litres of water are needed to mine approximately 2.2 million litres per tonne of lithium. This substantially impacts the environment, leading to water scarcity in already arid regions … soil degradation, and air contamination, raising concerns about the sustainability of this critical resource.”

The preceding comments are but a general and rather understated overview of the environmental consequences of lithium mining. For the grievous human health impact of the release into the ground, the water table, and the air of immense amounts of poisonous substances, which necessarily accompanies lithium mining, it might be helpful to consult some of Rio Tinto’s victims in the far corners of the world, such as villagers in Papua New Guinea and Madagascar, and the aborigines of Western Australia.

These victims will soon be joined by more unfortunates in Serbia, whose government is dead set on signing a Faustian bargain with Mephisto, in this case represented by Rio Tinto. The classical definition of Faustian bargain is “a pact whereby a person trades something of supreme moral or spiritual importance, such as personal values or the soul, for some worldly or material benefit, such as knowledge, power, or riches”. That fits events unfolding in Serbia to perfection.

If Serbia’s paltry earnings on account of the rent it collects from foreign mining companies for the exploitation of copper deposits in the Bor Basin, which is all of 1% of the total value of the extraction, or a whopping 13,6 million euros, is any indication, the lithium “partnership” with Rio Tinto in Western Serbia is bound to be an even more outrageous scam. But we can only conjecture because the terms of the extraction agreement are kept by both sides under a seal of secrecy.

But whatever the actual figures, the putative gain (and as in Ukraine we can easily surmise in whose bank accounts the bulk of the money will end up) will be cancelled by the grievous harm to the health of millions as a result of the poisoning of their land, food, and air. A true Faustian bargain, and of a malignancy that even Goethe could have hardly fathomed.

On Friday, July 19, the pact was signed in Belgrade between the spectre of the withered away Serbian state and German chancellor Olaf Scholz to resume lithium mining activities on Serbian territory. Germany, which has considerable lithium deposits on its territory but does not allow them to be mined because of the inherent hazards described above, is passing the hot potato to Serbian peasants and Rio Tinto hits the jackpot. These activities were briefly interrupted in 2022, amidst serious social upheavals and demands for Rio Tinto’s expulsion from the country.

Screenshot from Politico

Public opinion surveys do show that over 55% of Serbia’s population are aware of the danger to their health and environment and oppose lithium mining, whilst barely 25% support it. But what does it matter? As Klaus Schwab has authoritatively stated “you do not have to have elections any more because you can already predict” the outcome, and one supposes that by extension opinion surveys have become irrelevant as well.

With a bit of cognitive engineering helped along by lies about the tonnes of cash that will brighten the lives of Serbia’s deluded citizens, they are convinced that public attitudes can be fixed. The lithium project which is enormously beneficial for European manufacturers and Rio Tinto, but disastrous for Serbia, will proceed, barring the unlikely scenario of an uprising by the comatose populace.   

The important thing is to have the authorities of the withered away state on board, to sign binding deals that, if called upon, NATO can enforce, and to keep the unruly elements of the populace in line.

Serbia, after all, is a Balkan country where baksheesh (mainly to government officials, not just to waiters) reigns supreme.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Stephen Karganovic is president of “Srebrenica Historical Project,” an NGO registered in the Netherlands to investigate the factual matrix and background of events that took place in Srebrenica in July of 1995. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.  


Rethinking Srebrenica eBook : Karganovic, Stephen, Simic, Ljubisa: Amazon.co.uk: BooksRethinking Srebrenica

By Stephen Karganovic

Rethinking Srebrenica examines the forensic evidence of the alleged Srebrenica “massacre” possessed by the International Criminal Tribunal for the former Yugoslavia (ICTY) in The Hague. Even though the ICTY created more than 3,500 autopsy reports, many of these autopsy reports were based on bone fragments, which do not represent complete bodies. An examination of the matching femur bones found reveals that there were only about 1,900 complete bodies that were exhumed. Of these, some 1,500 autopsy reports indicated a cause of death consistent with battlefield casualties. Only about 400 autopsy reports indicated execution as a cause of death, as revealed by ligatures and blindfolds. This forensic evidence does not warrant the conclusion of a genocide having taken place.

Karganovic examines the events that took place in Srebrenica in July 1995 in a wholistic manner instead of restricting it to a three-day event. The ten chapters cover:

1) Srebrenica: A Critical Overview;

2) Demilitarization of the UN Safe Zone of Srebrenica;

3) Genocide or Blowback?;

4) General Presentation and Interpretation of Srebrenica Forensic Data (Pattern of Injury Breakdown);

5) An Analysis of the Srebrenica Forensic Reports Prepared by the ICTY Prosecution Experts;

6) An Analysis of Muslim Column Losses Attributable to Minefields, Combat Activity, and Other Causes;

7) The Genocide Issue: Was there a Demonstrable Intent to Exterminate All Muslims?;

8) ICTY Radio Intercept Evidence;

9) The Balance Sheet; and

10) Srebrenica: Uses of the Narrative.

  • ASIN:‎ B0992RRJRK
  • Publisher: ‎Unwritten History, Inc.; 2 edition (July 8 2021)
  • Language: ‎English

Click here to purchase.

“The two ‘sides’ of mainstream politics are not fighting against one another, they’re only fighting against you. Their only job is to keep you clapping along with the two-handed puppet show as they rob you blind and tighten your chains while your gaze is fixed on the performance.”—Caitlin Johnstone

A failed assassination attempt on a presidential candidate. An incumbent president withdrawing his re-election bid at the 11th hour. A politicized judiciary that fails to hold the powers-that-be accountable to the rule of law. A world at war. A nation in turmoil.

This is what controlled chaos looks like.

This year’s election-year referendum on which corporate puppet should occupy the White House has quickly become a lesson in how the Deep State engineers a crisis to keep itself in power.

Don’t get so caught up in the performance that you lose sight of what’s real.

This endless series of diversions, distractions and political drama is the oldest con game in the books, the magician’s sleight of hand that keeps you focused on the shell game in front of you while your wallet is being picked clean by ruffians in your midst.

It’s the Reichstag Fire all over again.

It was February 1933, a month before national elections in Germany, and the Nazis weren’t expected to win. So they engineered a way to win: they began by infiltrating the police and granting police powers to their allies; then Hitler brought in stormtroopers to act as auxiliary police; by the time an arsonist (who claimed to be working for the Communists in the hopes of starting an armed revolt) set fire to the Reichstag, the German parliamentary building, the people were eager for a return to law and order.

That was all it took: Hitler used the attempted “coup” as an excuse to declare martial law and seize absolute power in Germany, establishing himself as a dictator with the support of the German people.

Fast forward to the present day, and what do we have? A discontented citizenry, a disconnected government, and a Deep State that wants to stay in power at all costs.

So what happens? Trump has a near miss, Biden bows out, and politics becomes exciting to the masses again.

It works the same in every age.

This is how the police state will win, no matter which candidate gets elected to the White House.

You know who will lose? Every last one of us.

After all, politics today is not about Republicans and Democrats.

Nor is it about abortion, healthcare, higher taxes, immigration, or any of the other buzzwords that have become campaign slogans for individuals who have mastered the art of telling Americans exactly what they want to hear.

Politics today is about one thing and one thing only: maintaining the status quo between the Controllers (the politicians, the bureaucrats, and the corporate elite) and the Controlled (the taxpayers).

Indeed, it really doesn’t matter what you call them—the 1%, the elite, the controllers, the masterminds, the shadow government, the police state, the surveillance state, the military industrial complex—so long as you understand that no matter which party occupies the White House in 2025, the unelected bureaucracy that actually calls the shots will continue to do so.

In other words, no matter who wins this next presidential election, you can rest assured that the new boss will be the same as the old boss, and we—the permanent underclass in America—will continue to be forced to march in lockstep with the police state in all matters, public and private.

Consider the following a much-needed reality check, an antidote if you will, against an overdose of overhyped campaign announcements, lofty electoral promises and meaningless patriotic sentiments that land us right back in the same prison cell.

FACT: According to a scientific study by Princeton researchers, the United States of America is not the democracy that it purports to be, but rather an oligarchy, in which “economic elites and organized groups representing business interests have substantial independent impacts on U.S. government policy.”

FACT: Despite the fact that the number of violent crimes in the country is down substantially, the lowest rate in sixty years, the number of Americans being jailed for nonviolent crimes such as driving with a suspended license continues to skyrocket.

FACT: Thanks to an overabundance of 4,500-plus federal crimes and 400,000-plus rules and regulations, it is estimated that the average American actually commits three felonies a day without knowing it. In fact, according to law professor John Baker, “There is no one in the United States over the age of 18 who cannot be indicted for some federal crime. That is not an exaggeration.”

FACT: Despite the fact that we have 38 million Americans living at or below the poverty line, 13 million children living in households without adequate access to food, and 1.2 million veterans relying on food stamps, enormous sums of taxpayer money continue to be doled out on wasteful programs that do little to improve the plight of those in need.

FACT: Since 2001 Americans have spent $93 million every hour for the total cost of the nation’s so-called war on terror.

FACT: It is estimated that 5 million children in the United States have had at least one parent in prison, whether it be a local jail or a state or federal penitentiary, due to a wide range of factors ranging from overcriminalization and surprise raids at family homes to roadside traffic stops.

FACT: According to a Gallup poll, Americans place greater faith in the military and the police than in any of the three branches of government.

FACT: At least 400 to 500 innocent people are killed by police officers every year. Indeed, Americans are now eight times more likely to die in a police confrontation than they are to be killed by a terrorist. Americans are 110 times more likely to die of foodborne illness than in a terrorist attack. Police officers are more likely to be struck by lightning than be made financially liable for their wrongdoing.

FACT: On an average day in America, over 100 Americans have their homes raided by SWAT teams. Most of those SWAT team raids are for a mere warrant service. There has been a notable buildup in recent years of heavily armed SWAT teams within non-security-related federal agencies such as the Department of Agriculture, the Railroad Retirement Board, the Tennessee Valley Authority, the Office of Personnel Management, the Consumer Product Safety Commission, the U.S. Fish and Wildlife Service, and the Education Department.

FACT: For all intents and purposes, we now have a fourth branch of government: the surveillance state. This fourth branch came into being without any electoral mandate or constitutional referendum, and yet it possesses superpowers, above and beyond those of any other government agency save the military. It is all-knowing, all-seeing and all-powerful. It operates beyond the reach of the president, Congress and the courts, and it marches in lockstep with the corporate elite who really call the shots in Washington, DC. The government’s “technotyranny” surveillance apparatus has become so entrenched and entangled with its police state apparatus that it’s hard to know anymore where law enforcement ends and surveillance begins. They have become one and the same entity. The police state has passed the baton to the surveillance state.

FACT: Everything we do will eventually be connected to the Internet. By 2030 it is estimated there will be 100 trillion sensor devices connecting human electronic devices (cell phones, laptops, etc.) to the Internet. Much, if not all, of our electronic devices will be connected to Google, which openly works with government intelligence agencies. Virtually everything we do now—no matter how innocent—is being collected by the spying American police state.

FACT: Americans know virtually nothing about their history or how their government works. In fact, according to a study by the National Constitution Center, 41 percent of Americans “are not aware that there are three branches of government, and 62 percent couldn’t name them; 33 percent couldn’t even name one.”

FACT: Only six out of every one hundred Americans know that they actually have a constitutional right to hold the government accountable for wrongdoing, as guaranteed by the right to petition clause of the First Amendment.

Perhaps the most troubling fact of all is this: we have handed over control of our government and our lives to faceless bureaucrats who view us as little more than cattle to be bred, branded, butchered and sold for profit.

As I make clear in my book Battlefield America: The War on the American People and in its fictional counterpart The Erik Blair Diaries, if there is to be any hope of restoring our freedoms and reclaiming control over our government, it will rest not with the politicians but with the people themselves.

One thing is for sure: the reassurance ritual of voting is not going to advance freedom one iota.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on The Rutherford Institute.

Constitutional attorney and author John W. Whitehead is founder and president of The Rutherford Institute. His most recent books are the best-selling Battlefield America: The War on the American People, the award-winning A Government of Wolves: The Emerging American Police State, and a debut dystopian fiction novel, The Erik Blair Diaries. Whitehead can be contacted at [email protected].

Nisha Whitehead is the Executive Director of The Rutherford Institute. Information about The Rutherford Institute is available at www.rutherford.org.

They are regular contributors to Global Research.

A case study from Japan has documented the first known biopsy-proven instance of inflammatory dilated cardiomyopathy (iDCM) — a condition where the heart becomes enlarged and weakened due to inflammation — following COVID-19 vaccination.

Doctors at Narita-Tomisato Tokushukai Hospital in Chiba, Japan, used an endomyocardial biopsy to diagnose iDCM in a 78-year-old woman who developed heart problems after receiving her third COVID-19 vaccine dose.

The patient had previously received two doses of the Pfizer-BioNTech BNT162b2 mRNA vaccine, followed by a Moderna mRNA-1273 booster.

The case, reported on July 1 in a peer-reviewed open-access article in the journal ESC Heart Failure, marks a significant advancement in understanding potential cardiac complications related to COVID-19 vaccines.

By using tissue analysis, doctors were able to more definitively link the heart condition to the vaccination, distinguishing it from other possible causes.

“While such severe reactions remain extremely rare, this case demonstrates the value of advanced diagnostic techniques in identifying and understanding vaccine-related side effects,” the doctors wrote.

The patient was successfully treated with a corticosteroid, which improved her condition significantly but not completely.

This outcome underscores the importance of prompt medical attention and accurate diagnosis for any unusual symptoms following vaccination.

“Severe cases can be fatal if left untreated,” the doctors wrote.

Dr. Peter McCullough agreed, telling The Defender that his January paper with Jessica Rose, Ph.D., and Nicolas Hulscher showed that in thousands of vaccine-associated myocarditis cases, the mortality rate is 2.9%.

McCullough said the Japanese paper is important because it applies to heart failure occurring months to years after COVID-19 vaccination. For patients with similar symptoms, doctors should seriously consider the possibility that the COVID-19 vaccine might have caused the damage, he said.

Brian Hooker, Ph.D., chief scientific officer at Children’s Health Defense, told The Defender the case study was “very robust.”

“They rule out cardiac infection as well as chronic myocarditis via autoimmunity in order to deduce a diagnosis of vaccine-associated myocarditis,” Hooker said.

Patient Was ‘in Acute Heart Failure’

The patient, with no prior history of heart disease, experienced palpitations and shortness of breath on the fourth day after receiving her third COVID-19 vaccine dose. Her symptoms gradually worsened and she was admitted to the hospital 11 days post-vaccination.

“By the time she was admitted to our hospital, she was in acute heart failure,” the doctors explained.

Upon examination, they noted several concerning signs:

  • Rapid heartbeat of 120 beats per minute.
  • Swollen neck veins and leg edema.
  • Abnormal heart sounds, including a gallop rhythm and heart murmur.
  • Low blood oxygen levels.

Diagnostic tests indicated cardiac dysfunction. An electrocardiogram (EKG) showed an abnormally rapid heart rate with disrupted electrical conduction patterns in both the right and left sides of the heart.

Blood tests revealed elevated levels of cardiac troponin I and brain natriuretic peptide, both markers of myocardial stress and damage. An EKG demonstrated severely reduced left ventricular function, with an ejection fraction of only 20%.

To rule out coronary artery disease, the medical team performed an X-ray test called coronary angiography, which showed no significant obstructions.

The constellation of symptoms and test results led the physicians to diagnose iDCM, potentially associated with the recent COVID-19 vaccination. To establish a definitive diagnosis, they proceeded with an endomyocardial biopsy.

Responding to a tweet about the Japanese study, Lori Petersen, injured by the Pfizer vaccine, posted this on X (formerly Twitter) on Thursday:

Key Findings

The endomyocardial biopsy provided crucial insights into the patient’s condition. Under the microscope, doctors observed signs of inflammation in the heart tissue, confirming the diagnosis of iDCM. These signs included:

  • Enlarged heart muscle cells.
  • Scarring between the cells.
  • Clusters of inflammatory cells, primarily macrophages and T-lymphocytes, or T-cells.

The biopsy also revealed increased levels of tenascin-C, a protein that is typically elevated during active heart inflammation. This suggested the patient’s condition was in an active stage and potentially treatable.

A cardiac MRI, another advanced imaging technique, showed additional signs of heart damage. It revealed an enlarged left ventricle and a pattern of scarring in the heart muscle wall that’s often seen in non-infectious causes of heart inflammation.

“The biopsy allowed us to directly observe the inflammatory process in the heart tissue, providing a level of certainty we haven’t had in previous cases of suspected vaccine-related heart issues,” the doctors wrote.

They emphasized how this case differs from previously reported vaccine-related heart issues.

“Most reported cases of heart inflammation after COVID-19 vaccination have been myocarditis in young males. This case of iDCM in an older female patient expands our understanding of potential cardiac complications.”

The detailed findings allowed doctors to distinguish this case from other types of heart problems and strongly suggested a link to the recent COVID-19 vaccination.

Follow-up Examinations at Six Months Showed ‘Significant Improvements’

After confirming the diagnosis of iDCM through biopsy, doctors initiated a targeted treatment plan involving the oral corticosteroid prednisolone to reduce inflammation in the heart.

The medical team also administered standard heart failure medications, including:

  • Enalapril, to help relax blood vessels.
  • Spironolactone, a diuretic that also has anti-inflammatory properties.
  • Dapagliflozin, a newer medication shown to be beneficial in heart failure.

The patient’s condition improved steadily following treatment. After 16 days in the hospital, she was discharged with a reduced dose of prednisolone.

Follow-up examinations at six months showed significant improvements in the patient’s heart function. “The echocardiogram revealed a dramatic recovery in the heart’s pumping ability,” the doctors wrote. “The left ventricular ejection fraction improved from 20% to 56%, which is within the normal range.”

The follow-up cardiac MRI confirmed the reversal of the earlier abnormalities, showing a reduction in heart size and improved function. Additionally, a repeat biopsy demonstrated a marked decrease in inflammation within the heart tissue.

The patient remained stable without any recurrence of symptoms during the one-year follow-up period.

Hooker’s assessment of the patient’s recovery was more restrained. “This sounds more like chronic myocarditis (scarring and enlarged heart) rather than acute myocarditis where the chance of a full recovery is about 66% within 2-3 months.”

Hooker pointed out that scarring of the heart is permanent and in this case, the heart’s ejection fraction had not completely recovered by the six-month follow-up appointment.

Vigilance and Investigation of Potential Vaccine-related Adverse Events Needed

The case study provides new insights into the spectrum of cardiac complications potentially linked to COVID-19 vaccines. The researchers emphasized several key points in their discussion.

Current understanding of COVID-19 vaccine-associated myocarditis primarily involves cases in young males, often occurring after the second vaccine dose.

Hooker noted that the young males have the highest risk of heart damage from the mRNA vaccines.

These myocarditis cases typically show an abundance of lymphocytes, a type of white blood cell, infiltrating the heart tissue.. But this case diverges from the typical vaccine-associated myocarditis profile in several ways:

  • The patient was an older female.
  • The complication occurred after a third dose of a different COVID-19 vaccine.
  • The diagnosis was specifically iDCM.

The biopsy findings revealed a mix of macrophages and T-lymphocytes in the heart tissue — immune system cells designed to rid the body of infection and disease — along with cardiac microthrombi (tiny blood clots).

This pattern differs from previously reported vaccine-associated myocarditis cases and other types of vaccine-related heart inflammation. This underscores the complexity of immune responses to vaccines, the doctors wrote.

The researchers stressed the importance of considering iDCM in patients who present with heart failure symptoms following COVID-19 vaccination, particularly when the clinical picture doesn’t match typical myocarditis.

“Clinicians should not hesitate to perform EMB [endomyocardial biopsy] on patients presenting with the DCM [dilated cardiomyopathy] phenotype following SARS-CoV-2 immunization,” the doctors emphasized.

McCullough said that he considers all vaccine recipients to have potentially suffered cardiac damage. “In my clinical practice … I take a tiered approach with history, exam, ECG, laboratories and in selected cases, echocardiography/cardiac MRI.”

The Japanese team acknowledged that while such severe reactions remain extremely rare, this case highlights the need for continued vigilance and thorough investigation of potential vaccine-related adverse events.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

John-Michael Dumais is a news editor for The Defender. He has been a writer and community organizer on a variety of issues, including the death penalty, war, health freedom and all things related to the COVID-19 pandemic.

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

While it is good for the US and the world that Joe “having-supported-all-wars-there were-to-support“ Biden has dropped out, the mainstream media attention to the US presidential elections is mind-bogglingly out of proportion. There are 200 other countries, and among them, a few that will influence the world’s future much more than the US – but how many could even mention their leaders’ names?

Secondly, while the president’s personality, experience and style are of some importance, we must be aware that s/he first represents the declining, militaristic empire’s MIMAC – Military-Industrial-Media-Academic Complex, what some call the deep state. And that MIMAC is getting desperate.

Influential people who work against MIMAC risk their lives – the Kennedys, Martin Luther King, Jr. in the US, Olof Palme in Sweden, and Dag Hammarskjöld at the UN – and lots of unsung anti-war and peace heroes too. A short clip from 1967 when the US was greater but – already then – too arrogant:

Post-1945 US has been by far the most war-fighting and most killing nation, the most militaristic with 600+ military bases in 130+ countries and special operating forces and the CIA all over the place. It’s been the most regime-changing ‘leader’.

It’s been exceptionalist and seen itself as God’s own country and as standing over and above everybody else, lately with its rules-based international order enabling it to violate every UN Charter norm and Geneva Convention.

Please do not believe that Kamala Harris will change any of that.

Biden was Obama’s Vice President when that administration carried out yet another regime change, this time in Kiev in 2014, which marks the true beginning of the NATO-Russia conflict playing out so tragically in Ukraine.

When you listened to Biden’s rhetoric about the US being the “essential nation of the world” – and his own “I’m running the world,” it should be pretty clear that the problem is not Biden’s dementia but the US’ hubris, immodesty, megalomania – arrogance.

And it only got worse after 1967. Perhaps God, the infinitely patient, has finally intervened?

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Featured image is from Dandelion Salad/flickr/cc

Pentagon nije briga za vidljivi ekonomski pad saveznika, sami su taj sunovrat omogućili kroz prekide tokova jeftinih energenata za privrede “saveznika” i kroz sankcije kojih se SAD naravno ne pridržavaju, kaže profesor ekonomije (emeritus) na Univerzitetu u Otavi, osnivač i direktor Centra za istraživanje globalizacije u Montrealu i urednik portala “Global riserč”

Ako bih morao da uporedim sadržaje “svečanih” Samita NATO povodom 50 godina od nastanka Alijanse i poslednjeg samita povodom 75 godina, a oba su bila u Vašingtonu, primetio bih prvo da su pokazali da je NATO lažna odbrambena struktura lažnog savezništva. Oba samita dokazuju tezu da je NATO samo specifičan aranžman Vašingtona kroz koji se koordiniraju ratovi koje vode saveznici, dok se SAD drže podalje od sukoba. “Saveznici” Vašingtonu sada otvoreno služe da urade prljave poslove za Ameriku, baš kao što je to definisao Dik Čejni, uticajni jastreb svih američkih ratova unazad nekoliko decenija – ovako, ukratko, glasi analiza profesora Mišela Čosudovskog nakon trodnevnog samita u Vašingtonu povodom 75 godina od osnivanja Alijanse.

Profesor ekonomije (emeritus) na Univerzitetu u Otavi, osnivač i direktor Centra za istraživanje globalizacije u Montrealu i urednik portala “Global riserč“, predano analizira rad vojnog Behemota iz Brisela od balkanskih ratova 90-tih.

Na početku intervjua lucidno primećuje da je posle završenih reči zvaničnika u Vašingtonu očigledno da su pravi cilj Amerikanaca u ratu u Ukrajini njeni “saveznici u NATO”, odnosno kompletna Evropska unija, zemlje koje Pentagon “upisao” za napad na Rusiju, tvrdi Čusodovski. On podseća i da je NATO ratovao protiv Jugoslavije uz pomoć cele alijanse, a da je danas samo on “vlasnik” bogatstava Kosova i Metohije. 

Kristina Lalić Spirković (KLS): Navodite da NATO nije alijansa nego aranžman Vašingtona?

Prof. Michel Chossudovsky (PMC): Tako je. Kroz NATO mehanizam Amerika kontroliše finansije saveznika i usmerava ih u svoj vojno-industrijski kompleks. U slučaju Ukrajine, na duži vremenski period.

KLS: Prema vašoj tezi, Pentagonu su saveznici potrebni osim kad im nisu potrebni?

PMC: Uvek je bilo tako. Nedavno, 1. jula povodom državnog praznika Kanade objavio sam dokumente nad kojima su se u mojoj zemlji mnogi zamislili.

Većina Kanađana nije bila svesna činjenice da su Sjedinjene Američke Države 1924. (pre sto godina) formulisale pažljivo osmišljen plan za invaziju na Kanadu i bombardovanje Montreala, Kvebeka, Halifaksa i Vankuvera.

To što je namerno izostavljeno iz naših istorijskih knjiga u školama i univerzitetima jeste da je naš američki komšija napravio detaljan plan za invaziju na Kanadu. Upotreba “otrovnog gasa” bila je deo tog projekta.

Ratni plan “Red” je zvanično odobren od strane američkog vojnog ministarstva u maju 1930. U nacrtu iz 1928. stajalo je da “Kanadi treba sasvim jasno staviti do znanja da će u ratu teško stradati”. I pogodite ko je bio zadužen za planiranje bombardovanja kanadskih gradova: general Daglas Makartur koji je tokom Drugog svetskog rata bio zadužen za vođenje rata na Pacifiku i koordinaciju opsežnog bombardovanja japanskih gradova (1941-1945).

KLS: Nakon ovog, 75. Samita NATO-a, šta je još jasno?

PMC: Objektivno, pritisak Vašingtona se trenutno fokusira na Nemačku i Francusku jer su privrede ovih zemalja najsnažnije u bloku saveznika. Francuskoj i Nemačkoj se naizmenično nudi da budu “lideri “u nastavku pohoda na Rusiju (odbrani demokratije i pravila vašingtonskog poretka) a izgleda kao da tu utakmicu “liderstva” vode predstavnici tih naroda izabrani od građana. 

KLS: Član 5 Povelje NATO daje američke bezbednosne garancije EU dok je “guraju” rat u Ukrajini?

PMC: NATO je, ponoviću, prevarantski entitet. Član 5 aktiviran je samo jednom, 11. septembra 2001. kada je na sajtu NATO u Briselu osvanulo da su SAD napadnute. U to vreme, dokazano je, Osama Bin Laden bio je u bolnici u Pakistanu pod paskom američkih bezbednosnih službi. A pošto je bilo smešno aktivirati Član 5 protiv nečega što se zove Al Kaida, naknadno je dodato Avganistan – zemlja koja je bila navodni sponzor organizacije napada. Ispostavilo se naknadno i da je Avganistan par dana ranije u obraćanju Generalnoj skupštini UN naveo da je iskrčmio polja maka i da je tako “ubio” 90 odsto trgovine opijumom i heroinom iza koje je stajao, naravno, Pentagon. Tako su se talibani našli prvi na udaru neokonzervativaca, a i svi dalji ratovi na Bliskom istoku i Sredozemlju vođeni su iz ekonomskog interesa.

KLS: Dakle, Evropljani da ne računaju na Član 5 u eventualnom sukobu sa RF?

Udruživanje snaga: Međunarodna legija teritorijalne odbrane Ukrajine omogućila je hiljadama stranih dobrovoljaca da se pridruže borbi protiv ruskih osvajača. Slika: Mil.gov.ua / Vikimedia Commons

PMC: Ponavljam, na samitu u Vašingtonu Pentagon je objavio rat “saveznicima”.

Izbori u Evropi su pokazali političke promene u svim zemljama gde su održani…

Dinamika događaja na političkoj sceni Evrope je zaista interesantna ali je i već viđena, konkretno na slučaju NATO agresije na Srbiju.

Videli smo kako je koalicija levice u Francuskoj odnela pobedu u drugom krugu izbora i ako se ta koalicija sagleda, videćete da mnogi u njoj podržavaju neonacistički režim u Kijevu. Na primeru agresije iz 1999, takođe se dogodilo da su je vodili političari sa levice i zeleni.

Konkretno, to su bili “kupljeni” levičari i “uzgojeni” zeleni kakvi utiču na politiku EU u sukobu u Ukrajini.

KLS: Tokom celog života i vi ste bili na levoj strani?

PMC: Iz tog levog “stroja” izašao sam 1999. baš povodom događaja sa Jugoslavijom. Naime, kada sam prvi put obrazlagao tezu da je NATO kriminalni entitet koji u svojom kriminalnim poslovima koristi teroriste i kriminalce, prvo su me “prokazali” levičari. Konkretno, pošto sam napisao da je Hašim Tači, pre nego je postao “revolucionar”, bio ličnost sa Interpolove poternice, napravivši tada analogiju sa ratnim zločincem, britanskim generalom Majkom Džeksonom (ubicom iz Derija 1972) koji je okupirao srpsku pokrajinu KiM, za mnom su zauvek zatvorila vrata. Na primer u “levičarskom” “Mond diplomatiku” gde sam sarađivao objasnili su mi i zašto.

Naravno, nije mi žao što nisam “levičar” po meri Vašingtona. 

KLS: Šta se događa između “levice”i “desnice” u Evropi?

PMC: Da bi protumačili histeriju nazovilevičara na “desne” stranke i pokrete morate znati da je kod levičara putem medija stvoren refleksni stav da je desnica jednaka nacizmu. Tako imamo da se Nacionalno okupljanje Marin Lepen koje se zalaže za kraj ratova i prestanak finansiranja kijevskog nacističkog režima označava kao nacistička, dok se svi oni koji su za rat i nastavak ubijanja “posvećenje demokrate i nosioci evropskih vrednosti”. Isto je u Nemačkoj, Holandiji, Švedskoj, Finskoj… 

KLS: Dogodila se inverzija istorije?

PMC: Inverzija istorije ili inverzija narativa, sasvim je svejedno. Kao Jevrejin, postavljam pitanje ko su danas antisemiti?

Odgovor je očigledan. Naše zapadne vlade (uključujući većinu država članica NATO-a) koje izdašno finansiraju neonacistički režim u Kijevu. Sa pravne tačke gledišta, ovo je krivično delo naših vlada, kome treba da se suprotstavi veliki društveni pokret u svim državama članicama NATO.

Slika: Andrii Parubii

Opširno je dokumentovano da je državni udar 2014. izvršen pod pokroviteljstvom SAD uz podršku dve snažne nacističke frakcije: Svobode i Desnog sektora na čelu sa Dmitrom Jarošem, koje su počinile bezbroj zločina usmerenih protiv jevrejske zajednice u Ukrajini. Osnivač te ukrajinske nacističke Svobode Andrij Parubij imenovan je bio za predsednika ukrajinskog parlamenta (Vrhovne rade) a prema njemu Adolf Hitler je bio “Prometej demokratije”. 

KLS: Čudno je da su Ukrajinci koji su masovno ginuli u Drugom ratu protiv Hitlera to zaboravili?

PMC: Čudnije je da su to Jevreji zaboravili. Ukrajinski nacistički pokret sarađivao je sa nacističkom Nemačkom od početka 1940. Organizacija ukrajinskih nacionalista učestvovala je u ubistvima ukrajinskog jevrejskog stanovništva.

Prema Muzeju holokausta Drugog svetskog rata: “Broj Jevreja u Ukrajinskoj Sovjetskoj Republici (UkrSSR) bio je 2,45 miliona ljudi [od 1939-1941]” Nacionalna pobunjenička armija Ukrajine (UPA) bila je aktivno uključena u masakre Jevreja, Poljaka, komunista i Roma u velikim gradovima, uključujući Odesu i Kijev. Recimo u Lavovu u konclogoru Janovska oformljenom septembra 1941. istrebljeno je 99 odsto Jevreja iz ovog kraja do dolaska Crvene armije 21. jula 1944. Pa Simon Vizental je bio zatočenik ovog logora!

KLS: Antisemitizam se pretvorio u nešto slično nacizmu i na Bliskom istoku?

PMC: Isti ljudi, isti su protagonisti oba rata i ista je manipulacija u pitanju. Sramno je gledati kako se u Zapadnoj Evropi i Vašingtonu odnose prema nacistima iz Kijeva i kako tretiraju “opravdani strah” od antisemitizma na Bliskom istoku.

KLS: Može li se antisemitizam vratiti korenu značenja?

PMC: Jedini način je ukazivati na zločine nacista tokom Drugog svetskog rata. Srbija i Srbi su bili žrtve genocida a ironično su bili na tapetu Generalne skupštine UN kao genocidan narod. Mora se ukazivati ko je bio antisemita i rasista kroz istoriju i tako gledam i na najave Moskve da će opsadu Lenjingrada i druge zločine nacista staviti na dnevni red GS UN, upravo zbog jasnoće slika iz istorije Holokausta koje su počinili nacisti i njihove sluge u Ukrajini, Hrvatskoj… I Srbija mora tome da se pridruži.

KLS: Kako je Ukrajina okupirana nacizmom?

PMC: Najkraće rečeno, kroz kulturu i jezik. Zabrana govorenja maternjim jezikom i jeste bio jedan od povoda za SVO 2022.u čijoj suštini i stoji odgovor na vaše pitanje.

Kao ukrajinski emigrant koji je boravio u ovoj zemlji nakon pada Berlinskog zida, razumeo sam prvo da se “promenio jezik”. Ukrajina, na čijoj se teritoriji od preko 90 odsto govorio ruski kao domicilni, počela je u zvaničnoj verziji da “govori i piše” na dijalektu Galičnika, jezikom kojim je mali broj ljudi zborio samo na granici sa Poljskom.

Taj jezički fundamentalizam objašnjava i svaki drugi koji se pojavio u Ukrajini, osmišljen na Zapadu i negovan u masmedijima, a beskompromisno ga je sprovodila vlast 24 sata dnevno najmanje 30 godina.  

Ucranianos rejeitam cada vez mais uma identidade europeia.

July 22nd, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Um dos principais mitos da Ucrânia pós-2014 é a crença de que o país faz parte da Europa Ocidental. Kiev alterou a sua constituição após o golpe de Maidan para estabelecer a busca da integração com a UE como um objetivo permanente do Estado. O regime neonazista vê claramente o país como um membro da chamada “civilização europeia”, com os ucranianos supostamente tendo laços de identidade com todos os outros “europeus”.

Contudo, esta não parece ser a mentalidade da maioria dos ucranianos comuns. De acordo com um inquérito recente realizado conjuntamente pela Fundação Iniciativas Democráticas e pelo Centro Razumkov de Estudos Políticos e Econômicos, apenas 40% dos ucranianos se identificam com a Europa Ocidental. Além disso, 53% dos cidadãos nem sequer se consideram europeus – o que refuta toda a ideia de uma “identidade europeu-ucraniana” em oposição aos laços históricos russo-ucranianos.

Como esperado, a maioria dos candidatos que se identificam com a Europa vive nas partes ocidentais da Ucrânia e fala a língua ucraniana. Isso dá a entender que o sentimento de pertencimento a uma “identidade europeia” não atingiu as regiões com maioria russa ou simplesmente com maior diversidade étnica, estando totalmente concentrados nas áreas sob o controle absoluto de Kiev.

Outro fato interessante revelado pelo inquérito é que a maioria dos ucranianos está cética quanto à capacidade da Europa para melhorar a situação política e militar no país. 50% dos entrevistados afirmaram não estar interessados ​​em ver os europeus participando na política do seu país. Além disso, apenas 47% dos ucranianos afirmaram confiar no Parlamento Europeu – enquanto um número ainda menor de entrevistados (40%) afirmou confiar na Comissão Europeia e no Conselho Europeu.

Os dados são interessantes porque desmascaram a narrativa difundida pela junta de Maidan sobre a suposta “identidade europeia” da Ucrânia. O nacionalismo ucraniano tem sido, desde o seu início, fundado na ideia de que a Ucrânia é um país “europeu” separado da civilização russa. Os nacionalistas ucranianos acreditam que o seu país foi “ocupado”, “colonizado” e “oprimido” pela Rússia, com a “identidade europeia ucraniana” supostamente suprimida por medidas ditatoriais de assimilação forçada.

Desde 2014, estas narrativas historicamente imprecisas foram oficializadas pelo golpe de Maidan. Até a constituição ucraniana foi alterada para incluir abertamente a “integração europeia” como um dos objetivos de Estado. A juventude ucraniana foi ensinada que a sua história comum com a Rússia foi apenas um período de “ocupação”, sendo a Ucrânia um país “europeu” que alcançou a sua verdadeira “independência” depois de 2014. Esta lavagem cerebral tem sido eficaz na fanatização de vários grupos nacionalistas e no aprofundamento do neonazismo no país, mas parece que entre as pessoas comuns este mito fascista ainda não é tão popular.

Outro ponto interessante é que a pesquisa realizada pelos institutos também mostrou dados sobre a confiança do povo ucraniano nos EUA. De acordo com os resultados, apenas 37% dos entrevistados confiam nas autoridades americanas. Há claramente um sentimento crescente de desconfiança entre os ucranianos comuns sobre a verdadeira natureza da “parceria” entre Kiev e Washington. À medida que o conflito aumenta, as pessoas começam a ver que o seu país está a ser lançado numa situação de caos, miséria e catástrofe humanitária precisamente por causa do intervencionismo americano – razão pela qual cada vez menos pessoas confiam em Washington.

Os números contradizem completamente a propaganda ocidental. Apesar de todas as formas de lavagem cerebral, do fanatismo ideológico e da propagação da russofobia pelas instituições estatais, a maioria do povo ucraniano continua consciente das suas origens e compreende que a Europa Ocidental sempre foi uma civilização diferente da sua. A história comum entre a Rússia e a Ucrânia não é algo como uma “ocupação”, “colonização” ou “imposição”, pois ambos os povos surgiram da mesma origem comum e foram divididos apenas devido a acontecimentos políticos recentes.

Esta história partilhada entre ambos os povos não será apagada tão facilmente. Ainda existem milhões de ucranianos que viveram o passado soviético, onde era comum e permitido falar russo e circular livremente entre as repúblicas. Estes ucranianos contam aos seus filhos e netos sobre o passado, equilibrando a verdade com a lavagem cerebral que os jovens sofrem nas escolas e universidades. Por mais que se tente “cancelar” o passado, as memórias permanecem mais fortes que a propaganda.

O conflito torna ainda mais difícil acreditar nas mentiras dos neonazistas. O povo ucraniano está a constatar que o sentimento de pertencimento à Europa Ocidental não é apenas errado, mas também prejudicial, e levou a nação à ruína absoluta. A confiança na UE, na OTAN, nos EUA e mesmo nas instituições estatais ucranianas deverá diminuir ainda mais num futuro próximo, tornando impossível ao regime de Kiev permanecer no poder a longo prazo.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

Artigo em inglês : Ukrainians increasingly rejecting European identity, InfoBrics, 19 de Julho de 2024

Imagem InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

A vacina Moderna contra a COVID-19 foi associada a taxas de mortalidade significativamente mais altas do que as vacinas da Pfizer, com base em uma análise preliminar de dados de saúde individuais da República Tcheca.

Steve Kirsch, diretor executivo da Vaccine Safety Research Foundation, com o apoio da patologista Clare Craig, conduziu uma comparação de marcas de vacinas analisando dados de nível recorde , ou individualizados, de mais de 10 milhões de pessoas na República Tcheca.

Kirsch obteve os dados por meio de uma solicitação da Lei de Liberdade de Informação feita por um cidadão tcheco.

Os dados sobre pessoas vacinadas incluíam o fabricante da vacina, a data da vacinação e o número e código do lote de cada pessoa.

Kirsch conseguiu analisar os registros médicos das pessoas ao longo do tempo, rastreando quais pessoas receberam uma, duas ou três doses de uma vacina de um determinado fabricante e se elas morreram no ano seguinte.

Ele calculou e comparou a taxa geral de mortalidade no grupo da Moderna com o grupo da Pfizer e descobriu que, em todas as idades, houve mais mortes no grupo da Moderna.

Ele também descobriu que a diferença nas taxas de mortalidade era estatisticamente significativa em todas as faixas etárias estudadas. No entanto, o aumento percentual no risco aumentou conforme as pessoas ficavam mais jovens. Sua análise cobriu pessoas na faixa dos 40 e poucos até o final dos 90, de acordo com seus gráficos.

Kirsch relatou, por exemplo, que pessoas com idades entre 46 e 69 anos que receberam duas doses da vacina da Moderna tiveram um risco 50% maior de morte em um ano em comparação com aquelas que receberam duas doses da Pfizer.

Ele também escreveu que os dados mostram que a vacina da Pfizer “também é completamente inadequada para uso público”, mas não havia dados suficientes para determinar sua ligação com a mortalidade por todas as causas.

“A menos que os fabricantes de medicamentos possam explicar ao mundo como esses novos dados da República Tcheca realmente provam que todas as suas vacinas são igualmente seguras, as vacinas PfizerModernaJannsen e AstraZeneca devem ser imediatamente interrompidas por serem muito inseguras para uso”, escreveu Kirsch.

Críticos: mais pesquisas são necessárias, mas a análise preliminar é “valiosa”

A análise de Kirsch não foi formalmente escrita ou revisada por pares. No entanto, ele incluiu uma crítica do bioestatístico da Universidade da Pensilvânia Jeffrey Morris, Ph.D., a quem Kirsch pediu para comentar.

Morris disse que a análise não levou em consideração possíveis variáveis ​​de confusão.

Kirsch respondeu que não havia nenhum fator de confusão que pudesse explicar a diferença e desafiou pesquisadores ou governos a explicar.

Denis Rancourt, Ph.D., pesquisador de mortalidade por todas as causas e ex-professor de física na Universidade de Ottawa, no Canadá, que fez extensas análises país por país sobre a ligação entre a distribuição de vacinas e a mortalidade por todas as causas, também disse ao The Defender que havia limitações sistemáticas na análise de Kirsch.

Por exemplo, ele disse que a República Tcheca teve grandes picos de mortalidade excessiva ao longo do tempo durante o período da COVID-19, muitos dos quais não estavam relacionados às vacinas porque ocorreram de maneiras complexas antes das campanhas de vacinação.

Isso sugere que há outros mecanismos de mortalidade — como protocolos de tratamento da COVID-19bloqueios ou outros problemas, disse Rancourt.

Também há variabilidade em como as vacinas de diferentes fabricantes foram lançadas. Por exemplo, a vacina de um fabricante pode ter sido lançada mais cedo do que mais tarde durante um pico em uma onda de mortalidade por todas as causas relacionada a vários fatores diferentes. Na análise de Kirsch, essa morte seria atribuída a uma vacina, mesmo que possa ter sido causada por fatores não relacionados à vacina.

De acordo com Rancourt, há um elemento temporal significativo que a análise de Kirsch não levou em conta. Em que ponto durante uma onda de mortalidade por todas as causas as pessoas são vacinadas e quando morrem, e quando e quão rapidamente as vacinas de um fabricante específico são lançadas, tudo isso deve ser levado em conta em uma análise adequada.

“É preciso fazer uma análise temporal completa para controlar esse erro sistemático”, disse Rancourt. “Isso não foi feito.”

No entanto, ele também disse que a análise de Kirsch é “dados muito úteis e importantes”. Apesar de suas críticas metodológicas, Rancourt disse. “Acho que é altamente válido o que [Kirsch] está fazendo. Ele fez uma primeira análise que mostra um resultado que vale a pena analisar.”

Kirsch chamou os dados do governo tcheco de “a fonte principal”. “Nunca tivemos dados como esses antes”, disse ele e compartilhou comentários de outros pesquisadores que também comentaram sobre o valor dos dados.

“Os dados do nível de pacientes da República Tcheca são surpreendentes e muito perturbadores”, disse o Dr. Paul Marik.

“Estou surpreso que as autoridades levaram quatro anos para liberar dados de nível individual”, disse o cientista de dados Tomas Fürst, Ph.D., da República Tcheca, a Kirsch. “Se tivéssemos esse tipo de dado antes, teríamos conseguido evitar os maiores erros da resposta à pandemia. Todos os governos deveriam liberar esses dados imediatamente.”

Karl Jablonowski, Ph.D., cientista pesquisador da Children’s Health Defense, disse ao The Defender: “Uma das conclusões mais importantes desta pesquisa é que estamos vendo sinais importantes nos dados sobre um problema de segurança muito sério e precisamos de mais dados para investigá-lo mais a fundo”.

“Mas não temos esses dados — os governos têm e deveriam liberá-los para análise”, disse ele.

Debatendo potenciais vieses e explicações alternativas

Kirsch fez sua análise com base na suposição de que a Pfizer era inofensiva e, portanto, poderia atuar como um grupo placebo, explicou Craig em seu Substack.

“É um excelente grupo placebo porque fatores de confusão em torno de variáveis ​​socioeconômicas e de saúde são contabilizados porque as marcas foram distribuídas aleatoriamente”, disse ela.

Kirsch abordou vários contra-argumentos, ou o que ele chamou de “vetores de ataque” através dos quais os críticos poderiam atacar suas descobertas.

A contraexplicação mais plausível, disse ele, seria que houve um viés na distribuição da vacina, já que a Moderna e outras vacinas foram administradas exclusivamente a pessoas com altas comorbidades.

No entanto, ele disse que não havia evidências de que a Moderna foi dada a pessoas com maior risco de morte ou que havia qualquer critério para vacinar pessoas com uma vacina ou outra. Portanto, ele disse, pode-se presumir que as vacinas foram atribuídas por conveniência, “removendo a maioria dos vieses”.

Craig concordou: “A menos que alguém possa fornecer evidências convincentes de que a Moderna foi administrada àqueles com maior probabilidade de morrer em todas as faixas etárias e ao longo do período, então esta é uma evidência convincente de que ela foi mais mortal”, escreveu ela.

No entanto, Rancourt observou que as vacinas não são lançadas aleatoriamente. “Diferentes fabricantes são lançados em momentos diferentes e são até mesmo usados ​​para diferentes grupos de pessoas”, disse ele. “Portanto, não há razão para supor que os dois fabricantes foram lançados proporcionalmente de forma sincronizada.”

Em vez disso, as diferenças nas implementações devem ser consideradas na análise.

Kirsch também disse que as diferenças não poderiam ser explicadas pela eficácia da vacina, porque as taxas de mortalidade por COVID-19 eram muito baixas.

As descobertas também demonstram “plausibilidade biológica”, escreveu Kirsch, porque ambas as vacinas têm o mesmo ingrediente ativo de mRNA , as doses são significativamente diferentes. A vacina da Pfizer contra a COVID-19 contém 30 microgramas por dose e a da Moderna contém 100 microgramas por dose.

Outras pesquisas mostraram descobertas semelhantes

Kirsch observou que suas descobertas concordam com outras pesquisas sobre o assunto.

artigo de Fraiman, que reanalisou os ensaios de Fase 3 da Pfizer e da Moderna, descobriu que a vacina da Moderna também teve uma taxa 50% maior de eventos adversos graves de interesse especial do que a da Pfizer.

Kirsch também indicou aos leitores uma análise diferente que ele fez do Sistema de Notificação de Eventos Adversos de Vacinas (VAERS), que descobriu que a Moderna causou 30% mais mortes por dose do que a Pfizer.

Rancourt disse que as descobertas de Kirsch relatadas hoje também mostraram concordância com uma análise que Rancourt fez com Joseph Hickey, Ph.D. , do banco de dados do VAERS.

Nesse artigo, eles também descobriram que a toxicidade fatal da vacina variava de acordo com o fabricante, com a injeção da Janssen sendo a mais fatal, seguida pela da Moderna e depois pela da Pfizer. O artigo incluía detalhes sobre toxicidade, número de doses e fabricante.

Brenda Baletti, Ph.D.

Genocide-denying legacy-media frames discussions about Gaza from supremacist perches.

It puts truth and context into the Memory Hole of obliteration much as Winston from Orwell’s 1984 did. History itself becomes malleable to suit current diktats.

Novelist and activist Susan Abulhawa notes that when Piers Morgan, or Christiane Amanpour, or any other legacy media operatives discuss the current genocide against everything and everybody in Gaza, they frame the discussion in terms of October 7, and as an Israeli reaction to a specific incident, even as Israeli sources admit that IDF forces killed many innocent Israelis on that fateful day and the entire operation was very likely the fruit of collaboration between the Israeli military and elements of or within Hamas.

Keeping the focus on elements of October 7 obliterates Apartheid Israel’s longstanding policies of criminality and brutality against Palestinian civilians, many of whom have been subjected to administrative detention, torture, and massacres, outgrowths of the 1948 Nakba, and longstanding state policies of persecution, dispossession, and genocide.

Mainstream media erases the context as provided by Eva Bartlett and others, of Israel’s longstanding criminality, its starvation policies, its destruction of wells and cisterns, its crop-burning and sniping of civilians, as well as its oppressive and long-standing de-development agenda(1).

When presented with these on-the-ground realites in Gaza, Western audiences seek comfort from consistent TV and newspaper mainstream messaging which serve to jusify that which can not be justified — genocide. This strategy of “confirmation bias” is consistent with what Susan Abulhawa calls “cognitive dissonance”.

Recall former CIA director William J. Casey’s statement that,

“We’ll know our disinformation program is complete when everything the American public believes is false. ”

The West, Abulhawa reminds us, has a long and sordid history of destroying target countries, one and after another, but also concurrently. The list is long and includes Yugoslavia, Afghanistan, Iraq, Syria, Libya, Ukraine, each country far worse off than before the invasions.

And yet high up on their colonial perches, far-removed from the bombs and the genocide, mainstream media interrogators would have us forget all of that, they would have us believe that Western foreign policy is about humanitarianism or freedom or democracy, as the Truth becomes the Lie and the Lie becomes the Truth.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s website, Mark Taliano.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Notes:

(1) Eva Bartlett, “Canadian journalist & author, Yves Engler, on Canada’s complity in Israel’s genocide of Palestinians in Gaza.” In Gaza (wordpress). (Canadian journalist & author, Yves Engler, on Canada’s complity in Israel’s genocide of Palestinians in Gaza – In Gaza (wordpress.com) ) Accessed 20 July, 2024.

(2) Philip Giraldi and Prof. M. Chossudovsky, “Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting ‘A False Flag’? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is ‘to Wipe Gaza Off the Map’ ?” (Is the Gaza-Israel Fighting “A False Flag”? They Let It Happen? Their Objective Is “to Wipe Gaza Off the Map”? – Global ResearchGlobal Research – Centre for Research on Globalization) Accessed 20 July, 2024.

Featured image is from the author

It has been clear to me from the beginning that the digital revolution was a massive catastrophe in the making.

The digital revolution is a catastrophe across the board. It not only gives government ability to impose tyranny beyond George Orwells’ imagination, it subjects all accumulated knowledge to wipe out by an electromagnetic pulse, and it causes shutdown of worldwide economic activity because of a bug in cybersecurity software.

We got a taste of this last Friday. All over the world flights stopped. People could not access their bank accounts. Stores could not process transactions. People could not purchase food or clothing. Emergency police, health, fire services could not be contacted. All of this and more happened because a Crowdstrike cybersecurity update contained an error that closed down services relying on the Microsoft operating system.

Ask yourselves why humans, if they are actually intelligent, which I often doubt, would construct and impose such a fragile and easily disrupted system of communication. In my opinion the digital revolution is the work of people with insufficient vision and ability to comprehend the obvious fragilities of the unreliable and easily compromised digital system on which we find ourselves dependent.

There is no such thing as cybersecurity. A person has to be blind, deaf, and dumb not to know this. The information that this is the fact is dumped on us every day. AT&T announces a total breakdown in its security and that all of its customers’ information has been stolen. We hear the same from many corporations. Cities and utilities are held to ransom by cyber crooks who take over their systems. And so on.

The once proud American people have been forced to subject ourselves to being spied on by a tyrannical government, to have zero privacy, to be susceptible to theft of our identity, our bank accounts, our investment accounts, to be susceptible to the FBI implanting child porn on our computers or whatever evidence against us that they want to implant.

If the accumulated information stored in the cloud is not protected by a Faraday Cage, it can be wiped out by one electromagnetic force.

The Sun itself, if it goes on a rampage, can emit electromagnetic forces sufficient to wipe out digital information. A nuclear war would eliminate all information stored in the cloud. Survivors, if any, would know nothing. They would be back in caveman days.

The digital revolution has allowed every conceivable imaginable evil. In exchange dumbshits get to scroll their cell phones looking for entertainment.

We are worried about “global warming.” We are worried about Bill Gates’ promise of a decade of pandemics. We are worried about Trump selling us out to Russia. We should be worried about the digital revolution terminating a functioning existence for mankind.

Cyber Outage Disrupts Globe

19 July 2024

“A major global cyber outage appears to be disrupting businesses, airports, and government services around the world. All flights from several major US airlines were grounded due to a communication issue, the Federal Aviation Administration says. Microsoft says it is investigating an issue preventing users from accessing its apps and services.”

The Worldwide Loss of Ability to Function

An error from a cybersecurity firm caused a breakdown in the functioning of the world communication system.

“It was a stunning example of the fragile dependence the global economy has on certain software and the cascading effect it can have when things go wrong.

The outage was attributed to CrowdStrike, a cybersecurity firm whose software is used by scores of industries around the world to protect against hackers and outside breaches. A software update issued by CrowdStrike appeared to be at the root of the problem, resulting in crashes of machines running the Microsoft Windows operating system.”

Image

Source: @TaymWasHere / X

Here’s how the spillover effects are being felt all over the world:

“Flights disrupted: U.S. airlines reported major disruptions across the country overnight, with many passengers stranded, though some carriers seemed to be recovering on Friday morning. At least five U.S. airlines — Allegiant Air, American, Delta, Spirit and United — had grounded all flights for a time, according to the Federal Aviation Administration.

“Airport chaos: The issues were also being felt at airports around the world, including in Hong Kong, Sydney, Berlin and Amsterdam. At the Manchester Airport in Britain, there were long lines in the departures area as many machines at check-in counters were not working. Ryanair, one of the largest airlines in Europe, said it was experiencing disruption because of a third party IT outage that is “entirely out of our control.”

“911 outages: In the U.S., the outage appeared to be affecting emergency 911 lines in multiple states, the U.S. Emergency Alert System said on social media. It said people experiencing emergencies should call the number for their local police or fire department. Most if not all of the problems appeared to be resolving themselves by mid-morning.

“Broadcast issues: Many international television broadcasters also reported problems. In France, TF1 and Canal+, among the most watched, said in posts on X that they couldn’t go on air. “We’re all onstage, but there’s a gigantic breakdown in the control room” making it impossible to go live, Christophe Beaugrand-Guerrin, a TF1 presenter, wrote on X.”

The people who brought us the digital revolution and are now bringing us artificial intelligence are the most stupid people who have ever lived. They are stupid because they are unable to comprehend the unintentional consequences of what they are doing.

Trump, Russia, China, Iran are not our enemies. Our enemies are the nerds who are working their hearts out to give artificial intelligence power over humans. The accumulation of total evil, known as transhumanism, is working to create an AI robot in replacement for a human being.

The value to a police state of an AI robot compared to a human is that the robot has no morality, no comprehension of the difference between fact and reality. The AI robot responds only to its programing. Truth is not recognized by a robot whose reality is a programed reality and can be vastly different from real truth.

Crowdstrike enabled the Russiagate plot against Trump.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Last Saturday, in Butler, Pennsylvania, President Trump was shot in the ear and narrowly saved from a fatal head wound from an assassin’s bullet. Retired firefighter Corey Comperatore was fatally struck by a bullet, and two other pro-Trump rally-goers were seriously injured.

Over the last week, much of the federal narrative has broken down trying to explain the events. As the sniper’s body was recovered on the roof of the American Glass Research company’s warehouse in Butler, Pennsylvania, within a few days it emerged that snipers were in the second floor overlooking the sniper’s body in an adjoining building.

One often-repeated part of the official story is that a Butler County Sheriff’s Deputy climbed on top of the roof moments prior to the shooting to confront alleged shooter Thomas Crooks, and Crooks responded by pointing a weapon at the Deputy, who then fell off of an eight-foot ladder.

Later reports claim that the deputy hurt his ankle and is now walking with a medical boot. Here’s the New York Post repeating that story nationally.

Here is the relevant excerpt from the CBS Story about the rooftop fight between the Sheriff’s Deputy and Crooks:.

Here is the transcript:

Butler County Sheriff Michael Slupe confirmed to KDKA-TV that an armed municipal officer with Butler Township encountered shooter Thomas Crooks before he fired shots from a rooftop building outside the perimeter of former President Trump’s rally.

The sheriff said he was not made aware of any potential threats, but confirmed an officer encountered the shooter on the roof, and didn’t fire his weapon.

“All I know is the officer had both hands on the roof to get up on the roof, never made it because the shooter had turned towards the officer, and rightfully and smartly, the officer let go,” Sheriff Slupe said.

Sheriff Slupe says before the shooting, the officer and others were previously alerted to a suspicious person and began searching for him right away.

Sheriff Slupe said this officer was hoisted by another officer to the roof of a building where the shooter had taken a position.

The shooter, Crooks, focused his rifle on the officer who let go and fell off the roof. Then, the 20-year-old began firing into the crowd.

And here is the text from the report.

Witnesses on the ground who saw the rooftop sniper say that local police did not confront the sniper moments before the shooting, and no one saw any confrontation by Crooks before shots rang out.

Key witness Greg Smith exclusively told the Gateway Pundit:

“I saw him [the sniper] right before he shots happened, and I didn’t see him turn around and confront anyone. I never saw that and it didn’t happen. We asked all the people around us and in our group and we didn’t see that. I heard the story about the officer falling and hurting his foot, no one saw that. I’ve heard the stories, but I have no idea what they’re talking about.”

Explosively, he also relates that the snipers in the 2nd floor section of the AGR building were watching the rooftop shooter as the shots rang out – and did nothing!

“I was looking all around to get law enforcement’s attention before the shots, and I could tell it was coming, because as I was standing there for several minutes I kept thinking ‘why is Trump still talking?’ You expect someone to be on the radio or whatever the protocol is, to get Trump off the stage. I knew this isn’t good. I expected the shots to start, and then they did. It was mass chaos. I was looking at the guys on the second story, my eyes were jumping three or four different places, I could see that they saw him and were looking at him and watching what he was doing, but they didn’t do anything.

Butler County Sheriffs Deputies have said that their body cameras were turned off and there is no footage available from the incident.

Federal authorities have blamed Butler County for failing to secure the AGR Building, claiming it is outside of their “security perimeter.” Butler County has responded by saying they were only asked to take care of traffic control.

Local witnesses say that there was zero police presence on the ground the entire day around the AGR Building north of the Butler Farm Field where the Trump rally was held, and they saw no law enforcement whatsoever.

Image: Greg Smith, American Patriot

Key assassin witness Greg Smith tells the Gateway Pundit:

We didn’t see a single law enforcement officer the entire time until they were running around the building looking for the guy. We didn’t see a single bit of law enforcement.

Witness Smith describes seeing snipers out of the second floor warehouse building as part of the AGR complex. Some online have speculated that these individuals were Butler County Emergency Services snipers or SWAT responders, but so far that has not been made clear and officials are not providing any answers. But the witnesses described seeing the snipers in the windows of the AGR building.

“They were watching us. I would look up from time to time, and we would always see them there. I gave this same testimony and descriptions about the snipers in the second floor to the State Police Detectives in my driveway,” said Smith.

Smith also says that it is unrealistic to get on top of the AGR building with a five foot ladder. He said that it would require “at least a 12 foot ladder” or better to get on top of the building. Federal officials continue to maintain Crooks used a five foot ladder to get on the roof.

Few details have emerged from the shooting that appear to be reliable and backed by third-parties. Federal authorities have spoken primarily through ‘off the record’ statements to friendly media outlets.

Many of the details and narratives offered by the anonymous law enforcement quotes to friendly media have proven later to be false. As one example, the ‘five foot ladder’ narrative from federal authorities collapsed this week.

Posted images online show police vehicles underneath the nearby water tower. But whomever these law enforcement officers were, they were not seen by the collected witnesses who observed the rooftop sniper and were screaming for law enforcement to help.

A video posted on TikTok claims to see Crooks walking around the side of the AGR Complex that faced the rally.

Watch the tweet on X

The Gateway Pundit has produced this map to help better explain where Thomas Matthew Crooks has been observed at the American Glass Research building in Butler, Pennsylvania, and points in the warehouse complex where different claims are being made.

Mainstream media has repeated the “Officer climbed to roof and confronted Crooks” story.

The Butler County Sheriff’s Deputy who alleges to have confronted Crooks, fallen, and injured his ankle, has not been named. Calls to the Sheriff’s Office were not returned for this story, however the department had previously said it was referring all media inquiries to the Federal Bureau of Investigation.

The New York Post declared the as-yet-unnamed falling-ladder Deputy as a hero.

The FBI’s Public Affairs Officer coordinating the media response to this incident, Bradford Arick of the Pittsburgh FBI Field Office, who responded, “The FBI continues to investigate the attempted assassination of former President Donald Trump and as potential domestic terrorism. We encourage the public to continue sending their tips and information. The FBI continues to determine the sequence of events and the shooters’ movements prior to the shooting. I can neither confirm nor deny the information.”

President Trump’s next rally is Saturday night in Grand Rapids, Michigan, the first since the assassination attempt in Pennsylvania. Trump concludes a week-long Republican National Convention in Milwaukee, Wisconsin.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Benjamin Wetmore is a former writer for Human Events, Morris NorthStar, and The Federalist. 2023 ISI George Washington Statesman Fellow. Featured in the Washington City Paper, Washington Post, New York Times, and Playboy.

All images in this article are from TGP

A study released today of excess mortality in 125 countries during the COVID-19 pandemic found the major causes of death globally stemmed from public health establishment’s response, including mandates and lockdowns that caused severe stress, harmful medical interventions and the COVID-19 vaccines.

“We conclude that nothing special would have occurred in terms of mortality had a pandemic not been declared and had the declaration not been acted upon,” the authors of the study wrote.

Researchers from the Canadian nonprofit Correlation Research in the Public Interest and the University of Quebec at Trois-Rivières analyzed excess all-cause mortality data prior to and during the COVID-19 pandemic, beginning with the March 11, 2020, World Health Organization (WHO) pandemic declaration and ending on May 5, 2023, when the WHO declared the pandemic over.

Source

The results, presented in a detailed 521-page analysis, establish baseline all-cause mortality rates across 125 countries and use those to determine the variations in excess deaths during the pandemic.

The researchers also used the baseline rates to investigate how the individual country variations in excess death rates correlated to different pandemic-related interventions, including vaccination and booster campaigns.

Not all of the results on a country-by-country basis were the same. For example, in some countries, mortality spikes occurred before the vaccines were rolled out, while in other places, the mortality spikes tracked closely with vaccine or booster campaigns.

In some places, excess mortality rates returned to baseline or close to baseline in 2022, while in others, the rates persisted well into 2023. Denis Rancourt, Ph.D., lead author of the study, told The Defender the disparities result from the complex nature of pandemic measures — and the data — in different areas.

Once Rancourt’s team was able to establish the baseline and excess mortality data for each place, they clustered and examined the data through different filters to interpret it, and drew several conclusions.

Data ‘Incompatible with a Pandemic Viral Respiratory Disease as a Primary Cause of Death’

The researchers established that there was significant excess mortality worldwide between March 11, 2020, and May 5, 2023.

Overall excess mortality during the three years in the 93 countries with sufficient data to make an estimate is approximately 0.392% of the 2021 population — or approximately 30.9 million excess deaths from all causes.

The conventional explanation for the excess mortality during the COVID-19 pandemic, Rancourt said, is that the SARS-CoV-2 virus caused virtually all deaths — and there would have been even more deaths if there hadn’t been a vaccine.

The variations in excess all-cause mortality rates across space and time, the authors wrote, “allow us to conclude that the Covid-period (2020-2023) excess all-cause mortality in the world is incompatible with a pandemic viral respiratory disease as a primary cause of death.”

They said the theory that the virus caused the deaths is propped up by mass virus-testing campaigns that should be abandoned.

‘Idea that Vaccines Saved Lives Is Ridiculous’

Rancourt and his team cited several factors they believe disprove the theory that the virus caused a spike in all-cause mortality.

For example, they wrote that excess mortality surged almost simultaneously across several continents when a pandemic was declared, while there were no comparable surges in areas that had not yet declared a pandemic.

This suggests that pandemic interventions like lockdowns, which were implemented synchronously across many countries, likely caused the surges.

The researchers also pointed out the significant variation in mortality rates during the pandemic in all time periods, even across different political jurisdictions directly adjacent to each other. If the virus caused the deaths, it would follow that the infection fatality rate would be the same, or at least similar across political boundaries.

The researchers also found a lot of variability in death rates within countries over time, which also would not be an expected outcome if those deaths were caused by a pathogen.

Rancourt said they found “the idea that the vaccine saved lives is ridiculous,” and based on flawed modeling as he and colleagues also showed in a previous paper.

Here again, they found no systematic or statistically significant trends showing that vaccination campaigns in 2020 and 2021 reduced all-cause mortality.

Instead, they found that in many places, there was no excess mortality until the vaccines were rolled out, and most countries showed temporal associations between vaccine rollouts and increases in all-cause mortality.

Medical Interventions — Including Denial of Treatment — Caused Premature Deaths

Rancourt said the excess deaths his team identified are strongly associated with the combination of two major factors — the proportion of elderly in a country’s population and the number of people living in poverty. Both factors increased peoples’ vulnerability to “sudden and profound structural societal changes” and “medical assaults.”

While the proximal cause of death may be classified on death certificates as a respiratory condition or infection, the researchers noted, they argue the true primary causes of death are actually biological stress, non-COVID-19-vaccine medical interventions and the COVID-19 vaccination rollouts.

The study provides an overview of plausible mechanisms for this hypothesis, including research showing that some people experienced severe biological stress from measures like mandates and lockdowns.

“If you structurally change the society by preventing people from moving, breathing, working, having their lives, having to stay at home, lock them in. If you do all these incredibly huge changes, structural changes in society, that is going to induce biological stress,” Rancourt told The Defender.

“There’s very compelling scientific evidence that biological stress is a massive killer,” he added.

Rancourt also pointed out that the stress of lockdowns affected poor people quite differently than it did people who could easily work from home, have food delivered and live relatively comfortably.

The authors also pointed to extensive evidence showing that medical interventions — including denial of treatment — caused premature deaths.

Such interventions included but were not limited to the denial of antibiotics and ivermectin against bacterial pneumonia, the systematic use of mechanical ventilators, experimental treatment protocols, new palliative medications and overdoses, isolation of vulnerable people and encouraged voluntary or involuntary suicide.

The March-April 2020 COVID-19 peak they identified in several countries is difficult to explain without such medical interventions, they wrote.

17 Million Excess Deaths Tied to COVID Vaccines

Finally, the researchers projected that 17 million of the excess deaths they identified were associated with the COVID-19 vaccines, confirming the findings of their previous research on a smaller sample of countries.

Those vaccine-related estimations were based on analyses of places that had large spikes immediately following vaccination or booster campaigns and also by examining the numbers of vaccine doses and their relation to deaths over time.

Thirty percent of the countries they analyzed had no excess deaths until either the vaccine rollouts or the booster campaigns. And there were significant correlations between COVID-19 vaccine rollouts and peaks or increases in excess all-cause mortality. Ninety-seven percent of countries showed a late-2021 or early-2022 peak in excess all-cause mortality temporally associated with booster rollouts.

It is highly unlikely, the researchers wrote, that the vaccine-mortality associations are coincidental.

Rancourt noticed that people critical of this idea point to the fact that in some places, there are sometimes campaigns or booster campaigns that aren’t associated with spikes in excess mortality.

However, he said vaccination campaigns don’t always lead to such spikes because vaccination was not related to death in the same way in every situation. Vulnerability factors like the age of those vaccinated, the health of the population and other sociological factors related to stressors on the immune system change how they are affected by vaccine toxicity or the vaccines’ effects on the immune system.

Based on their analysis and interpretations, they concluded,

“We are compelled to state that the public health establishment and its agents fundamentally caused all the excess mortality in the Covid period.”

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Brenda Baletti, Ph.D., is a senior reporter for The Defender. She wrote and taught about capitalism and politics for 10 years in the writing program at Duke University. She holds a Ph.D. in human geography from the University of North Carolina at Chapel Hill and a master’s from the University of Texas at Austin.

Featured image is from CHD


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Maintaining “biological youth” is crucial for longevity. Exercise, particularly moderate activity and 150 to 180 minutes of weekly resistance training, is the most powerful intervention for slowing biological aging

Optimal protein intake is about 0.8 grams per pound of ideal body weight. Protein quality matters, with collagen and glycine being especially important but often overlooked nutrients

Moderate carbohydrate intake (40% to 55% of calories) is associated with lowest mortality risk. Long-term low-carb diets may impair metabolic flexibility and mitochondrial function

Up to 99% of the U.S. population may have some degree of insulin resistance. The HOMA-IR test is a simple way to assess metabolic health

Regular sun exposure is critical for health and longevity. Other key factors include adequate sleep, stress management, minimizing environmental toxins, and maintaining gut health

*

I recently spoke with Siim Land, author of the new book “The Longevity Leap,” discussing key factors for optimizing health and lifespan. Maintaining “biological youth” is the single most important factor for longevity, but the question is how to achieve this as you get older.

Land’s book is 500 pages, with 8,000 references, so it’s a good resource to take a deep dive into the strategies that will help keep you biologically young. He’s a leader in the longevity field and walks the walk — he implements the programs he talks about and is a stellar example of taking good care of your biology. Chronologically, Land, who lives in Estonia, is 29, but he claims the biological ages of his organs are much lower — 17 years overall, with a 9-year-old liver.

These estimates are based on relatively new epigenetic and biological age tests, which are intriguing, but we don’t yet know if the results translate to longer lifespans. I personally do not put much trust in them and believe they are flawed. Land explains:[1]

“What does it mean if you have a liver of a 9-year-old? Does it mean that you’re going to live exponentially longer than someone else? We don’t have that data yet … I wouldn’t put a lot of emphasis on the tests themselves, much rather I would look at the traditional biomarkers, like glucose, inflammation … and those other things.”

Historically, many mistakes have been made in longevity research, particularly the focus on extreme calorie, carbohydrate and protein restriction:[2]

“The practical outcome would be that you’re eating very small amounts of food and you are becoming very frail and skinny. But in the actual world, we’re starting to see right now that frailty is a huge risk factor for early death and mortality. And malnutrition itself also increases the risk of a lot of different diseases, all-cause mortality and neurodegeneration and heart disease events.

Right now, I think the field has started to appreciate a lot more of these tangible, practical, functional outcomes, like muscle strength and body composition … other biomarkers that move more from the theoretical side of biological aging.”

Optimal Protein and Carbohydrate Intake for Longevity

Land and I agree that most adults need about 0.8 grams of protein per pound of ideal body weight (the weight you would ideally be, not necessarily the weight you are now), or for Europeans, approximately 1.76 grams of protein per kilogram, for appropriate muscle maintenance and growth.

“If you eat too much, then that could be problematic from the perspective of kidney health and homocysteine levels. If you’re eating too little, then that’s the risk of the sarcopenia and frailty,” Land notes. Regarding carbohydrates, we’re also in agreement that low-carb diets are not typically optimal for longevity.

Land cites research showing that moderate carbohydrate intake is associated with the lowest mortality risk.

“With carbohydrates as well, it’s very commonly thought that eating too many carbs is going to be bad for your health. At least in observational studies, it’s the opposite — 40% to 55% of calories as carbohydrates is linked to the lowest risk, usually,” he says.[3]

Land argues that while low-carb diets can be beneficial in the short-term for certain individuals, long-term carbohydrate restriction may impair metabolic flexibility:[4]

“In the short-term, someone might have pre-diabetes or insulin resistance, then in the short-term, it makes sense for them to maybe control the carbohydrate intake slightly to regain some of that insulin sensitivity. But chronic ketosis, chronic low-carb does impair long-term insulin sensitivity as well.”

Indeed, adequate carbohydrate intake is crucial for optimal mitochondrial function and overall health. It’s the optimal fuel for your mitochondria, but most people don’t consume enough healthy carbohydrates. If you’re metabolically healthy, most adults need 200 to 250 grams of carbohydrates daily as a minimum, while active individuals need closer to 400 grams. Chronically restricting carbohydrates can lead to increased stress hormone production and muscle breakdown.

Many people experience initial health improvements on low-carb diets, but these benefits are typically not sustainable long-term. The short-term benefits occur because you’re no longer feeding harmful bacteria in your gut, which decreases the production of endotoxins that can damage your overall health. In the long term, however, if you don’t consume enough healthy carbohydrates, your mitochondrial health will suffer.

While low-carb diets temporarily alleviate symptoms by starving harmful bacteria, they don’t resolve the underlying mitochondrial and gut health issues. A more sustainable approach involves addressing the root causes: improving mitochondrial function, reducing exposure to environmental toxins, including seed oils, endocrine-disrupting chemicals in plastics and electromagnetic fields (EMFs), and supporting a healthy gut microbiome balance.

The Most Powerful Intervention to Maintain Biological Youth

When asked how to maintain biological youth, Land states that exercise is likely the most powerful intervention:[5]

“Probably the single most powerful thing for biological aging is moderate exercise. Just maintaining physical activity, it just targets all the hallmarks of aging in a positive way. It improves all the organ function and it also improves the risk of all these chronic diseases as well. It targets everything that you need to do when it comes to slowing down biological aging.”

As highlighted in Dr. James O’Keefe’s landmark study.[6] too much vigorous exercise can be detrimental, so finding the right balance is key. Land suggests that for vigorous exercise like resistance training, the sweet spot appears to be around 140 to 200 minutes per week.

Land has adjusted his own routine based on this data.

“I’m doing about 180, maybe 150 to 180 minutes, of resistance training, and I’m training three times a week … cycling between upper body, lower body or push-pull leg split,” he says.[7]

I’ve also reduced my resistance training to three days per week based on potential risks of excessive training, but most people need to exercise more, not less. Moderate-intensity exercise like walking is an ideal form of physical activity, as it’s very hard to overdo it.

The Importance of Protein Quality and Collagen

It’s not only protein quantity that’s important but also its quality and amino acid balance. Glycine and collagen, which are often overlooked, are among the most important. Land explains:[8]

“Glycine is conditionally essential, not essential, but that’s because your body makes 3 grams of glycine per day. But those 3 grams would be used for things, like creatine synthesis. But then you have 12 grams of glycine for collagen turnover, like optimal collagen turnover.”

Most people are deficient, as they’re likely only consuming 0 to 1 gram of collagen protein daily. About one-third of total body protein is collagen, so it’s crucial to consume adequate collagen, from foods like bone broth or grass fed ground beef, which contains connective tissue, or glycine to support connective tissue health.

The Prevalence of Insulin Resistance and Metabolic Dysfunction

The homeostasis model assessment of insulin resistance (HOMA-IR) is a test discovered in 1985, which is the gold standard for measuring insulin resistance. If you use HOMA-IR data, up to 99% of the U.S. population may have some degree of insulin resistance. Using this test is a simple way to assess your metabolic health.

You can figure out your HOMA-IR using two simple tests — your fasting blood glucose, which you can do at home, and then a fasting insulin level, which is an inexpensive test. Multiply those two numbers, and if you’re in the U.S., you divide by 405, and if you’re in Europe you have different units than the US and need to divide by 22. If the result is below one, you’re not insulin resistant. The lucky less than 1% of the population does not have insulin resistance.

Land agrees this is a useful marker, while also emphasizing the importance of looking at multiple biomarkers to assess metabolic health.

The Importance of Sunlight and Vitamin D

We also discussed the critical importance of sunlight exposure and maintaining optimal vitamin D levels. Land, who lives in Estonia at a high latitude, maintains his vitamin D levels through a combination of sun exposure when possible, diet and supplementation when needed.

Sun is one of the most important factors for longevity, probably comparable to exercise. I think it’s almost biologically impossible to be healthy if you don’t have enough sun exposure. One way to help compensate, if you live in an area where year-round sunlight exposure isn’t practical, is using topical lanolin.

If you put lanolin on your skin before going in the sun, it will enhance vitamin D production from sunlight and helps reduce skin drying, cracks, wrinkles and fissures, so it’s especially useful if you’re concerned about photoaging.

Practical Recommendations for Longevity

By focusing on foundational aspects of health — from mitochondrial function and gut health to exercise and nutrient balance — you may be able to significantly improve your long-term health outcomes. Several key strategies to optimize your health and longevity covered in the interview include:

You can find more details in Land’s book, “The Longevity Leap,” which provides a comprehensive overview of these topics and more, backed by extensive scientific references. As he describes:[9]

“I covered a lot of specific chronic diseases. I have a full chapter on kidney disease, metabolic syndrome, heart disease, three chapters on heart disease, actually, neurodegeneration and inflammation. I’m going into a lot of deep dives with a lot of these conditions.”

As research in longevity science continues to evolve, it’s clear that a proactive, comprehensive approach to health is crucial. Rather than seeking a single magic bullet, the path to longevity appears to lie in the consistent application of evidence-based health practices, regular self-monitoring and a willingness to adapt as new information emerges.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Notes

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 7, 8, 9 Youtube, Dr. Mercola Interviews Siim Land

6 Missouri Medicine March-April 2023; 120(2): 155–162

Mother of 10 Year Old Girl Who Developed Fatal Disease After Gardasil Sues Merck

The parents of a North Carolina girl have filed a wrongful death lawsuit after their daughter, Isabella Zuggi, aged 10, developed a fatal autoimmune disease and died 10 weeks after the first dose of Merck’s Gardasil vaccine….

The child’s health declined rapidly after the shot, developing MOG (Myelin oligodendrocyte glycoprotein) antibodies and encephalitis (brain inflammation) where her body attacked the protective myelin coating of her nerves.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  

Featured image is from Children’s Health Defense

Biden Refuses to Resign, “A Dangerous President” If He Remains in Office Until January 20, 2025. Plenty of Time to Create Chaos and Disaster?

By Prof Michel Chossudovsky, July 20, 2024

The good news is that Joe Biden has confirmed that he is ending his campaign for president. The bad news is that he has refused to resign. He will not be standing down from the White House until the instatement of a new president on January 20, 2025.

Finally, the Search Engine Better Than Google

By Dr. Joseph Mercola, July 21, 2024

One of the pitfalls of current AI technologies like ChatGPT is the tendency to hallucinate or fabricate information on occasion. To minimize this risk, you can ask it to provide source links and verify the accuracy of the information given. However, Perplexity addresses this issue from the start, and while it can still hallucinate, it has a factual grounding.

NATO: 75 and Still Threatening. “NATO Needed to be Globalized”

By Dr. Binoy Kampmark, July 21, 2024

NATO is a crusted visage of a problem long dead.  In the Cold War theatre, it featured in the third act of every play involving the United States and the USSR, a performance that always took place under the threat of a nuclear cloud.  Any confrontation in Europe’s centre could have resulted in the pulverization of an entire continent.  For its part, Moscow had the Warsaw Pact countries.

Amazon Gets Fresh, Bayer Loves Basmati: Toxic Influences in Indian Agriculture

By CST Research, July 21, 2024

The citizens of India have a problem. In what the media like to call ‘the world’s biggest democracy’, there is a serious, proven conflict of interest among officials in the areas of science, agriculture and agricultural research that results in privileging the needs of powerful private interests ahead of farmers and ordinary people.

Poland’s Anti-Russian Witch Hunt Is About to Ensnare Its Former Defense Minister

By Andrew Korybko, July 22, 2024

Former Polish Defense Minister Mariusz Blaszczak might soon face charges over his sharing last September of Prime Minister Donald Tusk’s contingency plan in the event of a Russian invasion. It allegedly called for the armed forces to retreat west of the Vistula River in order to buy time for NATO’s reinforcements to arrive.

Acoustic Evidence Proves Beyond All Doubt More Than One Shooter

By Dr. Paul Craig Roberts, July 22, 2024

I and others have pointed out astonishing voids in the Secret Service’s protection of Trump. The voids are so egregious that they cannot be blamed on incompetence. Scott Ritter says that intent is the only explanation.

What Exactly Is the LGBT Issue?

By Emanuel Pastreich, July 22, 2024

One of the most divisive issues in American politics is the legal and cultural status of citizens identifying as LGBT (lesbian, gay, bisexual, and transgender).

UPDATE

The good news is that Joe Biden has confirmed that he is ending his campaign for president.

The bad news is that he has refused to resign. He will not be standing down from the White House until the instatement of a new president on January 20, 2025.

The World is in Chaos. Biden Refuses to Resign

Look forward to six full months of erroneous and irresponsible decisions including the repeal of diplomacy and peace initiatives, the deployment of advanced weapons systems against Russia, China and Iran, not to mention Israel’s genocide against Palestine.

Moreover: No leadership within NATO will be exerted to prevent NATO member states including France and Germany from attacking Russia unilaterally.

A World War III scenario is currently on the drawing board of the Pentagon.

A new generation of gravity nuclear bombs, namely the B-61-13 has recently been launched. the B61-13 has a maximum yield of 360 kilotons, or 24 times more devastating than the bomb dropped on Hiroshima. They are to be deployed in Western Europe. 

Biden shrugs his shoulders. He believes that climate rather than nuclear war constitutes the “existential threat”.

“We have a crazy SOB like that guy [Russian President Vladimir] Putin and others, and we always have to worry about nuclear conflict, but the existential threat to humanity is climate.”  (quoted in the WP)

The threat is Climate according to Biden:

What this means is that under “Dangerous President” Biden: Nuclear War is on the Table. 

“The global temperature rising more than 1.5 degrees Celsius in the next two decades is scarier than a nuclear war, said President Joe Biden on Sunday in Vietnam.

“The only existential threat humanity faces even more frightening than a nuclear war is global warming going above 1.5 degrees in the next 20 — 10 years,” Biden said at a press conference at the JW Marriott Hotel Hanoi on Sunday.

“That’d be real trouble. There’s no way back from that,” Biden said, according to a White House transcript of the press conference.” 

Moreover, the 1.3 trillion budget allocated to nuclear weapons (which nobody talks about) is slated to increase to 2 trillion by 2030. Imagine that is 2,000 billion dollars. That is Biden’s Legacy: a massive amount of money which could be allocated to economic and social development, including hospitals, schools, urban infrastructure, social programs, employment creation and poverty alleviation. 

“If Joe Biden is not fit to run for President, he is not fit to serve as President. He must resign the office immediately. November 5 cannot arrive soon enough,” House Speaker Mike Johnson, R-La., said in a statement shortly after Biden revealed his decision.”

Democrats do not seem to acknowledge that Biden –if he fails to step down–, will continue creating chaos and disaster in the course of the next six months.

While they welcome his resignation:

“….[none of the Democrats] have pushed for him to quit the presidency early. The skeptical Democrats have not taken issue with Biden’s ability to do the job, but rather with his declining communication skills and ability to wage a vigorous campaign leading into November after his poor debate performance.”

In other words they have casually dismissed the fact that if he stays in office until January 2025, he will in all likelihood create havoc. It’s not just him, it’s his entire administration.

He is also there to oversee the Dems manipulation of the November election.

He will ensure sabotage of the peace initiative of Donald Trump and incite the unthinkable with regard to the use of nuclear weapons. Also the Biden White House will no doubt also be involved in regard to the investigation of the failed assassination of former President Donald Trump. 

While Biden has refused to resign, he has endorsed Vice President Kamala Harris to be the Democratic presidential nominee. Just a couple of weeks ago (July 11), at a press conference, Biden with assurance and acuity stated that:

Look, I wouldn’t have picked Vice President Trump to be vice president if I didn’t think she was not qualified to be vice president. pic.twitter.com/TqqSKBsyQu

While Biden’s decision to withdraw comes amid concerns over his statements, his disastrous debate performance in June against former President Donald Trump is on record: 

click screen to Access the Biden-Trump Debate 

Below this update,  we have documented Biden’s recent failures. We have also reviewed his fraudulent behavior going back to his early career as Senator.  

To get a broader (historical) understanding of Joe Biden regarding “political plagiarism” and “I Tried To Prostitute Myself to Big Donors”, see videos 2 and 3. 

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, July 22, 2024

***

At NATO Summit, Biden Introduces Zelensky as Putin.

Gets “His Countries Mixed Up”, “Political Plagiarism” and More…

by

Michel Chossudovsky

July 13, 2024

Concluding his opening remarks, Biden handed over to Zelenskiy with the words:

Now I want to hand it over to the president of Ukraine, who has as much courage as he has determination.”

 “Ladies and gentlemen, President Putin!”

Video 1. Biden Accidentally Introduces Zelensky as “President Putin”

 

To get a broader (historical) understanding of Joe Biden on “political plagiarism” and “I Tried To Prostitute Myself to Big Donors”, see videos 2 and 3.

***

“When Zelensky took the microphone, he said, “I’m better” than Putin.

Biden responded, “You’re a hell of a lot better.”  

Biden has repeatedly voiced his disdain for the war in Ukraine and called for a united approach to supporting Ukrainians. He has called Putin a bully and warned that if he is not stopped and if he wins Ukraine, the war will only continue. (Daily Beast)

Biden also referred to Putin as a  murderous madman”

At thePress Conference, Biden called his own Vice President Kamala Harris, “Vice President Donald Trump,” (see below) at a time when he had to prove to the world that he was fit to serve another four years in office.

Moscow Reacts

“We continue to consider it absolutely unacceptable and impermissible behavior for a head of state to make such disrespectful remarks about other heads of state,” said Kremlin spokesman Dmitry Peskov, referring to remarks Biden made on Putin…

“This is unacceptable to us, and we don’t think it in any way makes an American head of state look good. This is something that we pay direct attention to and something that is absolutely unacceptable to us,” he added.

According to the Guardian: 

Joe Biden has accidentally introduced the Ukrainian president, Volodymyr Zelenskiy, as “President Putin” in a gaffe that will fuel further concerns about his mental acuity that have threatened to scuttle his presidential campaign.

Biden made the mistake while flanked by Nato leaders during a signing ceremony alongside Zelenskiy on the final day of the Nato summit in Washington. It came just an hour before a rare press conference by Biden that has been called “make-or-break” for his campaign, as a growing number of political allies and donors have been calling for him to drop out of the race.

A number of European leaders began clapping hesitantly. German chancellor Olaf Scholz and Italian prime minister Giorgia Meloni turned their heads in surprise as Biden mentioned the Russian leader, while other European leaders broke into an awkward smattering of applause.

… The remark elicited gasps in a press centre, where hundreds of journalists were watching the remarks live on an internal television feed. A number of people in the room shouted out “Zelenskiy” to correct Biden’s mistake, after which he returned to the podium. (emphasis added)

“Mixing Things Up”

What would happen if Biden were to get his targeted  countries or his weapons systems mixed up.

“America’s new “B61-13  nuclear gravity bomb. I thought it was a kalachnikov”. (paraphrase)

“When you are talking about war, you are talking about peace” (the quote is from GWB, it was plagiarized by Joe Biden. Or has it become a U.S foreign policy consensus?

Biden’s mental acuity cannot be categorized as “fraudulent”. What is deceitful and fraudulent is the outright conduct of “political plagiarism” (1988). (see video below) not to mention his candid admission:

Video 2: RFK, JFK and Sir Neil Kinnock (Former Leader of UK Labour Party)

Unskilfully Plagiarized by Joe Biden 

Flash back to  his election campaign in 1988 

 

 

Video 3. Joe Biden: “I Tried To Prostitute Myself to Big Donors”

1974 discussion on campaign financing

Source: Washington Free Beacon 

The above statement is not plagiarism: it’s from the Horse’s Mouth, namely Biden himself.

It reveals the criminal behavior and personality of Joe Biden from the outset of his political career.

And he is certainly not the only one!

And there is much more…

including  a “positive quotation” by the outgoing President of the United States (which we can tentatively endorse):

 

 

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

 

Please forward this article to sidetrack the censorship of independent media. 

Our thanks to Ben Bartee for having brought the two videos above to our attention.

The reality is that it’s Germany which yields powerful behind-the-scenes influence over Poland, not Russia, though PiS was always too scared to seriously investigate this while Tusk is in cahoots with them.

Former Polish Defense Minister Mariusz Blaszczak might soon face charges over his sharing last September of Prime Minister Donald Tusk’s contingency plan in the event of a Russian invasion. It allegedly called for the armed forces to retreat west of the Vistula River in order to buy time for NATO’s reinforcements to arrive. Blaszczak, who’s also the Vice-President of the Law & Justice (PiS) party, presented this as alleged proof that Tusk’s former government was in cahoots with Russia.

Poland’s Military Counterintelligence Service (SKW) just completed their investigation into that incident, however, and “established irregularities in the scope of improper handling of classified information, acting to the detriment of the interest of protecting classified information”. They accordingly just passed the information to prosecutors, who might soon charge him with related crimes under the penal code. This came shortly after the Sejm lifted his immunity due to an unrelated public slander case.

About that, Blaszczak claimed in May 2023 that the former Armed Forces Operational Commander failed to inform him of a Russian missile that violated their country’s airspace in December 2022, the account of which was rejected by the accused individual who then pressed charges. The larger context is that conservative-nationalist PiS and the now-ruling liberalglobalist Civic Coalition (KO) have tried to frame one another as Russian puppets. Readers can learn more about this from the following five briefings:

Each party’s “Russian influence commission” is a politicized witch hunt aimed at reshaping voters’ perceptions of their opponent and neither can objectively be described as “pro-Russian”. Tusk’s contingency plan actually made perfect military sense at the time as explained in the first analysis above, while the third reminds everyone of everything that PiS did against Russia while in power. Describing either of them as “pro-Russian” is self-discrediting and shows how vicious partisan politics has become.

Casual observers might naively assume that the SKW’s investigation in Blaszczak’s incident last September is above partisan concerns and an issue of national security, but that’s arguably a false impression considering Tusk’s persecution of other now-opposition members earlier this year. PiS believes that they’re being targeted for ideological reasons related to imposing a German-backed liberal-globalist dictatorship on Poland since they present themselves as the only party that can stop this plot.

Their claim is convincing since it’s more ludicrous for KO to smear them as “pro-Russian” than it is for PiS to smear Tusk’s former government as the same considering that the latter’s contingency plan could more easily be seen by some as proof of “Russian collusion” than the former’s more benign scandals. The reality is that it’s Germany which yields powerful behind-the-scenes influence over Poland, not Russia, though PiS was always too scared to seriously investigate this while Tusk is in cahoots with them.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

This article was originally published on the author’s Substack, Andrew Korybko’s Newsletter.

Andrew Korybko is an American Moscow-based political analyst specializing in the relationship between the US strategy in Afro-Eurasia, China’s One Belt One Road global vision of New Silk Road connectivity, and Hybrid Warfare. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from the author

Ottawa Police Detective Helen Grus was suspended for investigating 9 babies who died after their mothers received COVID-19 Vaccinations.

Click the link below the video to watch.

.

.

.

Click here to watch the video

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Dr. William Makis is a Canadian physician with expertise in Radiology, Oncology and Immunology. Governor General’s Medal, University of Toronto Scholar. Author of 100+ peer-reviewed medical publications.  


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

Conventional Wisdom: The ICJ Ruling on Israeli Settlements

July 22nd, 2024 by Dr. Binoy Kampmark

The International Court of Justice has again deliberated over the thorn-bloodied subject of Israeli-Palestinian relations.  Its latest advisory opinion, sought by the UN General Assembly early last year, was unremarkably conventional though nonetheless affirming: a finding that Israeli settlements in the West Bank and East Jerusalem, along with “the regime associated with them, have been established and are being maintained in violation of international law.”

Given the avalanche of international opinions, deliberation and understanding on the status of the settlements that arose after 1967, the ICJ was merely revising homework and reiterating home truths of international law.  As Eitay Mack, an Israeli attorney working for Palestinian rights in the West Bank told The Intercept,

“The court just said the obvious.”

Various acts and practices are accordingly examined, amounting to what the Court considered annexation of territory Israel had no sovereignty over.  Israel, for instance, treated the Palestinians in East Jerusalem as “foreigners” requiring a valid residence permit and had imposed a strict building permit scheme, violation of which could result in structural demolition and steep fines.  In the West Bank, the Basic Law of 2018 had explicitly stated that Israel “views the development of Jewish settlement as a national value, and shall act to encourage and promote its establishment and consolidation”.  Various areas prohibited Palestinian construction, while the expansion of Israeli settlements had burgeoned.

Israeli control of the occupied territory had been accordingly maintained by such things as the extension of its domestic law to the West Bank and East Jerusalem, the maintenance and expansion of the settlements, the construction of relevant infrastructure connected with that aim, the ongoing exploitation of natural resources, and proclaiming Jerusalem capital of Israel.  Such practices were “designed to remain in place indefinitely and to create irreversible effects on the ground.”

The Court also found that Israeli authorities had failed to “prevent or to punish” the violence of settlers directed against Palestinians, thereby contributing “to the creation and maintenance of a coercive environment”.

The opinion further notes that Israeli policies and practices in the West Bank and East Jerusalem impose a separation between the Palestinian populace and Israeli settlers “transferred” into the territories.  Such a separation was physical and juridical, thereby breaching Article 3 of the International Convention on the Elimination of All Forms of Discrimination (CERD).  As State parties to the CERD expressly condemn both racial segregation and apartheid, undertaking to prevent, prohibit and eradicate such practices in territories under their control, the finding is particularly damning.

Gaza’s imperilled status also drew the Court’s attention.  While Israel officially withdrew its forces from the strip in 2005 pursuant to its “Disengagement Plan” announced the previous year, Israel maintained effective control over the territory. 

“Where a State has placed territory under its effective control, it might be in a position to maintain that control and to continue exercising its authority despite the absence of a physical military presence on the ground.”

In this case, Israel continued to exercise authority over land, sea and air borders, restricted movement of people and goods, controlled the collection of import and export taxes, and exerted military control over the buffer zone.

It also followed that international bodies such as the UN Security Council, the General Assembly and the international community were under an obligation not to recognise the status of such an occupation, nor supply aid or support in maintaining them.  Israel was also “under an obligation to end its unlawful presence in the Occupied Palestinian Territory as rapidly as possible.”  All further settlement activities were to cease, and all current settlers in the OPT areas evacuated.

As a result of its policies regarding the occupied territories, Israel had also incurred obligations “to make reparation for the damage caused to all the natural or legal persons concerned in the Occupied Palestinian Territory.”

For countries professing to follow the “rules-based order”, the opinion should have made perfect sense.  But in power politics, rules bend.  Take, for instance, these words from the US State Department to Reuters: 

“We are concerned that the breadth of the court’s opinion will complicate efforts to resolve the conflict and bring about an urgently needed just and lasting peace with two states living side by side in peace and security.”

As for observing international law, the Israeli government continued to prove not only selective but historically parochial. 

“The Jewish people are not occupiers in their own land – not in our eternal capital Jerusalem, nor in our ancestral heritage of Judea and Samaria,” claimed Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu in a statement. 

This was, the PM went on to say, a “historical truth” that could not be contested.

Some Israeli politicians did acknowledge certain merit in the Court’s decision.  Labor MK Gilad Kariv warned that the policy of “de facto annexation” being pursued in the West Bank, the broader “theft of land” and the refusal to negotiate with the Palestinians threatened “Israel’s status as an accepted democratic country.”

What the decision amounts to is an excoriation of the occupation, those consequential to it (the settlements), and the bolstering system of segregation that has drawn accusations of apartheid from activists to tribunals. As an advisory opinion, it is non-binding though freighted with persuasive reasoning.  In doing so, the decision further pushes arguments for Palestinian self-determination and eventual statehood.  For Israel, the judgment will be a hard one to ignore.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge. He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image: An aerial view of the Israeli settlement of Tekoa in the occupied West Bank. Photo from Shutterstock.

Video: Detailed Analysis of Trump Assassination Attempt

July 22nd, 2024 by Dr. Peter McCullough

We bring to the attention of our readers the outstanding production of the McCullough Foundation, featuring Peter McCullough and John Leake.

Global Research remains indebted to the McCullough Foundation

First published on Global Research on July 16, 2024

 

The incident on July 13 in Butler, Pennsylvania is the first time a would-be assassin has shot at a U.S. president or presidential candidate since John Hinckley shot President Ronald Reagan on March 30, 1981. As such, it is the first assassination attempt in our era in which most citizens are carrying cell phones equipped with video cameras.

Instead of one “Zapruder film,” we now have hundreds of videos of the incident, shot from multiple locations and angles.

 

Click Link to access the video

The incident on July 13 in Butler, Pennsylvania is the first time a would-be assassin has shot at a U.S. president or presidential candidate since John Hinckley shot President Ronald Reagan on March 30, 1981. As such, it is the first assassination attempt in our era in which most citizens are carrying cell phones equipped with video cameras.

Instead of one “Zapruder film,” we now have hundreds of videos of the incident, shot from multiple locations and angles.

 

Instead of depending on the mainstream media for reporting, we now have hundreds of citizen documentarians who can capture footage and rapidly upload it to the internet.

In this video production of the McCullough Foundation, we analyze multiple video recordings and witness testimonies of the Trump assassination attempt. Please check out our critical presentation and evaluation of this historically significant incident and share it with your friends.

Endeavoring to learn the truth of this incident lies at the heart of the McCullough Foundation’s mission.

To learn more about our work, please visit the McCullough Foundation website by clicking on the icon below and consider making a donation to support our ongoing efforts to protect our Constitutional republic from tyrants.

Postscript:

Multiple commentators have proposed that the counter-snipers on the barn did not have a clear line of sight on the assailant.

This is contradicted by the fact that at least one of the counter-snipers did—AFTER the assailant fired multiple shots—succeed in shooting the assailant in the head.

See also

Attempted Assassination of Donald Trump. Secret Service Has Some ‘Splainin to Do

By John Leake, July 15, 2024

 

Acoustic Evidence Proves Beyond All Doubt More Than One Shooter

July 22nd, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

I and others have pointed out astonishing voids in the Secret Service’s protection of Trump. The voids are so egregious that they cannot be blamed on incompetence. Scott Ritter says that intent is the only explanation.

Now these conclusions are backed by acoustic evidence. The fact that bullets travel faster than sound means that the time between hearing the bullet pass the microphone and then the sound allows the calculation of the distance from which the bullet was fired. The time differences reveal different distances. Therefore the conclusion is unavoidable that there was more than one shooter.

Mike Adams walks us through one approximately 30 minute analysis, and Chris Martenson walks us through another 30 minute analysis.

Mike Adams concludes that there were 7 shots fired, 5 from the distance of Crooks’ location, and 2 from two different longer distances.

Martenson makes the point that the shot at Trump that hit a man in the upper row was traveling on an upward trajectory, which implies it did not come from the top of the building where Crooks was positioned.

The first shots are easy to identify. Some of the following shots are polluted with echos and require careful attention.

Both Adams and Martenson provide competent reports. Both say that the analysis requires credentialed independent forensic experts and that the accuracy of the results can be tightened once the calibers of the weapons are known. As I said, let’s hope the bullets were collected by honest and trustworthy authorities.

Keep in mind that expert acoustic analysis of Robert F. Kennedy’s assassination definitely showed two different caliber of weapons fired. There is no doubt about this, but the official story remains “lone gunman.”

The American whore media will brand the factual analysis a “conspiracy theory” and will endorse the official narrative as the truth.

However, at this point the FBI, CIA, Homeland Security, NSA and presstitute media have zero credibility. No one should believe a word they say.

Here are the videos:

 

 

In addition to the security failures and acoustic evidence, there is the absence of a Secret Service camera drone. The only reason not to have camera coverage is that it would have made Crooks obvious and other shooters obvious.

The only way the Democrats or the Deep State operating through the Democrats can get away with their attempted assassination of Donald Trump is for the Republicans to do nothing on the grounds that it would be divisive or too embarrassing to the US to admit a government plot against Trump. The Rinos will argue that the plot has to be covered up in order to save America’s reputation. Trump will be told he has to unify the country, not divide it by holding his would be murderers accountable. No one will explain how good can be united with evil.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Tragedy and Irony in America’s Presidential Politics

July 22nd, 2024 by Barbara Nimri Aziz

Weekends are often points for transitions. Last weekend (13-14 July) proved to be one of these. One man, close to being eased out of the White House, hasn’t appeared this presidential – sort of – in months. Grasping a windfall chance to reunite the nation, his words are replete with authority and resolve, with only a few blunders. With unlimited powers, he launches an investigation. In his guileless style, he personally phones the victim. His nemesis meanwhile – our image of him, visibly bloodied in an assassination attempt, and fist raised – looks likely to stride more firmly across the finish line.

Doddery Joe Biden suddenly looks stronger – sort of; so does wounded Donald Trump. Both men will doubtless invoke the pregnant emotions released by Saturday’s shooting to rally his base. Joe calls for caution. Trump cries ‘fight’ to his audience. His increased popularity is likely, reviewing others leaders who sustained physical attacks.

By Monday morning, both the whispers and open calls for Biden to retire have vanished. If there are murmurs from the left, it is that Trump may well benefit from the murderous threat to his seemingly inviolable mission.

I couldn’t suppress an ironic smirk as I listened to how one avowedly left-liberal, assertively-Trump-hating morning talk show participants (WAMC Roundtable in New York) pulled every thread of liberalism from the folds of their stunned brains to assert the greatness of our political system, the need to denounce political violence, the prudence of our incumbent president. (Their daily flood of political rhetoric evaporates; they join in condemning violence.)  Surfing from one station to another, I think I also detected more than one misidentification—the assassination was on a ‘president Trump’ – not candidate Trump or former president Trump. Woops.

Surely I am not the only one imagining a really scary scenario if, if, Trump had been killed. Namely, civil war: millions of Republicans, with or without arms, descending on every DNC campaign center, on the offices of NYT and other media outlets, on agents of the security services, on any target they associate with those who railed against Donald Trump. Any press assembled for the RNC rally in Milwaukee would have checked out. Elected Democratic representatives at any level of government would need extra security.

Even without this awful scenario, especially fearful ‘liberals’, clutching their ‘seditious’ books and their rainbow flags while citing rising sales of firearms, had already been imagining a civil war in the streets of their shaky comfort zones. I had always felt those fears exaggerated. Not now. And not because they were prescient. Because they themselves are, in my experience, a major source of divisiveness, regularly spewing ugly, hateful words – intolerant, ignorant, politically ill-informed rantings against Republicans. Democrats dwell in a self-congratulatory ‘intellectual’ bubble unable to talk with anyone who might disagree with them. You must support Democrats, I’m told – however many wars they fund, however many homeless we have, however unchecked our capitalistic greed, however greater our budget for wars, police, and prisons, however many embargoes we level against Venezuela, Cuba, Iran, Russia and others.

Did a 20-year-old killer with a gun really set a new agenda?

While there will be more funds allocated for more policing and greater surveillance everywhere, Joe Biden has a reprieve – sort of.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research 

Barbara Nimri Aziz whose anthropological research has focused on the peoples of the Himalayas is the author of the newly published “Yogmaya and Durga Devi: Rebel Women of Nepal”, available on Amazon

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Regime de Kiev ameaça os seus próprios políticos.

July 21st, 2024 by Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

Apesar de todas as críticas, o regime de Kiev continua a manter uma lista pública de mortes através do infame website “Myrotvorets” (“Pacificador”). Milhares de “inimigos” da Ucrânia continuam tendo seus dados vazados na lista, esperando que algum mercenário os elimine. Agora, até os políticos ucranianos estão a ser alvo das autoridades neonazistas.

Recentemente, Mariana Bezuglaya, deputada  e membro do partido “Servo do Povo” (o mesmo do presidente ucraniano Vladimir Zelensky) fez sérias críticas aos altos oficiais ucranianos. Segundo ela, o comandante das Forças Armadas, Aleksandr Syrsky, assim como seu antecessor, Valery Zaluzhny, pertencem a uma espécie de “máfia dos generais”. Ela acredita que estes oficiais militares estão expondo desnecessariamente milhares de soldados ucranianos aos perigos no campo de batalha, bem como se preparando para uma rendição coletiva, encorajando os soldados a deporem as armas.

As acusações de Bezuglaya são sem dúvida graves. Ela não forneceu qualquer prova da existência de tal “conspiração” para causar a derrota da Ucrânia. Na prática, as suas palavras soam como uma simples tentativa de criar “bodes expiatórios” para o inevitável fracasso ucraniano. No entanto, o regime de Kiev está a reagir de forma desproporcional aos erros do parlamentar. Ela foi adicionada à lista de alvos de Myrotvorets sob acusações de tentar “desmoralizar” e “desacreditar” as forças armadas ucranianas. Mais do que isso, Bezuglaya foi acusada de tentar provocar uma “cisão” na sociedade ucraniana com as suas ações supostamente antimilitares. Os administradores dos Myrotvorets acreditam que as ações de Bezuglaya poderiam de alguma forma “beneficiar” as forças russas no conflito, dando uma vantagem aos inimigos da Ucrânia.

Um detalhe interessante sobre o Myrotvorets é que o site divulga a fonte dos dados de cada pessoa. Na página de cada vítima é possível ver o órgão que vazou as informações pessoais. No caso do parlamentar ucraniano, os dados foram repassados ​​à Myrotvorets pelo MI5 – uma agência de inteligência britânica.

É comum que as redes de inteligência ocidentais participem no vazamento ilegal de dados de “inimigos da Ucrânia” para Myrotvorets. No entanto, as vítimas do site são quase sempre cidadãos russos ou estrangeiros. É curioso que uma agência britânica esteja envolvida na exposição de informações sobre um cidadão ucraniano às próprias autoridades ucranianas. Na prática, isto revela o quanto a inteligência ocidental controla a informação sobre o povo ucraniano – mais do que o próprio Estado ucraniano.

Bezuglaya é mais uma vítima da ditadura neonazista ucraniana. Mais do que isso, ela está a ser traída pelas autoridades do seu próprio país. Apesar de ser deputada ao parlamento e pertencer ao mesmo partido do presidente, Bezuglaya não está imune às ações autoritárias da junta de Kiev, tendo rapidamente se tornado alvo após criticar a forma como os generais estão a conduzir a guerra.

É possível criticar Bezuglaya e discordar da sua avaliação dos generais ucranianos, mas é inaceitável que um político seja perseguido pelas autoridades do seu próprio país apenas por expressar as suas opiniões pessoais sobre a guerra. Este caso é apenas mais uma prova de como a Ucrânia de hoje se tornou um país antidemocrático, onde nenhum cidadão está livre de ações totalitárias e violentas por parte do governo.

A notícia também deixa clara a situação de polarização e de caos institucional na Ucrânia. Não há unidade ou integração nas atitudes das autoridades ucranianas, com diferentes alas e grupos competindo pelo controle do governo e das estruturas militares. Bezuglaya está a ser alvo de uma ala ainda mais extremista da Junta de Kiev, que nem sequer respeita os membros do próprio partido de Zelensky. O crescimento destes setores mais radicais e críticos de Zelensky e dos membros do seu partido é uma consequência direta do lobby pela substituição de Zelensky, que tem vindo a expandir-se no país com forte apoio ocidental.

Nestes casos, a condenação internacional da Ucrânia deve ser clara. É inaceitável que um regime político mantenha uma lista pública de mortes no mundo de hoje. A Ucrânia está a agir em clara violação das normas internacionais mais básicas, razão pela qual deve ser tratada como um verdadeiro Estado pária – sob sanções e sob constante pressão global.

O que está a acontecer com Bezuglaya é a prova de que a tirania neonazista afeta a todos, não apenas os russos. Tal como os cidadãos russos são perseguidos e assassinados por Kiev, os ucranianos cujo comportamento é considerado “inadequado” pelas autoridades também podem ser ameaçados pelos agentes da junta fascista.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Kiev regime threatens its own politicians, InfoBrics, 17 de julho de 2024.

Imagem : Mariana Bezuglaya, deputada, membro do partido Servo do povo. InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

A imposição forçada da língua ucraniana em regiões com maioria étnica não ucraniana parece estar a falhar. Houve um declínio no uso da língua ucraniana nas escolas do país, de acordo com um relatório publicado recentemente pela mídia de Kiev. O caso mostra claramente como, apesar do uso da força e da violência, o regime neonazista terá grande dificuldade em impor a sua agenda cultural nas regiões remotas do país.

Desde 2014, o uso oficial do russo e de outras línguas não ucranianas foi drasticamente reduzido. As medidas de desrussificação intensificaram-se ainda mais após o início da operação militar especial, quando o regime de Kiev recebeu “carta branca” dos patrocinadores ocidentais para cometer todo o tipo de crimes, incluindo genocídio étnico e cultural, tendo ocorrido uma proibição quase total de a língua e a literatura russas desde então.

No entanto, apesar dos esforços para erradicar a identidade cultural e linguística dos russos étnicos, a rejeição da língua ucraniana tem aumentado em todo o país. Um inquérito recente do Serviço de Estado para a Qualidade da Educação mostrou que no ano letivo de 2023/2024, apenas 74% dos alunos afirmaram que o ucraniano era a sua língua materna. No ano anterior, o valor era de 91%, o que mostra que houve uma queda significativa no número de crianças que se identificam como falantes nativos de ucraniano.

Além disso, a queda não se limita às crianças. Dados semelhantes também foram revelados em pesquisas com pais (93% a 82%) e professores (94% a 86%). Na prática, é possível dizer que há um declínio massivo no uso da língua ucraniana, tendo falhado todos os esforços do governo neonazista para assimilar outros grupos étnicos.

Novas estatísticas indicam que atualmente menos de 40% das crianças no país usam o ucraniano exclusivamente nas suas atividades informais. Os números variam naturalmente de acordo com a geografia da Ucrânia, com mais falantes de ucraniano nas regiões ocidentais, onde há menos russos étnicos. Cerca de 17% das crianças falam ucraniano no leste do país, enquanto cerca de 74% falam esta língua no oeste.

É importante lembrar que, além do russo, outras línguas não ucranianas são utilizadas no país por minorias étnicas, que também sofrem os impactos das políticas de genocídio cultural. É o caso da língua húngara, por exemplo, que é utilizada na região Transcarpátia, onde os húngaros vivem actualmente numa situação semelhante à dos russos no Donbass, sendo vítimas de medidas semelhantes às do apartheid. Contudo, apesar de toda a perseguição, estas minorias étnicas recusam abandonar a sua identidade cultural e continuam a falar as suas línguas.

Este cenário na Ucrânia já era esperado por alguns especialistas. A implementação de medidas de limpeza étnica e cultural não é fácil. As pessoas afetadas pelas medidas tendem a reagir usando a sua língua de forma ainda mais intensa, como um ato de ativismo político para preservar o seu património cultural. No meio da atual situação de conflito, algumas famílias russas na Ucrânia vêem o uso da sua língua nativa como a última oportunidade para preservar a sua identidade no meio da loucura russofóbica que as autoridades querem impor a todos os cidadãos.

Além disso, existem questões sociológicas básicas que explicam o uso continuado da língua russa. As autoridades não têm forma de monitorizar qual a língua que está a ser utilizada em atividades informais e familiares. Os cidadãos étnicos russos usam a sua língua nativa para se envolverem em sociabilidade não oficial, rejeitando a língua ucraniana durante conversas casuais em centros comerciais, igrejas e outros locais.

Com os dados da pesquisa revelados, é possível que Kiev aumente ainda mais as suas medidas repressivas contra os falantes de russo a partir de agora. A proibição total desta língua em todo o país continua a ser um dos principais objetivos do regime neonazista. Conhecendo o fracasso dos esforços até agora, é muito provável que a violência se intensifique num ato de desespero para tornar o genocídio cultural um sucesso.

Contudo, qualquer ação nesse sentido provavelmente fracassará. Kiev apenas irá expandir ainda mais as tensões sociais e étnicas, polarizando russos e ucranianos dentro do país e gerando uma crise de instabilidade que poderá afetar seriamente os planos de mobilização do regime durante esta guerra. Destruir uma identidade étnica e cultural não é fácil e Kiev certamente não terá sucesso, dada a incapacidade do atual Estado ucraniano de manter o controle sobre o que acontece no país.

Lucas Leiroz de Almeida

 

 

Artigo em inglês : Ukrainian language rejected by children in Russian-majority regions, InfoBrics, 18 de Julho de 2024.

Imagem InfoBrics

*

Lucas Leiroz, membro da Associação de Jornalistas do BRICS, pesquisador do Centro de Estudos Geoestratégicos, especialista militar.

Você pode seguir Lucas Leiroz em: https://t.me/lucasleiroz e https://x.com/leiroz_lucas

Finally, the Search Engine Better Than Google

July 21st, 2024 by Dr. Joseph Mercola

Perplexity is an AI-powered “answer engine” that provides direct answers to queries with source citations, combining search capabilities with large language models to reduce hallucinations and increase reliability

Unlike traditional search engines, Perplexity aims to feed curiosity by offering related questions and encouraging users to dig deeper into topics, viewing itself as a discovery engine

Perplexity utilizes advanced AI techniques like retrieval augmented generation and chain of thought reasoning to improve accuracy and performance in natural language processing tasks

The future of AI may involve developing systems capable of higher-level reasoning and natural curiosity, potentially leading to breakthroughs in creating new knowledge and understanding complex truths

While AI tools like Perplexity enhance human capabilities, they should be viewed as aids to critical thinking and creativity rather than replacements for uniquely human attributes

*

In the video above, computer scientist and AI researcher Lex Fridman interviews Aravind Srinivas, CEO of Perplexity, an AI-powered “answer engine.” Unlike typical search engines, which require you to sort through pages of results to find the information you need, Perplexity provides a real-time answer to your query.

One of the pitfalls of current AI technologies like ChatGPT is the tendency to hallucinate or fabricate information on occasion. To minimize this risk, you can ask it to provide source links and verify the accuracy of the information given. However, Perplexity addresses this issue from the start, and while it can still hallucinate, it has a factual grounding.

“[Perplexity] aims to revolutionize how we humans get answers to questions on the internet. It combines search and large language models, LLMs, in a way that produces answers where every part of the answer has a citation to human-created sources on the web,” Fridman says.

“This significantly reduces LLM hallucinations, and makes it much easier and more reliable to use for research, and general curiosity-driven late night rabbit hole explorations that I often engage in.”1

Part Search Engine, Part Question-Answering Platform

Fridman describes Perplexity as part search engine — a software system designed to search for information on the internet — and part LLM. LLM is a type of artificial intelligence system trained on vast amounts of text data to understand and generate human-like text. LLMs can perform various language-related tasks such as answering questions, generating content, translating languages and more. 

Unlike standard search engines that provide links, Perplexity attempts to directly answer queries. Srinivas explains:2

“Perplexity is best described as an answer engine. You ask it a question, you get an answer. Except the difference is, all the answers are backed by sources. This is like how an academic writes a paper. Now, that referencing part, the sourcing part is where the search engine part comes in. You combine traditional search, extract results relevant to the query the user asked. You read those links, extract the relevant paragraphs, feed it into an LLM …

That LLM takes the relevant paragraphs, looks at the query, and comes up with a well-formatted answer with appropriate footnotes to every sentence it says, because it’s been instructed to do so, it’s been instructed with that one particular instruction, given a bunch of links and paragraphs, write a concise answer for the user, with the appropriate citation.

The magic is all of this working together in one single orchestrated product, and that’s what we built Perplexity for.”

Srinivas, who previously was an AI researcher at DeepMind, Google and OpenAI, says he views Perplexity as a discovery engine that feeds curiosity:3

“The journey doesn’t end once you get an answer. In my opinion, the journey begins after you get an answer. You see related questions at the bottom, suggested questions to ask. Why? Because maybe the answer was not good enough, or the answer was good enough, but you probably want to dig deeper and ask more. That’s why in the search bar, we say where knowledge begins, because there’s no end to knowledge. You can only expand and grow.”

Breakthroughs in AI

Please understand that while Perplexity is not perfect and still exhibits some bias, particularly regarding COVID-19 information, it significantly outperforms Google in almost every other search query. The AI-driven technology behind Perplexity provides more accurate, comprehensive, and nuanced results, making it a superior choice for general searches. Its advanced algorithms ensure that users receive the most relevant and insightful information, setting it apart from traditional search engines.

Srinivas describes several ways Perplexity embraces state-of-the-art advances in machine learning, along with general innovation. This includes retrieval augmented generation (RAG), an advanced technique in natural language processing (NLP) that combines the capabilities of LLMs with information retrieval systems to produce more accurate and contextually relevant responses.

This approach is particularly useful for tasks that require precise and up-to-date information, such as question answering, summarization and dialogue systems. In short, RAG involves the search aspect of the query, but Perplexity goes beyond this. Srinivas says:4

“The principle in Perplexity is you’re not supposed to say anything that you don’t retrieve, which is even more powerful than RAG because RAG just says, ‘OK, use this additional context and write an answer.’ But we say, ‘Don’t use anything more than that too.’ That way we ensure a factual grounding. And if you don’t have enough information from documents you retrieve, just say, ‘We don’t have enough search resource to give you a good answer.’”

They’re also using chain of thought reasoning, which takes NLP tasks up a notch in terms of performance. Chain of thought reasoning in AI refers to the ability of a language model to generate logical, step-by-step explanations or sequences of thoughts that lead to a conclusion or answer. This approach enhances the model’s performance on complex reasoning tasks by encouraging it to articulate the intermediate steps in its reasoning process. Srinivas explains:5

“Chain of thought is this very simple idea where, instead of just training on prompt and completion, what if you could force the model to go through a reasoning step where it comes up with an explanation, and then arrives at an answer?

Almost like the intermediate steps before arriving at the final answer. And by forcing models to go through that reasoning pathway, you’re ensuring that they don’t overfit on extraneous patterns, and can answer new questions they’ve not seen before.”

The Beginning of Real Reasoning Breakthroughs

Whether or not AI is fundamentally capable of higher-level reasoning, akin to human cognitive processes, remains to be seen. Reaching that point, however, relies in part on applying more inference compute, which in AI refers to the computational resources and processes involved in running an AI model to make predictions or decisions based on new data.

This stage is distinct from the training phase, which involves building and optimizing the model. Broken down, inference is the process by which an AI model applies learned patterns to new data to generate predictions, classifications or other outputs. For example, using AI to classify images or predict stock prices.

The compute aspect, meanwhile, refers to the computational power required to perform inference. It involves hardware, software frameworks and algorithms optimized for efficient computation. Srinivas says:6

“Can you have a conversation with an AI where it feels like you talked to Einstein or Feynman? Where you ask them a hard question, they’re like, I don’t know. And then after a week they did a lot of research … and come back and just blow your mind.

I think if we can achieve that amount of inference compute, where it leads to a dramatically better answer as you apply more inference compute, I think that will be the beginning of real reasoning breakthroughs … It’s possible. We haven’t cracked it, but nothing says we cannot ever crack it.”

Curiosity Is a Key Part of What Separates Humans From AI

Part of cracking this code involves teaching AI how to mimic natural human curiosity. “What makes humans special though, is our curiosity,” Srinivas explains. “Even if AIs cracked this, it’s us still asking them to go explore something. And one thing that I feel like AIs haven’t cracked yet is being naturally curious and coming up with interesting questions to understand the world and going and digging deeper about them.”7

Beyond this, there’s a lot of controversy and fear around artificial general intelligence (AGI), which refers to a type of AI that possesses the ability to understand, learn and apply knowledge across a wide range of tasks at a level comparable to human intelligence.

Srinivas says he doesn’t think we need to worry about “AIs going rogue and taking over the world,” but there is an issue of who controls the compute on which AGI runs. “It’s less about access to a model’s weights. It’s more access to compute that is putting the world in more concentration of power and few individuals. Because not everyone’s going to be able to afford this much amount of compute to answer the hardest questions.”

A sign of higher intelligence in AI, Srinivas says, is becoming capable of creating new knowledge and providing truth to questions we don’t know the answers to — and helping us understand why it’s the truth.

“Can you build an AI that’s like Galileo or Copernicus where it questions our current understanding and comes up with a new position, which will be contrarian and misunderstood, but might end up being true? … And the answer should be so mind-blowing that you never even expected it.”8

What’s the Future of Search and AI?

We’re already seeing AI tools like Perplexity, which are exponentially superior to existing search engines. In the future, however, Srinivas says the goal isn’t about building a better search tool but building a platform for knowledge:9

“If you zoom out, before even the internet, it’s always been about transmission of knowledge. That’s a bigger thing than search … So, we imagine a future where the entry point for a question doesn’t need to just be from the search bar. The entry point for a question can be you listening or reading a page, listening to a page being read out to you, and you got curious about one element of it and you just asked a follow-up question to it.

That’s why I’m saying it’s very important to understand your mission is not about changing the search. Your mission is about making people smarter and delivering knowledge. And the way to do that can start from anywhere. It can start from you reading a page. It can start from you listening to an article … It’s just a journey. There’s no end to it.”

Keep in mind that Perplexity and other AI tools are not a replacement for your own critical thinking; rather, they serve as an aid to enhance your creativity. It’s vital to keep this in mind and remember that AI is an adjunct to, not a substitute for, your intellectual and creative capacities.

While precautions need to be taken, including not sharing personal or confidential information, this is not about replacing human action but enhancing it, allowing individuals to focus on aspects of their work that require uniquely human attributes like empathy, strategic thinking, creativity and curiosity. Srinivas explains:10

“So, I think curiosity makes humans special and we want to cater to that. That’s the mission of the company, and we harness the power of AI and all these frontier models to serve that. And I believe in a world where even if we have even more capable cutting-edge AIs, human curiosity is not going anywhere and it’s going to make humans even more special.

With all the additional power, they’re going to feel even more empowered, even more curious, even more knowledgeable in truth-seeking and it’s going to lead to the beginning of infinity.”

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Notes

1 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 0:28

2 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 2:05

3 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 7:14

4 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 1:56:44

5 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 1:16:04

6, 7 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 1:23:53

8 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 1:34

9 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 2:34

10 LexFridman.com, Transcript for Aravind Srinivas: Perplexity CEO on Future of AI, Search & the Internet, 2:50

The International Court of Justice said Friday that Israel’s decades-long occupation of Gaza and the West Bank, including East Jerusalem, is unlawful and must end “as rapidly as possible.”

The court’s non-binding advisory opinion was read aloud by ICJ President Nawaf Salam, a Lebanese judge and academic. Salam said the court determined based on “extensive evidence” that Israel is guilty of confiscating “large areas” of Palestinian land for use by Israeli settlers, exploiting natural resources, and undermining the local population’s right to self-determination under international law.

The court pointed to “Israel’s systematic failure to prevent or punish” settler violence and “demolition of Palestinian property” in the West Bank as part of its case that the Israeli government’s actions in the occupied territories are indicative of an attempt to permanently annex land and forcibly transfer Palestinians from their homes.

“Israel is not entitled to sovereignty in any part of the occupied Palestinian territory on account of its occupation, nor can security concerns override the prohibition on acquisition of territory by force,” said Salam.

The ICJ vote against Israel’s occupation was 11-4. The court also voted to call on Israel to evacuate all settlers from the West Bank.

In a 12-3 vote, the ICJ said that all nations

“are under an obligation not to recognize as legal the situation arising from the unlawful presence of the state of Israel in the occupied Palestinian territory and not to render aid or assistance in maintaining the situation created by the continued presence of the state of Israel in the occupied Palestinian territory.”

The United States was among the countries that warned the ICJ against advising that Israel must swiftly end its occupation.

The ICJ handed down its opinion as the court is also considering a genocide case brought against Israel over its ongoing assault on the Gaza Strip—a devastating war that the court did not weigh as part of its new advisory opinion.

Trita Parsi, executive vice president of the Quincy Institute for Responsible Statecraft, applauded the ICJ’s call for the dismantling of Israeli settlements and reparations for Palestinians harmed by Israel’s occupation.

“The ICJ ruling in essence confirmed what the majority of people (except the West) already knew and have recognized: that Israel’s occupation is illegal, that it is still occupying Gaza, it is annexing the West Bank, and Israel is an apartheid state,” Parsi wrote on social media. “If there is any respect for international law, Western media must now include this in all its Israel coverage. Most don’t even describe settlements as illegal!”

Nancy Okail, president and CEO of the Center for International Policy, said in a statement that

“while the ICJ’s action is nonbinding, countries that seek to uphold international law should respect the court’s determination and take all appropriate steps to counter the injustices of the occupation and bring it to a peaceful end.”

“At a minimum, countries should not engage in actions which help to perpetuate the occupation and its discriminatory, annexationist goals,” said Okail. “In particular, the United States must end the unconditional supply of arms that Israel uses in connection with the dispossession and settlement of Palestinian land and other violations of Palestinian rights.”

[From Common Dreams: Our work is licensed under Creative Commons (CC BY-NC-ND 3.0). Feel free to republish and share widely.]

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Jake Johnson is a senior editor and staff writer for Common Dreams.

Featured image: Illegal Israeli settlements

Bring out the bon bons, the bubbles, and the praise filled memoranda for that old alliance.  At the three-quarter century mark of its existence, the North Atlantic Treaty Organisation is showing itself to be a greater nuisance than ever, gossiping, meddling, and dreaming of greater acts of mischief under the umbrella of manufactured insecurity. 

It is also being coquettish to certain countries (Ukraine, figures prominently in the wooing stakes) making promises it can never make good.

Its defenders, as is to be expected, see something very different before the mirror.   They call the alliance a call for freedom, its enduring importance a reassuring presence.  The more appropriate response would be convenience, the assurance of an alliance with collective obligations that would, given the circumstances, compel all parties to wage war against the aggressor.  In terms of alliances, this is one programmed for conflict.

NATO is a crusted visage of a problem long dead.  In the Cold War theatre, it featured in the third act of every play involving the United States and the USSR, a performance that always took place under the threat of a nuclear cloud.  Any confrontation in Europe’s centre could have resulted in the pulverization of an entire continent.  For its part, Moscow had the Warsaw Pact countries.

At the end of the Cold War, NATO had effectively ceased to be relevant as a deterrent force on the European continent.  A new cut of clothing was sought for the members.  Rather than passing into retirement, it became, in essence, a broader auxiliary force of US power.  In the absence of a countering Soviet Union, the organisation adopted a gonzo approach to international security.

In 1999, the alliance became a killing machine for evangelical humanitarianism, ostensibly seeking to protect one ethnic group against the predations of another in Kosovo. 

In 2011, it involved itself in military operations against a country posing no threat to any members of the alliance.  NATO, along with a steady air attacks and missile barrages, enforced the no-fly zone over Libya as the country was ushered to imminent, post-Qaddafi collapse.  When the International Security Force (ISAF) completed its ill-fated mission in Afghanistan in 2015, NATO was again on the scene.

NATO’s Strategic Concept document released at the end of June 2022 took much sustenance from the Ukraine conflict while warning about China’s ambitions, a fairly crude admission that it wished to move beyond its territorial limits.  “The People’s Republic of China’s (PRC) stated ambitions and coercive policies challenge our interests, security and values.”  Why such an alliance should worry about such eastward ambitions illustrates the wayward dysfunction of the association.

On April 27, 2022 the then UK Foreign Secretary Liz Truss and ultimately doomed prime minister pushed the view that NATO needed to be globalised.  Her Mansion House speech at the Lord Mayor’s Easter Banquet was one of those cat-out-of-the-bag disclosures that abandons pretence revealing, in its place, a disturbing reality.

After making it clear that NATO’s “open door policy” was “sacrosanct”, Truss also saw security in global terms, another way of promoting a broader commitment to international mischief.  She rejected “the false choice between Euro-Atlantic security and Indo-Pacific security.  In the modern world we need both.”  A “global NATO” was needed.  “By that I don’t mean extending the membership to those from other regions.  I mean that NATO must have a global outlook, ready to tackle global threats.”

Praise for the alliance tends to resemble an actuarial assessment about risk and security. Consider this from former US ambassador to NATO, Douglas Lute.  NATO, in his mind, is “the single most important geostrategic advantage over any potential adversary or competitor”.  With pride, he notes that “Russia and China have nothing comparable.  The 32 allies in NATO train together, operate together, live together under a standing unified command structure, making them far more capable militarily than any ad-hoc arrangement.”

There is nothing to suggest in these remarks that NATO was one of the single most provocative security arrangements that helped precipitate a war that torments and convulses eastern Europe.  Many a Washington mandarin has been of such a view: moving closer to Russia’s borders was not merely an act of diplomatic condescension but open military provocation.

One should, with tireless consistency, refer to the State Department’s doyen of Soviet studies, George F. Kennan, on this very point. In 1997, he issued the appropriate warning about the decision to expand NATO towards the Russian border:

“Such a decision may be expected to inflame nationalistic, anti-Western and militaristic tendencies in Russian opinion; to have an adverse effect on the development of Russian democracy; to restore the atmosphere of the cold war to East-West relations, and to impel Russian foreign policy in directions decidedly not to our liking.”

This speared provocation is repeated in the 2024 NATO Declaration made in Washington this month. It is effaced of history and context, Ukraine being a tabula rasa in the international system with no role other than that of glorified victimhood, a charity case abused in the international system.  “We stand in unity and solidarity in the face of a brutal war of aggression on the European continent and a critical time for our security,” states the declaration.

Kyiv is promised aid under the NATO Security Assistance and Training for Ukraine program, though such provision is, in the manner of an all-promising eunuch, crowned by a caveat: “NSATU will not, under international law, make NATO a party to the conflict.”  The prospects for future conflict are guaranteed by the promise, however empty, that, “Ukraine’s future is in NATO.”

The declaration goes on to speak on the “interoperable” and “integrated” nature of Kyiv’s operations with the alliance.  “As Ukraine continues this vital work, we will continue to support it on its irreversible path to full Euro-Atlantic integration, including NATO membership.”

NATO’s warring streak was further affirmed at the Washington summit by injudicious remarks about trying to make it “Trump proof” – a testament to the sleepless nights the strategists must be having at the prospect of a presidency that may change the order of things.  He is bound to have gotten wind of that fact.  Aggravated, the Republican contender may well withdraw the US imperium from the alliance’s clutches.  In Washington’s absence, the NATO family might retreat into fractious insignificance.  The ensuing anarchy, rather than stimulating war, may well do the opposite.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Dr. Binoy Kampmark was a Commonwealth Scholar at Selwyn College, Cambridge.  He currently lectures at RMIT University. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). Email: [email protected] 

Featured image is licensed under Fair Use

On Friday, Hezbollah fired a heavy barrage of missiles at an Israeli military base in the Upper Galilee region near the southern Lebanese border, causing fire and destroying some of it.

The northern Israeli settlement of Mitzpe Abirim was also hit by the Lebanese resistance group, which said the attack was in response to the Israeli attacks on civilians in southern Lebanon’s towns of Safad al-Batikh, Majdal Salam, and Shaqra.

The Lebanese National News Agency reported that two shells fired by the Israeli occupation army fell near a police station at the Marj Junction in the town of Hula, southern Lebanon.

The Israeli occupation forces began a war on Gaza which has killed more than 38,000 Palestinians since October 2023.  Hezbollah, and other resistance groups have responded to the onslaught in solidarity and support of the Palestinian people who have been denied all human rights and live under a brutal Israeli military occupation.

In an effort to understand the situation, Steven Sahiounie of MidEastDiscourse interviewed Lebanese journalist Ibrahim Darwish.

Steven Sahiounie (SS):  The whole world is focused on a possible new Israeli war on Lebanon. In your opinion, what are the factors that would prevent this war?

Ibrahim Darwish (ID):  If the Israeli occupation had the necessary tools, and the ability to change the situation in the north, it could have destroyed Lebanon, and occupy it from the south to the north. However, the reality in Lebanon has changed considerably, with the accumulation of resistance capabilities, expertise and capabilities, through continuous operations on its positions in southern Lebanon, leading to liberation in 2000, to exposing the weakness of its army and tanks, and the destruction of its machinery in July 2006, with the very persistence of Hezbollah in the southern front. 

The residents and landowners in the south of Lebanon, who support the resistance movement Hezbollah, are standing in the face of Israeli aggression, which prevents the Israelis from crimes and massacres of Lebanese people farther north, who may not support Hezbollah.

The south of Lebanon, and its’ people, are in effect protecting the Lebanese areas such as Beirut, Jbeil, and Tripoli.

On October 8, the second day of the Al-Aqsa Flood operation, Hezbollah prevented the Israeli occupation from crossing the ‘red-lines’ on the battlefield, despite the Israeli occupation targeting Lebanese civilians, and their properties in the south.

Hezbollah determined the times of attack and calm, while the Israeli army had the disadvantage of a loss of tanks and ammunitions, as they admitted, due to the Israeli war on Gaza and the attacks on Lebanon.

All that is stated above is a threat and message to the Israelis from Mr. Nasrallah, concerning the abilities and readiness of the resistance in targeting new settlements if Israel continues attacking innocent civilians of the south of Lebanon.

SS:  The Lebanese army has been kept weak by the US.  In your point of view, can the Lebanese army play a role in a possible war?

ID: The ideology of the Lebanese army is firm, and the Lebanese are firm in their hostility to the Israeli occupation, as the sole enemy of Lebanon.

Always, the blood of the army, the blood of the resistance has been united in the defense of Lebanon.

This is reinforced by the clause of the Defense ministerial statement, which affirms “the right of Lebanon and its people and its army and the resistance to free and defend their territory.”

SS: Lebanon has been without a president for over two years. In your opinion, do you see any international movement on this issue?

ID: On the subject of the presidency of the Republic, it is clear that the Lebanese domestic issue has been placed on ice, while awaiting changes in the region, which is undergoing major transformations. It is entering into a larger cycle of transformation at the global level, even though the long-term results have not yet been made clear.

Unfortunately, the problem is not only linked to choosing a President of the Republic, but also to the stability of the country.

There are foreign plans which are trying to prevent the orderly functioning of the institutions in Lebanon. But, we must recognize that the Lebanese political system has long-standing problems and imbalances.

There is a great need to amend some laws, and to separate the judicial system from political life, and to rely on the rule of law in the management of the country.

There is a need to hold to account the corrupt, and to close the door in the face of those seeking to sabotage the country.

SS: The US envoy Amos Hochstein was sent to Lebanon in an effort to decrease tension between Israel and Hezbollah. In your view, did he make any progress?

ID: Since the beginning of this conflict, the role of Hochstein has not been to ease the tension. Since the beginning, he has tried to try to intimidate and force Lebanon to follow American orders.

What is needed today is clear in terms of stopping the inhumane aggression against the Gaza Strip. Today, the oppressed people of Palestine are trying to lift a decades-old injustice and resistance, based on their history, morality and humanity.

The Lebanese resistance, Hezbollah, from the standpoint of national security, rushed to the support of the Israel war on Gaza, beginning on October 8.  The Al-Aqsa Flood operation of October 7 was a result of a heinous blockade, starvation, oppression and slow killing, which is being committed against an entire people, under the banner of the support of the international community.

SS: Lebanon has been going through a massive financial crisis. The IMF presented a recovery proposal. In your opinion, has any progress been made?

ID: The World Bank has never been a life-saver of people. The only way any country can save its financial system, is for national unity among the people, and to reject the handing over of national decisions to foreign entities.

Lebanon cannot be isolated and separated from its region, national unity and allies. 

If this financial crisis were to strike another country, it would not be able to continue.

Today, it is part of a destructive project that is trying to destroy Lebanon at a time when it can chart the course of this conflict.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on Mideast Discourse.

Steven Sahiounie is a two-time award-winning journalist. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from MD

The citizens of India have a problem. In what the media like to call ‘the world’s biggest democracy’, there is a serious, proven conflict of interest among officials in the areas of science, agriculture and agricultural research that results in privileging the needs of powerful private interests ahead of farmers and ordinary people.

This has been a longstanding concern. In 2013, for instance, prominent campaigner and environmentalist Aruna Rodrigues said:

“The Ministry of Agriculture has handed Monsanto and the industry access to our agri-research public institutions, placing them in a position to seriously influence agri-policy in India. You cannot have a conflict of interest larger or more alarming than this one.”

In 2020, Kavitha Kuruganti (Alliance for Sustainable and Holistic Agriculture) stated that the Genetic Engineering Appraisal Committee had acted more like a servant for Monsanto — there is an ongoing revolving door between crop developers (even patent holders) and regulators, with developers-cum-lobbyists sitting on regulatory bodies.

However, the capture of public policymaking space by the private sector is set to accelerate due to a recent spate of memorandums of understanding between state institutions and influential private corporations involved in agriculture and agricultural services, including Bayer and Amazon.

Corporate Capture  

As part of a Memorandum of Understanding (MoU) between the Indian Council of Agricultural Research (ICAR) and Amazon (June 2023), farmers will produce for Amazon Fresh stores in India as part of a ‘farm to fork’ supply chain. It will see “critical inputs” in agriculture and “season-based crop plans” in collaboration with Amazon based on “technologies, capacity building and transfer of new knowledge.”

ICAR-signs-MOU-Amazon-Kisan-Empower-Farmers-01.jpg

Source

This corporate jargon ties in with the much-publicised notion of ‘data-driven agriculture’ centred on cloud-based data information services (which Amazon also offers). In this model, data is to be accessed and controlled by corporates and the farmer will be told how much production is expected, how much rain is anticipated, what type of soil quality there is, what must be produced and what type of genetically engineered seeds and inputs they must purchase and from whom.

This has been described as the recolonisation of Indian agriculture, which will eventually involve a handful of data owners (Microsoft, Amazon, Alphabet etc.), input suppliers (Bayer, Corteva, Syngenta, Cargill etc.) and retail concerns (Amazon and Walmart-Flipkart — both firms already control 60% of India’s e-commerce market) at the commanding heights of the agrifood economy, determining the nature of agriculture and peddling industrial food. Farmers who remain in this AI-driven system (a stated aim is farmerless farms) will be reduced to exploitable labour at the mercy of global conglomerates.

This is part of a broader strategy to shift hundreds of millions out of agriculture, ensure India’s food dependence on global finance and foreign corporations and eradicate any semblance of food democracy (or national sovereignty).[1]

In addition to the MoU with Amazon, an MoU was signed between the ICAR and Bayer in September 2023. Bayer (it bought Monsanto in 2018), which profits from various environmentally harmful and disease-causing chemicals like glyphosate, signed the MoU to help “develop resource-efficient, climate-resilient solutions for crops, varieties, crop protection, weed and mechanization”, according to the ICAR website.

The ICAR is responsible for co-ordinating agricultural education and research in India, and Bayer seems likely to exploit the ICAR’s vast infrastructure and networks to pursue its own commercial plans, including boosting sales of toxic proprietary products.

But that’s not all. According to the non-profit GRAIN in its article ‘The corporate agenda behind carbon farming’, Bayer is gaining increasing control over farmers in various countries, dictating exactly how they farm and what inputs they use through its ‘Carbon Program’.

GRAIN says:

“You can see in the evolution of Bayer’s programmes that, for corporations, carbon farming is all about increasing their control within the food system. It’s certainly not about sequestering carbon.”

Given the seriousness of what is laid out by GRAIN in its article, India’s citizens and farmers should take heed, especially as the ICAR website states that a focus of the MoU with Bayer will be on developing carbon credit markets.

In a letter (14 July 2024) to Rabindra Padaria, principal scientist at the Indian Agricultural Research Institute (IARI), and Himanshu Pathak, director-general of the ICAR, Aruna Rodrigues says:[2]

“Inking in ICAR’s formal partnership with Bayer (Monsanto) quite simply confirms straightforwardly that the ICAR protects its interest, which is the same as those of Bayer-Monsanto, large chemical/herbicide corporates… the ICAR has ditched its mandate to Indian farmers and farming, which is to promote farmer interests as a priority in an unbiased and objective assessment of what is right and good for Indian farming and food… “

A separate ‘citizen letter’ (20 July 2024) has also been sent to Pathak on the various MoUs that the Indian government has signed with influential private corporations.[3] Hundreds of scientists, farmer leaders, farmers and ordinary citizens have signed the letter.

It states:

“Bayer is a company notorious for its anti-people, anti-nature business products and operations in itself and, furthermore, after its takeover of Monsanto. Its deadly poisons have violated basic human rights of peoples across the world, and it is a company that has always prioritised profits over people and planet.”

It goes on to say that it is not clear what the ICAR will learn from Bayer that the well-paid public sector scientists of the institution cannot develop themselves. The letter says entities that have been responsible for causing an economic and environmental crisis in Indian agriculture are being partnered by ICAR for so-called solutions when these entities are only interested in their profits and not sustainability (or any other nomenclature they use).

The letter poses some key questions such as: Where was the democratic debate on carbon credit markets? How is the ICAR ensuring that the farmers get the best rather than biased advice that boosts the further rollout of proprietary products? Is there a system in place for the ICAR to develop research and education agendas from the farmers it is supposed to serve as opposed to being led by the whims and business ideas of corporations?

These are fundamental questions given that agriculture is a state subject as per India’s constitution. It is all the more concerning given that the authors of the citizen letter note that copies of the MoUs are not being shared proactively in the public domain by the ICAR.

The letter asks that the ICAR suspends the signed MoUs, shares all details in the public domain and desists from signing any more such MoUs without necessary public debate.

However, on 19 July, there were reports that the ICAR had signed another MoU, this time with Syngenta for promoting climate resilient agriculture and training programmes. In response, the authors of the letter state that the ICAR has (again) partnered with a corporation that has a track record of anti-nature and anti-people activities, selling toxic products like paraquat, class action suits against its corn seeds and anti-competitive behaviour.

Mutagenic HT Rice  

It is becoming clear who the ICAR actually serves. Let us return to Aruna Rodrigues and her letter to Rabindra Padaria (IARI) and Himanshu Pathak (ICAR) for additional insight.

Rodrigues’ letter focuses on the commercial cultivation of basmati rice varieties tolerant to imazethapyr-based, non-selective herbicides. These chemicals can be liberally sprayed on herbicide tolerant (HT) crops because the crops have been manipulated to withstand the toxic impacts of spraying.

The HT varieties of rice have undergone some form of mutagenesis rather than genetic engineering. Mutagenesis has traditionally involved subjecting plant cells to chemical or physical agents (e.g. radiation) that cause mutations to the DNA in the hope that a resulting mutation may produce a desirable effect in the plant. This kind of mutation breeding has been used for decades but only affects a minority of the plants on the market. Industry watchdog GMWatch says this risky technology (mutagenesis breeding) in the past managed to escape regulation.

So, this HT crop by the mutagenesis route is not defined as ‘genetic engineering’ (the method usually used to create HT crops) and therefore falls outside the purview of current GM regulations.

Although, the Supreme Court-appointed Technical Expert Committee (TEC) bars HT crops (a) for being an HT crop and (b) on account of contamination of crops in a centre of genetic diversity, it has been a long-standing aim of biotech companies like Bayer (Monsanto) to get HT crops cultivated in India.

Rodrigues asks:

“Is it a deliberate decision of the ICAR to use the mutagenesis route to produce HT rice varieties (tolerant to imazethapyr) with the explicit objective to bypass the formal regulation of GE crops/GMOs?”

Rodrigues accuses the ICAR of effectively ditching its mandate to Indian farmers, many of whom regard organic farming as their competitive advantage. This step is also a potential threat to India’s export markets, which are based on organic standards, along with the necessary co-surety that India’s foods and farms are not contaminated by herbicides, a consequence of using HT crops.

By adding a trait for herbicide tolerance, the ICAR is informed:

“ICAR’s action directly impacts this vital issue of contaminating our germ plasm in rice and contravenes a Supreme Court Order of “No Contamination”. Furthermore, our export markets for basmati are in excess of US $5 billion in 2023-24. Your action will also directly impact India’s exports and thereby, impact farmer export potential, incomes and income opportunities that premium prices provide.”

Moreover, Rodrigues asserts that the entire mutagenesis process for HT rice must be elaborated, especially when the mutant variety is for the purpose of human consumption. The ICAR is duty-bound to provide, for example, whether a physical or a chemical mutagen was used, the range of doses used and the toxicity for the said material, the herbicide(s) used to test the HT of the basmati rice being used, the concentrations of the herbicides used and the genetic mechanism by which HT rice through mutagenesis has a resistant gene to imazethapyr.

While the issue of intellectual property rights for the HT rice varieties using mutagenesis is unclear, the ICAR and IARI have executed a technology transfer agreement of the HT trait for commercial cultivation.

A Failed Technology  

In her letter, Rodrigues states that, based on empirical evidence of 35 years of HT crops in the US and Argentina, HT crops are a failed technology: it spawns super weeds, increased herbicide use and no added performance yield. Moreover, for India, HT crops are a perverse use of technology, whether genetic engineering or through mutagenesis, that risks small and marginal farmers’ crops and herbs and plants used in many Ayurvedic medicines because of herbicide drift. It will also uniquely impact the employment of women in weeding.

She goes on to state that in the US overall herbicide use has increased more than tenfold since the introduction of HT Crops (1992-2012 figure). In addition, HT crops are designed for monocultures and completely unsuited to Indian small-holder, multi-crop farming: anything not HT will be destroyed, the resistant crop stands, but everything else dies, including non-target organisms.

The herbicides used with HT crops are also a major human health issue. There is a strong link between glyphosate and non-Hodgkin’s lymphoma. In relation to this, there are more than 100,000 lawsuits winding their way through US Courts. Glyphosate (used in Bayer’s Roundup herbicide) is also an endocrine disruptor and is linked to birth defects. Rodrigues notes that Monsanto and the US Environmental Protection Agency had both known for over 40 years that glyphosate and its formulations cause cancer.

Other herbicides used by Bayer include glufosinate (used in its Liberty herbicide), which is acknowledged as more toxic than glyphosate and, like it, is a systemic, broad spectrum, non-selective herbicide. It is a neurotoxin that can cause nerve damage and birth defects and is damaging to most plants that come into contact with it.

Glufinosate is banned in Europe and not permitted in India. It has been implicated in brain developmental abnormalities in animal studies and is very persistent in the environment, so it will certainly contaminate water supplies in addition to food where it will be absorbed.

Imazethapyr (contained in Bayer’s Adue herbicide) is also a systemic broad-spectrum herbicide and is banned in some countries and not approved for use in the EU.

Prof. Jack Heinemann (University of Canterbury in New Zealand) adds that the likes of imazethapyr must be tested for their ability to cause bacterial antibiotic resistance. An important concern given that India’s population has some of the highest levels of antibiotic resistance in the world. Any spread of HT crops would put people at severe risk of resistance and disease.

Despite these environmental and health concerns, the herbicide market in India is projected to grow by around 54% in the next five years, from USD 361.85 million in 2024 to USD 558.17 million by 2029.

In her letter, Rodrigues concludes:

“In view of the above evidence of serious irreversible harm to health, food and agriculture across several dimensions and contravention of the PP (Precautionary Principle), it is a required scientific response for the ICAR to immediately withdraw HT rice varieties and desist from introducing any HT crop through mutagenesis.”

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Notes  

1. For further insight into this, see Food, Dependency and Dispossession: Resisting the New World Order by C Todhunter on Globalresearch.ca or Academia.edu.

2. ICAR Introduces HT Rice Varieties by the Mutagenesis Process Tolerant to Imazethapyr, letter to the Indian Council for Agricultural Research and the Indian Agricultural Research Institute, A Rodrigues, 14 July 2024.

3. Citizens’ letter (incl. farmer leaders and agri scientists) to ICAR against multiple recent MoUs with agri-corporations – ASHA Kisan Swaraj, 20 July 2024.

Featured image is by Sebastian Rittau via Wikimedia Commons

Ireland – Mass Immigration and the Great Reset

July 21st, 2024 by Gavin OReilly

On Monday morning, Ireland would awake to reports of unrest in the Dublin suburb of Coolock, when after months of peaceful protest by local residents over plans to move upwards of 500 male migrants into a disused paint factory in the working-class neighborhood, tensions would come to a head when Irish riot police cleared the on-site protest camp in a heavy-handed early morning raid. In response, work vehicles intended to convert the site would be set ablaze, leading to scenes reminiscent of the north of Ireland in the late 60s or early 70s.

As the day progressed, the parallels between Coolock and the Ireland of half a century ago would grow. Heavily-militarised police, under the direction of Garda commissioner and former RUC Deputy Constable Drew Harris, would soon arrive in the North Dublin suburb, resulting in scenes akin to Belfast or Derry in 1969. Local residents, including women, children, and the elderly, would be brutalised, a popular video streamer and citizen journalist would be arrested, and a number of elected representatives, who had arrived on the scene in a bid to calm tensions, would be pepper sprayed by police. By the end of the day, 15 people would be arrested and charged, with their names and addresses highly-publicised by the Irish media, an effective warning to others to not protest against the current immigration policies being imposed by Leinster House, which has seen large numbers of male migrants being placed into wildly unsuitable locations such as an inner city office block and children’s primary school, with no prior consultation being held with local communities beforehand.

Watch the video on X

Watch the video on X

Indeed, similar scenes would erupt in the small rural village of Newtownmountkennedy in late April, when again, after weeks of peaceful protest by local residents in opposition to plans to house male migrants in a disused hospital in the locality, police would once again carry out a heavy-handed early-morning raid on an on-site protest camp. In the ensuing hours, local residents would again be brutalised, a female journalist would be pepper sprayed, and martial law would effectively be imposed on the sleepy town.

Watch the video on X

In a grim irony, less than a week later, the southern Irish state would issue a statement condemning the response of the Georgian government to protests against its Transparency of Foreign Influence law, the previous week’s scenes in Newtownmountkennedy being wilfully ignored by Leinster House.

The current tensions surrounding immigration in Ireland began in November 2022, when, using the Russian intervention in Ukraine as a pretext, upwards of 300 migrants were moved into a disused office block in East Wall, a working-class neighbourhood in inner city Dublin. Protests would begin immediately amongst local residents, citing the unsuitability of the location and the lack of consultation with community representatives beforehand. Similar protests would take place at other sites in Dublin and throughout Ireland.

One year later, the tensions regarding immigration policy in Ireland would explode in their most notable manner so far. On the 23rd of November 2023, three children and their teacher were stabbed outside their Gaelscoil (Irish-language school) in central Dublin. With it soon emerging that the attacker was an immigrant previously subject to a deportation order, matters would come to a head. Calls for a protest in Dublin later that night would quickly spread throughout social media, seemingly attracting an opportunistic element who would engage in looting and the burning of vehicles. The Dublin riots would gain worldwide attention, with the focus seemingly more on the damage done to outlets such as McDonald’s and Footlocker, than the attack on the children and their teacher.

Image: Helen McEntee (Source: Houses of the Oireachtas/Shawn Pogatchnik / Licensed under CC BY 2.0)

undefined

In the days following the riots, Security Minister for the southern Irish state, Helen McEntee, announced that facial recognition technology laws would be introduced in response, thus revealing the true intent behind current immigration policy in Ireland.

In addition to the devaluing of labour and the lowering of wages on behalf of industrialists, the mixing of vast amounts of people from different cultural, religious and ethnic backgrounds that mass-immigration entails, ultimately leads to tensions. Tensions that, in tight-knit areas such as working-class neighbourhoods and small rural villages, will inevitably spill over.

As a result, the government-corporate alliance is presented with a ready-made pretext to implement solutions that align with their agenda. In this case, the same facial recognition technologies that are outlined in the Great Reset, the initiative launched by the World Economic Forum in 2020, using ‘Covid’ as a pretext, intended to create even further integration between the public and private sector worldwide.

With the issue of migrants arriving into Ireland without proper identification also receiving mainstream media attention, it is likely this is is being done with the intention of directing the narrative towards the introduction of mandatory digital ID; which, combined with facial recognition technology, will lay the groundwork for the dystopian digital surveillance state that the Great Reset envisages.

Indeed, upon the recent election of WEF aficionado Keir Starmer as British Prime Minister, Taoiseach Simon Harris announced that it marked a ‘great reset’ in relations between both countries. A deliberate choice of words, indicating that like his predecessor Leo Varadkar, he is also a World Economic Forum ‘Young Global Leader’, fully intending to continue the Davos agenda in Ireland.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Gavin O’Reilly is an activist from Dublin, Ireland, with a strong interest in the effects of British and US Imperialism. Secretary of the Dublin Anti-Internment Committee, a campaign group set up to raise awareness of Irish Republican political prisoners in British and 26 County jails. His work has previously appeared on American Herald Tribune, The Duran, Al-Masdar and MintPress News. He is a regular contributor to Global Research. Support him on Patreon. 

Featured image is a screenshot from this video

They just keep coming. On the weekend, Israel launched another devastating air strike on Gaza, killing at least 90 Palestinians and wounding hundreds more, including women, children and rescue workers.

Once again, Israel targeted refugees displaced by its earlier bombs, turning an area it had formally declared a “safe zone” into a killing field.

And once more, western powers shrugged their shoulders. They were too busy accusing Russia of war crimes to have time to worry about the far worse war crimes being inflicted on Gaza by their Israeli ally – with weapons they supplied.

The atrocity committed at al-Mawasi camp, packed with 80,000 civilians, had the usual Israeli cover story – one rolled out to reassure western publics that their leaders are not the utter hypocrites they appear to be for supporting what the World Court has described as a “plausible genocide”.

Israel said it was trying to hit two Hamas leaders – one of them Mohammed Deif, head of the group’s military wing – although Israeli Prime Minister Benjamin Netanyahu seemed uncertain as to whether the strike was successful.

No one in the western media appeared to wonder why the pair preferred to make themselves a target in an overcrowded, makeshift refugee camp, where they were at huge risk of being betrayed by an Israeli informant, rather than sheltering in Hamas’s extensive tunnel network.

Or why Israel deemed it necessary to fire a multitude of massive bombs and missiles to take out two individuals. Is that Israel’s new, expansive redefinition of a “targeted assassination”?

Or why its pilots and drone operators continued the strikes to hit emergency rescue crews dealing with the initial destruction. Was there intelligence that Deif was not just hiding in the camp, but had hung around to dig out survivors, too?

Or how killing and maiming hundreds of civilians in an attempt to hit two Hamas fighters could ever possibly satisfy the most basic principles of international law. “Proportion” and “distinction” require armies to weigh the military advantage of an attack against the expected toll on civilian life.

Biblical Vengeance

But Israel has torn up the rulebook on war. According to sources within the Israeli military, it now considers it acceptable to kill more than 100 Palestinian civilians in the pursuit of a single Hamas commander – a commander, let us note, who will simply be replaced the moment he is dead.

Even if the two Hamas leaders were assassinated, Israel could not have been in any doubt that it was perpetrating a war crime. But it has learned that, the more routine its war crimes become, the less coverage they receive – and the less outrage they provoke.

In recent days, Israel has struck several United Nations schools serving as shelters, killing dozens more Palestinians. On Tuesday, another strike in the “safe zone” of al-Mawasi killed 17.

According to the UN refugee agency, UNRWA, more than 70 percent of its schools – almost all of them serving as refugee shelters – have been bombed.

Last week, western doctors who had volunteered in Gaza said Israel was packing its weapons with shrapnel to maximise injuries to those caught in the blast radius. Children, because of their smaller bodies, were being left with much more severe wounds.

Aid agencies cannot properly treat the wounded, because Israel has been blocking the entry of medical supplies into Gaza. Committing war crimes, if western publics have not worked it out by now, is the very point of the “military operation” Israel launched in Gaza in the wake of Hamas’s one-day attack on 7 October.

A Red Crescent worker carries a child to the hospital after a bombing in Deir al-Balah, December.Credit: Palestine Red Crescent Society

That is why there are more than 38,800 known deaths from Israel’s 10-month assault – and likely at least four times that number unrecorded, according to leading researchers writing in the Lancet medical journal this month.

That is why it will take at least 15 years to clear the rubble strewn across Gaza by Israeli bombs, according to the UN, and as much as 80 years– and $50bn – to rebuild homes for the remnants of the enclave’s 2.3 million people still alive at the end.

Israel’s twin goals have been biblical vengeance and the elimination of Gaza – a genocidal rampage to drive the terrified population out, ideally into neighbouring Egypt.

Shoot-everyone Policy

If that was not clear enough already, six Israeli soldiers recently stepped forward to speak out about what they had witnessed while serving in Gaza – a story the western media has entirely failed to report.

Their testimonies, published by the Israel-based publication 972 last week, confirm what Palestinians have been saying for months.

Commanders have authorised them to open fire on Palestinians at will. Anyone entering an area the Israeli military is treating as a “no-go zone” is shot on sight, whether man, woman or child.

Back in March, the Israeli newspaper Haaretz warned that the Israeli military had created just such “kill zones”, where anyone entering was executed without warning.

After months of an Israeli aid blockade that has created a man-made famine, Israel’s military has turned the people of Gaza’s ever-more frantic search for food into a game of Russian roulette.

This perhaps explains, in part, why so many Palestinians are unaccounted for – Save the Children estimates some 21,000 children are missing. The soldiers quoted in 972 say the victims of their shoot-everyone policy are bulldozed out of view along routes where international aid convoys pass.

A reserve soldier, identified only as S, said a Caterpillar bulldozer “clears the area of corpses, buries them under the rubble, and flips [them] aside so that the convoys don’t see it – [so that] images of people in advanced stages of decay don’t come out”. The soldier also noted:

“The whole area [of Gaza where the army operates] was full of bodies… There is a horrific smell of death.”

Several of the soldiers reported that stray cats and dogs, denied food and water for months just like Gaza’s population, feed on the dead bodies.

The Israeli military has repeatedly refused to publish its open-fire regulations since it was first challenged to do so in the Israeli courts in the 1980s.

A soldier named B told 972 that the Israeli army enjoyed “total freedom of action”, with soldiers expected to shoot directly at any Palestinian approaching their positions, rather than a warning shot in the air: “It’s permissible to shoot everyone, a young girl, an old woman.”

When civilians were ordered to evacuate from a school serving as a shelter in Gaza City, B added, some mistakenly exited right towards the soldiers, rather than to the left. That included children.

“Everyone who went to the right was killed – 15 to 20 people. There was a pile of bodies.”

According to B, any Palestinian in Gaza can inadvertently find themselves a target:

“It is forbidden to walk around, and everyone who is outside is suspicious. If we see someone in a window looking at us, he is a suspect. You shoot.”

‘Like a Computer Game’

Drawing on military practices familiar in the occupied West Bank too, the Israeli army encourages its soldiers to shoot even when no one is engaging them. These random, indiscriminate eruptions of fire are known as “demonstrating presence” – or more accurately, terrorising and endangering the civilian population.

In other instances, soldiers open fire just to let off steam, have fun, or, as one soldier put it, “experience the event” of being in Gaza.

Yuval Green, a 26-year-old reservist from Jerusalem, the only soldier prepared to be named, observed:

“People were shooting just to relieve the boredom.”

Another soldier, M, similarly noted that “the shooting is very unrestricted, like crazy” – and not just from small arms. Troops use machine guns, tanks and mortar rounds in a similar, unwarranted frenzy.

A, an officer in the army’s operations directorate, pointed out that this mood of utter recklessness extended all the way up the chain of command.

Although the destruction of hospitals, schools, mosques, churches and international aid organisations requires authorisation from a senior officer, in practice, such operations are almost always approved, A said:

 “I can count on one hand the cases where we were told not to shoot. Even with sensitive things like schools, [approval] feels like only a formality … No one will shed a tear if we flatten a house when there was no need, or if we shoot someone who we didn’t have to.”

Commenting on the mood in the operations room, A said destroying buildings often “felt like a computer game”. In addition, A cast doubt on Israel’s claim that Hamas fighters comprised a high proportion of Gaza’s death toll. Anyone caught in Israel’s “kill zones” or targeted by a bored soldier was counted as a “terrorist”.

Burning Homes

The soldiers also reported that their commanders destroyed homes not because they were suspected of serving as bases for Hamas fighters, but purely out of an urge for revenge against the entire population.

Their testimonies confirm an earlier Haaretz report that the army was implementing a policy of torching Palestinian homes after they served their purpose as temporary locations for soldiers. Green said the principle was:

“If you move [on], you have to burn down the house.” According to B, his company “burned hundreds of houses”.

A policy of wanton, vengeful destruction is similarly implemented – on a far larger scale – by Israel’s fighter pilots and drone operators, explaining why at least two-thirds of Gaza’s housing stock has been left in ruins.

There are other deceptions too. One of the stated reasons for Israel being in Gaza is to “bring back the hostages” – many dozens of Israelis who who were dragged into Gaza on 7 October. That message, however, has apparently not reached the Israeli military.

Green noted that, despite a blunderbuss operation last month that killed more than 270 Palestinians to rescue four Israeli hostages, the army is actually deeply indifferent to their fate.

He said he heard other soldiers stating:

“The hostages are dead, they don’t stand a chance, they have to be abandoned.”

Back in December, Israeli troops shot dead three hostages waving white flags. Reckless shooting into buildings poses the same threat to the lives of hostages as it does to Palestinian fighters and civilians.

Such indifference might also explain why the Israeli political and military leadership has been willing to conduct such a comprehensive bombing of buildings and tunnels in Gaza, risking the lives of the hostages as much as Palestinian civilians.

Culture of Violence

The story told by these soldiers in 972 should not surprise anyone – apart from those still desperately clinging to fairytales about Israel’s “most moral army in the world”.

In fact, an investigation by CNN on the weekend found that Israeli commanders identified by US officials as committing particularly heinous war crimes in the occupied West Bank over the past decade have been promoted to senior positions in the Israeli military. Their job includes training ground troops in Gaza and overseeing operations there.

A whistleblower from the Netzah Yehuda battalion who spoke to CNN said the commanders, drawn from Israel’s religious extremist ultra-Orthodox sector, stoked a culture of violence towards Palestinians, including vigilante-style attacks.

As the CNN investigation indicates, the wanton death and destruction in Gaza is very much a feature, not a bug.

For decades, the Israeli military has been implementing its inhumane policies towards Palestinians not just in the tiny enclave, but across the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem too.

Israel has been suffocating Gaza with a siege for 17 years. And since 1967, it has been suffocating the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem with illegal settlements – many of them home to violent Jewish militias – to drive out the Palestinian population.

What is new is the intensity and scale of the death and destruction Israel has been allowed to inflict since 7 October. The gloves have come off, with the West’s approval.

Israel’s agenda – of leaving historic Palestine empty of Palestinians – has been advanced from an ultimate, distant goal to an urgent, immediate one.

Snake-like Politicians

Nonetheless, Israel’s much longer history of violence and ethnic cleansing of Palestinians is about to come sharply into focus, despite the best efforts of Israel to keep our attention fixed on a Hamas “terrorism” threat.

The International Court of Justice in the Hague, often referred to as the World Court, is considering two cases against Israel. Best known is the one launched in January, putting Israel on trial for genocide.

But on Friday, the World Court is due to issue a ruling on an older case – one that predates 7 October. It will pronounce on whether Israel has broken international law by making the occupation of Palestine permanent.

While stopping the genocide in Gaza is more pressing, a ruling from the court recognising the illegal nature of Israel’s rule over Palestinians is equally important. It would give legal backing to what should be obvious: that a supposedly temporary military occupation long ago mutated into a permanent process of violent ethnic cleansing. 

Such a ruling would provide the context for understanding what Palestinians have been truly up against, while western capitals and western media have gaslit their publics year after year, decade after decade.

This week, Oxfam accused the new British government under Keir Starmer of “aiding and abetting” Israel’s war crimes by calling for a ceasefire from one side of its mouth while actively supplying Israel with weapons to continue the slaughter. The Labour government is also dragging its feet on restoring funding to UNRWA, best placed to address the famine in Gaza. 

 

Screenshot from The National

At Washington’s behest, Labour is seeking to block efforts by the International Criminal Court’s chief prosecutor to issue arrest warrants against Netanyahu and his defence minister, Yoav Gallant, for war crimes. And there are still no signs that Starmer has any plans to recognise Palestine as a state, thus putting a UK marker down against Israel’s ethnic cleansing programme.

Sadly, Starmer is typical of the West’s snake-like politicians: flaunting his outrage at Russia’s “depraved” attacks on children in Ukraine, while keeping silent on the even more depraved bombing and starvation of Gaza’s children.

He vows that his support for Ukrainians “won’t falter”. But his support for Palestinians in Gaza facing a genocide never even started.

The Palestinians of Gaza – and the occupied West Bank and East Jerusalem – are not just up against a law-breaking, savage Israeli military. They are being betrayed each day afresh by a West that gives such barbarity its blessing.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Jonathan Cook is the author of three books on the Israeli-Palestinian conflict, and a winner of the Martha Gellhorn Special Prize for Journalism. His website and blog can be found at www.jonathan-cook.net

Featured image is from UNRWA

Did the Dulles Brothers Seal Our Fate?

July 21st, 2024 by Dr. Paul Craig Roberts

 

Important article first published on May 22, 2024

***

The “Soviet Threat” which became Washington’s foreign policy mindset was a self-serving creation of Allen and John Foster Dulles. The consequences of their creation and its recreation by the US neoconservatives await us unaddressed.

brothers

Some years ago I reviewed Stephen Kinzer’s book, The Brothers, an extraordinary account of two men long serving at the top of the US government, Secretary of State John Foster Dulles and CIA Director Allen Dulles.

Both were appointed to office by President Eisenhower. Allen Dulles was the Director of the CIA, and John Foster Dulles was the Secretary of State. The interests of the two men’s law firm became in effect the agenda of the government of the United States.

Both men used their power in service of their powerful law firm, Sullivan & Cromwell. Both are examples of the privatization of government to serve private interests. Foreign government that got in the way of their firm’s clients’ interests, they plotted to overthrow.

To justify their use of the US government in service to the clients of their law firm, the brothers invented the “communist threat of world subversion” and inaugurated the Cold War. The brothers came up with six monsters to destroy.

Image: Mohammad Mosaddegh in court, 8 November 1953 (Source: Wikimedia Commons)

The first was the first democratically elected leader of Iran, Mohammad Mossadegh, certainly no communist. Mossadegh’s offense was that he nationalized Iranian oil, thus angering the British government. He also angered the brothers. Sullivan & Cromwell’s client, the J. Henry Schroder Banking Corp, was the financial agent for the Anglo-Iranian Oil Company on whose board Allen sat. The nationalization of Iranian oil also disrupted Foster’s activities in behalf of Chase Manhatten Bank.

Allen Dulles had negotiated for Sullivan & Cromwell’s client, Overseas Consultants Inc, an Iranian development plan from which the law firm and its client expected to earn massive profits together with an ideal base for John Foster Dulles to project American influence throughout Iran and the Middle East. But the Iranian legislature supported Mossadegh and vetoed the project.

Thus Mossadegh’s fate was sealed.

A narrative was created and opinion manipulated. Allen Dulles formed an overthrow team that paid US tax dollars to street thugs to attack the government, as the US did in the “Maidan revolution” in Ukraine. Foster Dulles created a propaganda campaign against Mossadegh presenting him as a weak leader about to be overthrown by Soviet agents. The story fed to President Eisenhower, Congress, and media was that Iran was in danger of being lost to expansionist communism.

It worked. This success of the brothers’ ability to easily manipulate the US government, parts of the Iranian population, and the insouciant American public gave us Iran’s enmity and the Cold War, which in its resurrected state after Reagan buried it threatens to bury us.

The brothers’ next target was Guatemala’s first democratically elected government. Guatemala, long ruled by Sullivan & Cromwell’s client, United Fruit Company, decided with its free election to take Guatemala’s rule out of the United Fruit Company’s hands. The new president, Jacobo Arbenz, nationalized fallow land held by United Fruit in order to put the resources in service to the country.

Image: Jacobo Arbenz (From the Public Domain)

This sealed Arbenz’s doom.

Arbenz said he was concerned with Guatemala, not with international ideological rivalries. His statement gave Foster Dulles the opportunity to create a new threat to America–“creeping neutralism”–later defined by George W. Bush as “you are with us or against us.”

Being against us, Arbenz was quickly turned into a communist by the brothers and the American media that the brothers easily controlled. Arbenz, a nationalist leader, was turned into a communist whose beachhead into the Americas would seal our doom. Eisenhower, Congress and the media bought the official narrative hook, line, and sinker.

Allen created a fake “liberation army” and a fake radio station to report non-existent advances in Guatemala’s liberation against the alleged communist regime of Arbenz. Allen used US planes to bomb Guatemala military bases to make the armed rebellion look real.

But it wasn’t working. Poor illiterate Guatemalans were not as insouciant as Americans. So the brothers got American Cardinal Francis Spellman, the most prominent Catholic prelate in the US, to issue a pastoral letter designed to portray a Guatemalan nationalist leader as a communist. Priests read Spellman’s letter to their congregations, and the newspapers carried it throughout the country. As Kinzer says, it is “a masterpiece of propaganda, steeped in the vocabulary of faith, fear, and patriotism.” Here is an opening paragraph:

“At this moment, we once again raise our voice to alert Catholics that the worst atheistic doctrine of all time–anti-Christian Communism–is continuing its brazen advance in our country, masquerading as a movement of social reform for the needy classes.”

The brothers having successfully destroyed Guatemalans belief in their protector against foreign interests, replaced the elected president they had successfully demonized with their man.

What Kinzer shows is that the long, expensive Cold War, both in terms of US money and US civil liberties, was the creation of two holders of powerful US government offices used in defense of their law firm’s clients.

The brothers set the pattern for the future. It has been eons since any US government policy served any public interest. What public interest is served by open borders, creating enemies out of Russia and China, demonizing white people, teaching white school children that they are racist, weaponizing law, offshoring high productivity jobs, creating endless money and financial bubbles? You can add to the list.

President Reagan succeeded in ending the Cold War despite the opposition of the CIA and the powerful military/security complex and the senators and representatives dependent on the military/security’s complex’s campaign donations. But the neoconservative dominated Clinton, George W. Bush, Obama, and Biden regimes resurrected the Cold War which is warming into a hot stage in the Ukraine conflict.

Putin and Xi have been slow to understand the situation that they face. In their deluded thinking they believe they can negotiate a solution with the West or simply out wait the West. They do not understand that just as their national existence is an existential issue, for Washington its hegemony is an existential issue. Without hegemony Washington cannot pay its bills and control its Western empire.

As both the Russian and Chinese leaders are incapable of comprehending the reality that confronts them, the chance of avoiding a Third World War with nuclear weapons is not high.

Kinzer’s account of a Secretary of State, who used the fear of communism that he implanted as a cover for serving the interest of his law firm’s clients, and a CIA director, who not only used his office in defense of his law firm’s interests but to live an exciting James Bond life complete with endless women, demonstrates a US government captured by private interests. There is no “public sector.”

These two men using government to serve their interests created the Cold War that almost brought our end in the Cuban Missile Crisis and turned government into the service of private interests. Lincoln had turned domestic policy to the service of private interests, and the Dulles brothers turned foreign policy to the service of private interests.

President John F. Kennedy fired Allen Dulles for trying to sandbag him into supporting the CIA’s Bay of Pigs invasion. It was probably Allen Dulles who plotted the assassination of President Kennedy, and it was Allen Dulles who was appointed to the Warren Commission to cover up Kennedy’s assassination.

Image: Hồ Chí Minh (From the Public Domain)

The Vietnamese nationalist Ho Chi Minh was the next on the list to be turned into a communist threat. Brandishing the “domino theory,” the brothers led us into the Vietnam war. The brothers extraordinary manipulative powers were again demonstrated, but they failed to dislodge Ho, and the brothers experienced the bitterness of defeat.

Their next plot was against President Sukarno of Indonesia, and it also ended in a mess.

The next was the prime minister of Congo, Patrice Lumumba. Again it was the Soviet threat narrative and a Soviet bridgehead in Africa. The CIA had Lumumba murdered in Katanga. Next was the long plot against Castro, elements of which were exposed by the Church Committee hearings in the 1970s.

The brothers were behind much more mischief. Allen created a 14,000 Tibetan army that was crushed by China. Tens of thousands of Tibetans were killed, and the Delai Lama had to flee Tibet. Allen declared his operation a success. It had baited the Chinese into repression and produced propagand value. Just as in Ukraine today, Washington paid thousands of other people’s lives for its propaganda posters.

The CIA had a hand in the Hungarian Revolution crushed by the Soviets. Frank Wisner, the CIA’s man who instigated the Hungarian uprising, never recovered from his realization that Washington never intended any help for the Hungarians. The intent was not Hungary’s freedom but anti-Soviet propaganda at the expense of Hungarian lives.

What began as the removal of obstacles to their law firm’s clients ended in an anti-communist crusade in which the brothers became believers of their own propaganda. Today the revival of this propaganda again positions Washington at sword’s point with Russia and China. Anti-Russian propaganda is so much a part of Washington’s consciousness that it appears to be embedded, continuing to cause foreign policy mistakes and overthrows of countries. Washington’s overthrow of Ukraine has led to an ever-widening war, the consequences of which remain to be seen. The legacy of the brothers might well be nuclear Armageddon.

The official narrative is that the brothers protected us from the Soviet threat. Others see it differently. Diego Rivera’s mural has John Foster Dulles in the center wearing a flak jacket and cruelly grinning. Allen Dulles is sneering with a satchel of dollars hanging from his waist. Eisenhower’s face decorates a bomb. Dead Guatemalan children lie at their feet.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Paul Craig Roberts is a renowned author and academic, chairman of The Institute for Political Economy where this article was originally published. Dr. Roberts was previously associate editor and columnist for The Wall Street Journal. He was Assistant Secretary of the Treasury for Economic Policy during the Reagan Administration. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image source

Important article first publish on September 24, 2019

The 5G danger can’t be overstated. 

5G (5th Generation) is now being actively rolled out in many cities around the world. Simultaneously, as awareness over its horrific health and privacy impacts is rising, many places are issuing moratoriums on it or banning it, such as the entire nation of Belgium, the city of Vaud (Switzerland) and San Francisco (USA). Radiofrequency radiation (RF or RFR) and electromagnetic fields (EMF) are being increasingly recognized as new types of pollution – environmental pollution. Here are 13 reasons exposing the 5G danger, which could turn into an unmitigated health and privacy catastrophe if enough people don’t rise up to stop it.

1. 5G Danger: Hijacking Your Sweat Duct Antennae

The 5G network uses and broadcasts frequencies which affect our sweat ducts, which act as antennae. In other words, our largest organ, the skin, can be influenced and manipulated by 5G. As I reported in this the article 5G and IoT: Total Technological Control Grid Being Rolled Out Fast, scientist Dr. Ben-Ishai exposed the connection between 5G and our body’s sweat ducts in this video:

“[The 5G frequencies] will zap [us] with wavelengths that will interact with the geometrical structure of our skin We found that sweat ducts work like helical antennas … the sweat duct was an integral part of the mechanism for the absorption of energy, electromagnetic, between 75-100 GHz, and that if you changed the character of the sweat duct, i.e. made it work, you could actually change that absorption at some point, and if you could do that you could trace how a person is under stress.

2. 5G Danger: 5G Amplifies EMF Damage via VGCCs

Wireless radiation and EMF scientist Dr. Martin Pall has done groundbreaking research in explaining exactly how EMFs cause premature aging and injury to the human body, including damage to fertility, brains, hearts and even DNA! He pioneered research showing how EMFs activate the body’s VGCCs (Voltage-gated calcium channels) which causes them to release excess calcium ions into the cell. This then leads to nitric oxide (NO) and superoxide which react nearly instantaneously to form peroxynitrite and free radicals. Many studies like this show peroxynitrite damages DNA. Dr. Pall has stated unequivocally that the “5G rollout is absolutely insane.” 

3. 5G Danger: Pulsed Wave Far More Damaging than Continuous Wave Radiation

A significant and unique feature of Smart Meters is that they emit pulsed wave radiation not continuous wave radiation. In other words, they run in start-stop cycles of emitting a burst of EMF then going temporarily inactive. This happens an incredibly high amount of times per day; court documents with testimony from utility companies (like Pacific Gas and Electric Company of California) reveal that smart meters send pulsed waves between 9,600 and 190,000 times per day!

In this 2018 video, Dr. Pall states there are 13 studies which show that pulsed wave EMFs are more active (and dangerous) than continuous wave EMFs. You can read the evidence here.

4. 5G Danger: 5G Promotes Deep EMF Penetration

The main reason why cell or mobile phones are more dangerous for children than adults (apart from the fact that radiation absorption is cumulative over a lifetime) is due to EMF penetration.

 

Dr. Pall writes:

“The industry has also made claims that more conventional microwave frequency EMFs are limited in effect to the outer 1 cm of the body. We know that is not true, however because of the effects deep in the human brain, on the heart and on hormone systems. Perhaps the most important two studies demonstrating effects deep within the body are the studies of Professor Hässig and his colleagues in Switzerland on cataract formation in newborn calves. These two studies clearly show that when pregnant cows are grazing near mobile phone base stations (also called cell phone towers), the calves are born with very greatly increased incidences of cataracts.”

Hässig wrote in his 2009 study:

“Of 253 calves, 79 (32%) had various degrees of nuclear cataract, but only 9 (3.6%) calves had severe nuclear cataract. Results demonstrate a relation between the location of veals calves with nuclear cataracts in the first trimester of gestation and the strength of antennas. The number of antennas within 100 to 199 meters was associated with oxidative stress and there was an association between oxidative stress and the distance to the nearest MPBS (Mobile Phone Base Station).”

5. 5G Danger: 5G is a Weapons System Disguised as a Consumer Convenience

Mark Steele has been very outspoken against 5G and has now been widely interviewed, including by Project Camelot and also by Sacha Stone in his documentary 5G Apocalypse: The Extinction Event. Steele claims that although widespread reports state that 5G is operating in the 24-100 GHz range, it is actually sub-gigahertz (meaning under the GHz threshold, so still measured in MHz). He says 5G is a weapons system like long-range radar, phased array radar and directed energy (DEW was used in 9/11 and various fires like the Paradise fires). He claims that when you examine 5G hardware, it has a dielectric lens which is proof it is a weapons system. Autonomous vehicles can use 5G to shine in mirrors of other drivers (which is so strong and damaging it is equivalent to assault). Mark talks about how 5G is powerful enough to kill babies in wombs. He states:

“5G is a weapons system, nothing more, nothing less. It’s got nothing to do with telecommunications for humans. 5G is a machine to machine connection for autonomous vehicles.”

6. 5G Danger: LA Firefighters Develop Ailments After Being Too Close to Towers

In this video a 25 year veteran firefighter from Los Angeles compares cell towers to cigarettes. He calls for a stop to the cell/mobile phone base stations being built on or near fire stations. Firefighters are not the only ones suffering the effects; it was reported that hundreds of birds fell from the sky in the Netherlands during a 5G test.

7. 5G Danger: Same Frequencies as used for Crowd Dispersal

5G purportedly uses millimeter wave (MMW) frequencies, so called because the frequencies are so high (in the 24-100 GHz range). Since 1 GHz = 1 billion GHz, we are talking about frequencies with very very short wavelength (the distance between the peak of one wave and the next). The distances are so tiny they are measured in millimeters, hence the term millimeter wave. These are the exact same frequencies used by the military for their non-lethal weapons such as Active Denial Systems for crowd dispersal. These weapons have the capacity to cause tremendous injury. Dr. Paul Ben-Ishai said, “If you are unlucky enough to be standing there when it hits you, you will feel like your body is on fire.”

8. 5G Danger: Mutagenic (Causing DNA Damage) and Carcinogenic (Causing Cancer)?

The MMW frequencies of 5G cause mitochondrial DNA damage – which is then passed down generations. 5G is mutagenic. These mutations are inherited by the next generation! This has grave implications for genetic purity. How many people are thinking about this when they can’t stop looking at their screens? This website lists many studies showing the mitochondrial damage that occurs after exposure to EMF radiation.

With mutagenesis usually comes carcinogenesis. In other words, once something is powerful and dangerous enough to cause DNA damage, chances are high it will lead to cancer. Mark Steele says 5G is a class 1 carcinogen, although the WHO (World Health Organization) very conservatively classifies cell phone towers as a class 2b possible carcinogen. It’s important to note, however, that the WHO is an agency of the UN which was set up by the Rockefellers, an illustrious NWO Illuminati family who plan to use the UN as a vehicle to usher in a One World Government.

5G is being rushed out without the proper safety testing done, so we don’t have much data on how 5G specifically causes cancer, but there is an abundance of evidence showing how 2G, 3G and 4G EMFs are implicated in many kinds of cancer, including brain cancer. This website has a good collection of the many studies done.

9. 5G Danger: Phased Array Densification

5G requires significantly more transmitters or broadcasters than earlier generations. It is a plan of massive infrastructure creation, with stations, towers and bases planned to be put almost everywhere, including in the heart of residential neighborhoods. The effects of this kind of densification could be disastrous.

5G is powerful enough to 3D map the inside of your home and other buildings. Mark Steele specifically highlights the 868 MHz frequency, previously used for battlefield interrogations and which can travel with ease through bricks and concrete. He claims this frequency can single out specific people … interesting given all the electronic harassment and gang stalking which occurs against TIs (Targeted Individuals).

5G infrastructure will consist of small phased array antennas shooting out radiation at their targets like a bullet. The rays of microwaves they produce will be strong enough to pass through walls and human bodies. We will be blanketed with this 24/7/365, and what’s worse, the coverage area is slated to be broader than the current 4G, eventually encompassing every square inch of Earth.

10. 5G Danger: Killing All the Insects?

Insects, birds and children are the most vulnerable to 5G due to their body size. Claire Edwards is a former UN staff editor who brought the EMF/5G issue to their attention of UN Secretary General Antonio Guterres. She stated in an anti-5G rally speech in Stockholm:

“It’s interesting to note that in the last 20 years we have lost 80% of our insects. And if we get 5G, we’re going to lose 100% of our insects.  When the insects go, we go too.”

Both insects and 5G need antennas: insects use them, among other things, in their sense of smell, while 5G uses them to propagate waves. Not surprisingly, insects are sensitive to 5G EMF waves; this recent study showed that insects exposed to 5G radiation experienced an increase in their body temperature.

“Studies have shown that the frequencies used by 5G increase the body temperature of insects. This phenomenon was not observed with 4G or WiFi.”

Meanwhile the study Exposure of Insects to Radio-Frequency Electromagnetic Fields from 2 to 120 GHz concludes:

“Future wavelengths of the electromagnetic fields used for the wireless telecommunication systems will decrease and become comparable to the body size of insects and therefore, the absorption of RF-EMFs in insects is expected to increase.”

11. 5G Danger: Space-Based 5G

5G is planned to be an inescapable grid – with plans afoot to beam it down from space! This ties into the Space Fence agenda as I discussed in my article Space Fence: Connecting the Surveillance and Transhumanist Agendas. The organization International Appeal Stop 5G on Earth and in Space writes:

“At least five companies are proposing to provide 5G from space from a combined 20,000 satellites in low- and medium-Earth orbit that will blanket the Earth with powerful, focused, steerable beams. Each satellite will emit millimetre waves with an effective radiated power of up to 5 million watts from thousands of antennas arranged in a phased array.”

It is vital to understand the bigger picture of the grand conspiracy here. All these disruptive and hazardous technologies – 5G, wi-fi, wireless radiation, HAARP, ionospheric heating, geoengineering, GMOs, etc. – are going to be woven into one giant integrated system of surveillance, command and control. Just as one small example, geoengineering involves the spraying of chemtrails loaded with metal particulates – which 5G can use.

12. 5G Danger: Re-Radiation Inside the Body

Way back in 2002, RF researcher Arthur Firstenberg published an analysis of 5G long before the technology was approved. He explained how, due to 5G EM pulses being extremely short and delivered in bursts, they actually replicate inside the body – and end up creating tiny new 5G antennas internally. Firstenberg wrote:

“… when extremely short electromagnetic pulses enter the body, something else happens: the moving charges themselves become little antennas that re-radiate the electromagnetic field and send it deeper into the body …”

“These re-radiated waves are called Brillouin precursors … They become significant when either the power or the phase of the wave changes rapidly enough … This means that the reassurance we are being given – that these millimeter waves are too short to penetrate far into the body – is not true.”

This echoes a previous point made – that 5G penetration is a serious danger.

13. 5G Danger: Insurance Companies Refuse to Underwrite Big Wireless. What Do They Know?

Insurance companies (the most famous of which is Lloyds of London) have made headlines by refusing to insure Big Wireless (the telecommunication corporate conglomerate) against wi-fi and 5G-related illnesses and claims:

“Well, Lloyd’s November 2010 Risk Assessment Team’s Report gives us a solid clue: the report compares these wireless technologies with asbestos, in that the early research on asbestos was “inconclusive” and only later did it become obvious to anyone paying attention that asbestos causes cancer. Keep in mind that Lloyd’s Risk Assessment study of wi-fi was published over 8 [now 9 – Ed.] years ago. Even back then, however, their Risk Assessment Team was smart enough to realize that new evidence just might emerge showing that the various wi-fi frequencies do cause illness.”

Conclusion: 5G Grid Part of Larger Command, Control, Surveillance and Artificial Intelligence (AI) Agenda

5G is qualitatively and quantitatively different to 4G. It is much more than just the next step up from 4G. 5G will not only beam tens to hundreds times more radiation than 4G, but the introduction of MMW technology means a whole new host of hazards. History repeats itself. Just like it took some time for real science to catch up with tobacco/cigarettes, and just like it took some time for real science to catch up with the monstrosity that are GMOs (now rebranded as BioEngineered Foods), so too will real science catch up with 5G. In the meantime, you can expect all sorts of junk science to be put forth to justify it, including misdirections and distractions like only focusing on the thermal effects of wireless (and ignoring the evidence of dangerous non-thermal effects).

Ultimately, 5G is part of the NWO agenda to set up a giant, inescapable command and control grid that eliminates all privacy and allows the manipulators to surveil every single person on the planet all the time. If there was ever a time for activists to step up in the name of freedom, truth, health, privacy and sovereignty, now is the time.

*****

Makia Freeman is the editor of alternative media / independent news site The Freedom Articles and senior researcher at ToolsForFreedom.com, writing on many aspects of truth and freedom, from exposing aspects of the worldwide conspiracy to suggesting solutions for how humanity can create a new system of peace and abundance. Makia is on Steemit and FB.

Sources:

*http://freedom-articles.toolsforfreedom.com/5g-iot-technological-control-grid/

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=VuVtGldYXK4

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kBsUWbUB6PE

*https://www.emfacts.com/2018/08/martin-palls-book-on-5g-is-available-online/

*http://emfsafetynetwork.org/wp-content/uploads/2011/11/PGERFDataOpt-outalternatives_11-1-11-3pm.pdf

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=kBsUWbUB6PE

*https://s3.amazonaws.com/nghl-ntge/pall-to-eu-on-5g-harm-march-2018.pdf

*https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pubmed/19780007

*https://www.ncbi.nlm.nih.gov/pmc/articles/PMC4712174/

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=ol3tAxnNccY

*https://everydayconcerned.net/2019/02/15/5g-is-a-weapons-system-nothing-more-nothing-less-technical-weapons-expert-mark-steele-issues-wake-up-call-to-all-uk-residents-on-5g-led-street-lights-rollout-in-gateshead/

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=s-x_xv6dg9E

*https://thetruthrevolution.net/hundreds-of-birds-fall-from-the-sky-during-5g-test-in-the-netherlands

*https://jnlwp.defense.gov/About/Frequently-Asked-Questions/Active-Denial-System-FAQs/

*https://mdsafetech.org/mitochondrial-effects/

*https://www.powerwatch.org.uk/health/braintumours.asp

*https://www.youtube.com/watch?v=Hayxz_GEha8 (stockholm)

*http://emrabc.ca/?p=15174

*https://www.nature.com/articles/s41598-018-22271-3

*http://freedom-articles.toolsforfreedom.com/space-fence-surveillance-transhumanism/

*https://www.5gspaceappeal.org/the-appeal

*https://www.cellphonetaskforce.org/5g-from-blankets-to-bullets/

*https://principia-scientific.org/lloyds-insurers-refuse-to-cover-5g-wi-fi-illnesses/

  • Posted in English
  • Comments Off on 5G Danger: 13 Reasons 5G Wireless Technology Will Be a Catastrophe for Humanity

German Government Admits There Was No Pandemic

July 20th, 2024 by Baxter Dmitry

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the Translate Website button below the author’s name (only available in desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Global Research Referral Drive: Our Readers Are Our Lifeline

Introductory Note

What is significant is that the German Health authorities based on official data have now been obliged under Freedom of Information to reveal the devastating nature and impacts of the Covid lockdowns imposed on 190 countries, starting March 11, 2020.

Most of the independent studies including those conducted by Global Research have been the object of censorship.

Of Significance,  the official documents of Germany’s Ministry of Health are consistent with the independent reports published in the course of more than 4 years pertaining to the COVID-19 lockdowns, the mandatory wearing of the face mask, and the experimental mRNA vaccines.

Michel Chossudovsky, Global Research, April 4, 2024

 

***

Huge news out of Germany as the federal government have been forced to admit that so-called “conspiracy theorists” were right about everything during the Covid pandemic.

In fact, according to the German government data, there was no pandemic at all, just a tightly choreographed military grade psy-op to brainwash the masses into accepting an experimental vaccine with disastrous consequences.  

These secret German government documents obtained via a Freedom of Information request and subsequent lawsuit have blown the lid of the global elite’s Covid lies and it’s vitally important that as many people as possible are made aware of the truth.

More and more people all over the world are waking up and seeing the global elite for what they always have been: deranged psychopaths hell bent on destruction and domination.

Germany is no different. The German population suffered some of the most brutal lockdowns and vaccine mandates in all of Europe and now the people are rising up and demanding accountability.

Step forward Paul Schreyer and Multipolar magazine who launched a Freedom of Information request and then launched a lawsuit against the German government when they tried every trick in the book to keep the secret documents under lock and key.

As Professor Steven Homburg explains, the results are stunning, and represent total vindication for everyone who dared to question the narrative of lockdowns and mask and vaccine mandates.

The secret government documents – all 2,000 pages of them – reveal that we were right about nearly everything and the so-called “pandemic” was all fraud.

These facts are damning and prove the official narrative about Covid, pushed by world governments and mainstream media, is completely bogus.

Which makes the tyranny we experienced during the so-called pandemic even harder to swallow, as Professor Homburg explains.

The data also reveals that Sweden, which was the only European country free of masks and lockdowns, performed much better than Germany. Which raises the question, what were the tyrannical lockdowns and mandates really about?

Professor Homburg has the answer – and as it turns out, we were right all along.

Breaking down vaccine hesitancy through brutal lockdowns was always the goal of the global elite. Unfortunately, for those who did not see through the psy-op at the time, the health consequences are dire. Serious questions must be asked.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the bad news doesn’t end there. Japanese researchers have linked Covid vaccines to hundreds of diseases.

While a new study out of the US has found that those who have been vaccinated and boosted can expect to meet their maker far sooner than they would have expected.

A disturbing new study has revealed that people who have been “fully vaccinated” with Covid mRNA injections can expect to lose a staggering 25 years from their life expectancy.

Researchers analyzed data from the CDC, Cleveland Clinic Data, and insurance company risk assessment data and uncovered a disturbing trend of plummeting life expediencies among those who had multiple doses of mRNA.

Unfortunately for the vaxxed, the news gets even worse. The chronic damage to health caused by each dose of mRNA does not lessen over time, as previously believed.

In reality, the negative health effects appear to continue indefinitely.

According to the researchers, CDC All-Cause Mortality data reveals that each jab increased mortality by 7% in the year 2022 compared to the mortality in 2021.

This means that people who have had 5 doses – that’s two doses and three boosters – were 35% more likely to die in 2022 than they were in 2021.

Correlating with the German information, the study also confirmed that people who are not vaccinated were no more likely to die in 2022 than in 2021.

These numbers are damning. But anybody paying attention can see that something is very wrong with the vaccinated. They are dropping like flies with heart problems and turbo cancer all over the world.

Professional athletes are supposed to be among the healthiest people on the planet but in the past few years thousands have collapsed with sudden and inexplicable heart conditions.

Fully vaccinated professional athletes are continuing to drop like flies, with four professional soccer players have collapsed suddenly, clutching their hearts, in the last week alone.

Egyptian star Ahmed Refeat became the third professional soccer play to suffer cardiac arrest in front of live TV cameras, with doctors later admitting they “hadn’t seen something like this before.”

Orlando Pirates midfielder Makhelene Makhaula was the second football star to collapse on the field this week, as medical staff were seen desperately attempting to revive the South African star.

Listen as the stunned announcer admits, in his own words, that footballers are dropping like flies all over the world since the vaccine roll out.

On Sunday in the Argentinian top flight, Estudiantes’ Javier Altamirano suffered a seizure and collapsed suddenly in the big match against Boca Juniors, one of the biggest clubs in South America.

It’s not just professional athletes dropping like flies. People from all walks of life, including popular social media influencers, are being struck down with heart conditions and rare forms of cancer at unprecedented rates.

An ethical media would be highlighting these incidents on the front pages, putting their resources into investigating why so many young and healthy people are suffering from cardiac arrests, strokes, and rare forms of cancer.

Instead, the media is attempting to normalize the phenomenon and convince you that professional athletes and young people having heart attacks is par for the course.

However, anybody capable of independent thought understands this situation is far from normal.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Baxter Dmitry is a writer at The People’s Voice. He covers politics, business and entertainment. Speaking truth to power since he learned to talk, Baxter has travelled in over 80 countries and won arguments in every single one. Live without fear.
Email: [email protected]

Featured image is from TPV


The Worldwide Corona Crisis, Global Coup d’Etat Against Humanity

by Michel Chossudovsky

Michel Chossudovsky reviews in detail how this insidious project “destroys people’s lives”. He provides a comprehensive analysis of everything you need to know about the “pandemic” — from the medical dimensions to the economic and social repercussions, political underpinnings, and mental and psychological impacts.

“My objective as an author is to inform people worldwide and refute the official narrative which has been used as a justification to destabilize the economic and social fabric of entire countries, followed by the imposition of the “deadly” COVID-19 “vaccine”. This crisis affects humanity in its entirety: almost 8 billion people. We stand in solidarity with our fellow human beings and our children worldwide. Truth is a powerful instrument.”

Reviews

This is an in-depth resource of great interest if it is the wider perspective you are motivated to understand a little better, the author is very knowledgeable about geopolitics and this comes out in the way Covid is contextualized. —Dr. Mike Yeadon

In this war against humanity in which we find ourselves, in this singular, irregular and massive assault against liberty and the goodness of people, Chossudovsky’s book is a rock upon which to sustain our fight. –Dr. Emanuel Garcia

In fifteen concise science-based chapters, Michel traces the false covid pandemic, explaining how a PCR test, producing up to 97% proven false positives, combined with a relentless 24/7 fear campaign, was able to create a worldwide panic-laden “plandemic”; that this plandemic would never have been possible without the infamous DNA-modifying Polymerase Chain Reaction test – which to this day is being pushed on a majority of innocent people who have no clue. His conclusions are evidenced by renown scientists. —Peter Koenig 

Professor Chossudovsky exposes the truth that “there is no causal relationship between the virus and economic variables.” In other words, it was not COVID-19 but, rather, the deliberate implementation of the illogical, scientifically baseless lockdowns that caused the shutdown of the global economy. –David Skripac

A reading of  Chossudovsky’s book provides a comprehensive lesson in how there is a global coup d’état under way called “The Great Reset” that if not resisted and defeated by freedom loving people everywhere will result in a dystopian future not yet imagined. Pass on this free gift from Professor Chossudovsky before it’s too late.  You will not find so much valuable information and analysis in one place. –Edward Curtin

ISBN: 978-0-9879389-3-0,  Year: 2022,  PDF Ebook,  Pages: 164, 15 Chapters

Price: $11.50 FREE COPY! Click here (docsend) and download.

You may also access the online version of the e-Book by clicking here.

We encourage you to support the eBook project by making a donation through Global Research’s DonorBox “Worldwide Corona Crisis” Campaign Page

 

A London reporter writes in WSJ that the assassination attempt on Trump, coming after Biden’s “stumbles” during the recent presidential debate, has pushed the superpower to enter “an unusually turbulent and unpredictable period, prompting allies to question its reliability and foes to gloat.”

First published on July 17, 2024

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

***

As a foe of US imperialist foreign policy, not of “America” (my husband is American and my children, like so many other children in the US, are hyphenated Americans), I am not gloating at the sorry spectacle the US election “turbulence” is parading before the world. Rather, I am ashamed. And more importantly, I am aghast at US obliviousness that any gloating that may be taking place, especially in the Global South, is entirely of its own making.

“There is no place in America for this kind of violence,” Biden said. It is well known, however, that the US believes there is a place for “this kind of violence” other than in America. The United States, often through the CIA, has been involved in various coups and assassinations in the Global South. These actions have had profound and lasting impacts on the region.

Let’s count some of them. I’ll start with Venezuela, because, just as in America, the country is undergoing presidential elections there currently, and a CNN headline in World/Americas (July 14, 2024) links the US elections and the Venezuelan elections thus: Why a fair election in Venezuela could change the fate of millions of migrants — and Joe Biden.

CNN writes that the political crisis in Venezuela that produced millions of migrants was caused by “a crash in the price of oil — a key export for Venezuela — combined with chronic corruption and mismanagement at the hands of government officials.” Today, the conventional wisdom in US media is that Nicolás Maduro (United Socialist Party) faces an uphill election battle “after leading Venezuela into crisis.” The US actively supports Venezuelan Western-leaning opposition presidential candidate Edmundo González and wishes to “ease” Maduro and his cohorts out under the banner of “democracy and the rule of law” — i.e., “fair elections.”

By “fair elections” CNN means elections as influenced by US foreign policy. In 2019, The US supported efforts to oust Maduro, including backing opposition leader Juan Guaidó.

In contrast to the above, Al Mayadeen coverage of the Venezuelan elections explains that the United Nations has sent four of its electoral experts to Venezuela to compile a report on the voting there and that Maduro signed in June a document with several candidates to respect the outcome of the election.

The Al Mayadeen report goes on to say,

“The Venezuelan people trust President Maduro because he belongs to the school of thought and principles of the late President Hugo Chavez and represents a symbol of continuity in the Bolivarian Revolution… It is noteworthy that Maduro’s 2018 reelection was rejected as ‘illegitimate’ by most Western countries.”

And shockingly:

“Last week, a Colombian paramilitary group announced in a video that Venezuela’s far-right reached out to them requesting they assassinate Maduro. The incumbent president had previously accused the United States and the Venezuelan opposition of seeking to manipulate the results of the election and destabilize the country.”

US foreign policy has no problem with instigating political violence (aka terrorism if we are to speak plainly) in the Global South. In Bolivia in 2019, the resignation of President Evo Morales was followed by U.S. involvement in the political upheaval that led to his departure. A couple of weeks ago, Bolivia weathered a coup attempt and US media is speculating as to “Why Bolivia Descended Into Yet Another Coup Attempt.”

Well, here are clues as to possibly why:

— In Guatemala (1954): The CIA orchestrated a coup to overthrow President Jacobo Árbenz, who had implemented land reforms that threatened U.S. business interests.

— In Brazil (1964): The U.S. supported a military coup that overthrew President João Goulart, who was perceived as leaning towards communism.

— In Chile (1973): The U.S. supported the military coup led by General Augusto Pinochet, which ousted democratically elected President Salvador Allende.

— In Congo (1960): The CIA was involved in the assassination of Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba, who was seen as a threat to Western interests.

The list of US involvement in such political violence goes on to include Nicaragua, El Salvador, Panama, the Philippines, Vietnam, Laos, Cambodia, and Korea. The U.S. justified these actions as necessary to combat the spread of communism and protect American interests, but they had significant and often devastating impacts on the affected countries.

Needless to say, when it comes to the Middle East, American hubris, double standards, and meddling for purely selfish reasons know no bounds and have been an unmitigated disaster for people there.

—In the West Bank and Gaza in 2006, the Bush administration and its allies undid the results of democratic elections that ushered a Hamas government.

— In Iran in 1953, the CIA, along with British intelligence, orchestrated a coup to overthrow Prime Minister Mohammad Mossadegh, who had nationalized the oil industry.

— In Iraq in 1963, the CIA played a role in the coup that brought the Ba’ath Party to power, which eventually led to Saddam Hussein’s rise. The US provided lists of suspected communists to the Ba’athists, who then executed many of them. In 2003, the US-led invasion of Iraq resulted in the overthrow of Saddam Hussein leading to regime change.

— In Libya in 2011, the US, along with NATO allies, played a crucial role in the military intervention in Libya, which led to the overthrow and death of Muammar Gaddafi.

— In Syria in 1949: The CIA supported a coup that overthrew the democratically elected government of President Shukri al-Quwatli. This was primarily to secure American and Western oil interests. Today, US involvement in internal Syrian politics include hostilities against Iranian-backed militia groups supporting Syrian President Bashar al-Assad’s embattled regime, without explicit congressional authorization or any clear military objective beyond deterring future attacks.

In the meantime, U.S. taxpayers continue to pay for the hundreds of U.S. military bases scattered around the world, many of them unwelcome, and the double standard the US exercises in and outside America is appalling.

For fear of inciting more violence in the US, for example, Democrats are no longer allowed to talk about Trump as “posing an existential threat to democracy.” On the other hand, in accepting Israel’s Jewish supremacist narrative that Palestinian armed struggle for liberation poses an existential threat to Jews (i.e. it is antisemitic and not liberationist in nature), the US incites Israeli violence against Palestinians and provides Israel with the wherewithal to commit genocide against them in Gaza.

A glimmer of hope may be on the horizon, however. What’s happening in Palestine and the Ukraine is challenging the unipolar dominance of the United States and significantly influencing the shift towards a multipolar world order.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

This article was originally published on the author’s Medium.

Rima Najjar is a Palestinian whose father’s side of the family comes from the forcibly depopulated village of Lifta on the western outskirts of Jerusalem and whose mother’s side of the family is from Ijzim, south of Haifa. She is an activist, researcher, and retired professor of English literature, Al-Quds University, occupied West Bank.

She is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image: AI-generated 4th of July photo (Source: Rima Najjar)

Give Truth a Chance. Secure Your Access to Unchained News, Donate to Global Research.

***

[Incisive article by Peter Koenig first published by Global Research on June 14, 2023

DARPA Neurologist and Chief of the Neuroethics Studies Program at Georgetown University, Washington DC, Dr. James Giordano, who is also a weapons expert, started his presentation at West Point NY Military Academy by saying, “The brain is and will be the 21st Century battlefield. End of story.” 

DARPA stands for Defense Advanced Research Projects Agency, a Pentagon thinktank.

Dr. Giordano talks about how Directed Energy can be and is being weaponized. Individuals’ brains can be targeted by microwaves, the type of 5G and soon to come 6G, of which you see antennas growing like mushrooms all over the word.

They tell you, it is to make your internet, and ever more sophisticated computers and smart phones faster, with more outreach capacity – and to help advance digitization.

This may all be true to some extent, but the real reason behind these microwave towers is to target YOU, the individual.

Why? From other sources we know that the Fourth Industrial Revolution is in full implementation.

Klaus Schwab, eternal CEO of the World Economic Forum (WEF), published his book, “Shaping the Fourth Industrial Revolution”, already in 2018.

In it he writes about such significant topics as Embedding Values in Technologies; The Internet of Things; Data Ethics; Artificial Intelligence and Robotics; and a special chapter on “Altering the Human Being”.

In this chapter, Schwab addresses biotechnologies, and neurotechnologies, transhumanism – precisely the science that Dr. Giordano was talking about in 2018 at the West Point Military Academy, and which is in full implementation.

If we connect the dots, we realize that the “Brain as the Battlefield of the Future” is NOW and that we were warned way ahead. According to Dr. Giordano, the science of neurotechnologies has started some 40 years ago and he, Giordano, has been part of it for at least 35 years. Therefore, warnings have been all over the place, at the latest by Klaus Schwab’s “Fourth Industrial Revolution” (available from Amazon).

The Death Cult has again given people warnings, according to its “rules” – way ahead of time, so, They may be successful.

Why is it, that we never take note of such warnings?

Because we do not believe in so much built-in evil in humanity? Or, because we do not want to leave our “comfort zone”, our dystopian view of a “safe world”? They know it. And we MUST break that boundary between comfort and reality. If not, we are doomed.

“If you are targeted there is virtually nothing you can do,” says William Binney, ex-NSA Technical Director and whistleblower. The NSA is the US National Security Agency, one of 15 US Intelligence Agencies.

If you want a lead-demonstrator to stop demonstrating, you target his brain with ultra-shortwaves.

We by now know them as 5G. You make them depressed, so they do not want to demonstrate anymore; you make them suicidal and the problem is resolved. You do this as many times as you want and create an ambiance of depression. These are paraphrased words of Barry Trower, ex-MI5 Microwave scientist and whistleblower.

Mr. Trower adds, that low-level micro-waves can cause all sorts of cancers and leukemias and further elaborates that for the past 40 years or so the UK Government, plus basically all the Anglosaxon governments, have been lying to their people, to protect not only the high-flying profits of these “industries of death”, but perhaps more importantly for not divulging the evil objective of total surveillance and enslavement that they have planned.

Today, we gradually see what this “plan” entails.

Through “Electronic Telepathy”, Trower adds, we are able to monitor the brain. If at one point, technology foresaw that tiny, hardly visible chip-implants were necessary in the brain to be able to electronically access individuals’ thinking – hence the highly magnetic graphene oxide in many of the covid vaxx-injections – this may no longer be necessary.

In other words, we are all vulnerable – vaxxed or unvaxxed – to mind interference through the worldwide coverage of 5G shortwaves. And the worst is, we may not even notice when it “hits” us.

Mind manipulations may take many forms. One of them is that people physically hear voices – it is not that people are imagining voices, but they can physically hear voices… it can be anything, anything you want to hear, or you are scared to hear, angelic voices or diabolical voices; to repeat the words of neuroscientists.

This technology may have been applied to the US Embassy personnel in Havana, first reported by US and Canadian Embassy staff in Havana, Cuba. The so-called Havana Syndrome, of 2016. This may be a cluster of idiopathic symptoms experienced mostly abroad by U.S. government officials and military personnel. The symptoms range in severity from pain and ringing in the ears to cognitive dysfunction.

The Havana Syndrome has apparently now also been reported by US Embassy staff in China.

DARPA let a couple of contracts in 2011 / 2012 with the University of California for what is called “electronic telepathy”, to be able to monitor the brains of people at distance and to determine what they are thinking.

Under a separate contract the university was to investigate sending in signals to the brain of a person, literally sending them messages saying what they must think – and do. This is where the technology is today.

This could be used in your private life, as well as your professional life. It means, already today, they could make you do and behave as whatever they would like. They could make you a murderer, a cheater or just simply obedient to orders that may follow.

To repeat: “What you must know is that the brain is and will be the 21st Century’s battlefield”, says Dr. James Giordano, DARPA neurologist, during his talk at the Modern War Institute at West Point NY.

It is important to remember, especially since we should pay more attention to our surroundings, to people’s behavior, than what we are used to. We may deduct many lessons. So, that we may continue and expanding the field of connecting the dots.

In the video below, you will see a chart, indicating that Neuroscience, Neurotechnology in the Narcotics and Special Investigation Division (NSID), part of DARPA, has been “Valid, valuable and already in NSID use since 2014.”

The technology could be used to prompt you to commit mass murder. Are some of the “sudden and unexpected” school and shopping mall mass shootings are triggered by such mechanisms?

This is a distinct possibility, because in most cases the shooter is not apprehended and brought to justice, but immediately killed on the scene by the police, lest he might recall what happened to him and divulge the secret in court, the NSID use of the brain as a battlefield. In most cases the police simply say the “culprit” was know to the police, and / or had already a police record. This is to disguise you from thinking further.

Why are they doing it? They, being the “monsters”, which cannot easily be called humans.

To create terror, constant fear, to keep you on your toes. To get you used to terror and violence, as worse, much worse is to come, if they have their way. And we just comply, become depressed and passive, instead of rebelling in unison and Peace, but strongly rejecting the dominion of a few over us, the many.

Curiously, the Fourth Industrial Revolution does not give one single valid reason why all digitization, transhumanism, total control of humanity is good for humanity and for Mother Earth; nor does the Great Reset, nor does UN Agenda 2030.

We must stop this abuse of humanity, the human enslavement for the benefit of a few. For example, we can do so, among other actions, by collectively and in solidarity disabling the 5G / 6G antennas; by staying away as much as possible from vaxxes, from medication altering your brain activities, like causing depression, and extreme cheerfulness. Stay away from mainstream medication and especially from short-wave antennas.

Remember, scared people are easier manipulated. And that is one of the end goals, to manipulate you according to their will.

The DARPA expert, Giordano, who is also a prominent scientist in the US Health and Human Service Department – that speaks for itself – also talks about non-invasive technologies, such as the so-called “N3 Program”, the neurosurgical, neuromodulation and narcotics program.

“The idea is to put minimal size electrodes in your brain, for only minimal intervention to be able to read and write into the brain function. In real time. Remotely….. influencing in ways that are kinetic and non-kinetic the attitudes, believes, thoughts, emotions, activities; look at the power and tools that brain sciences afford.”

This was the level of science in 2018, when Dr. Giordano gave his infamous speech at West Point. In the meantime, neuroscience has leaped forward, so that implants are no longer necessary.

Ex-MI5 Microwave scientist, Barry Tower, explains how they destroy a targeted individual. He says,

“If you want to cause a specific psychiatric illness, you would have the microwave beam always target a specific gland, or a specific part of the brain, or an eye, or a heart…” And there is nothing you can do. “If that doesn’t work, they can always send the FBI, take a photo, and then take you out in other ways.”

Intelligence communities, even those within governments, with the help of their algorithm-assisted surveillance tools, become so powerful that they escape the boundaries of the state for which they are working, become independent, and control the state that should control them.

We are moving in warp speed towards a Nazi-Stasi State which we see coming, but are incapable of doing anything against it, because we are not connected with each other, we are kept apart as individuals, with our little individual advantages and special treats – keeping us on individual leashes, purposefully away from uniting with others.

“Stasi” – for those, too young to remember, is a colloquial term to describe the East-German Ministry of State Security.

This affects not only the United States, but countries all around the world, especially the western world, which is still intent to remain THE Empire, emerging into a One World Order (OWO).

This can happen only with (i) a massively reduced population, to reduce resistance; (ii) with a scared-to-death population; and eventually, (iii) with the survivors transformed into easily manipulable transhumans.

How that works has very eloquently been demonstrated in the video above. Below is a summary version but equally explicit (23 min. video).

Is that the future that awaits us?

It sure looks like it, especially since most people, maybe as many as 99.999% of the people, have no clue, and are totally vulnerable but, as such, perfect guinea pigs for trials, to perfect their “brain battlefield”, so to speak.

This is not a life worth living. But suicide is not the answer. To the contrary, stepping out from under this diabolical system, being openly promoted by the World Economic Forum (WEF) with “The Great Reset”; WHO, with the international QR code-based vaxx and travel certificate enslavement; and the United Nations Agenda 2030, that may be read at par with The Great Reset.

The UN, what you may least believe, the UN with their Agenda 2030, with targets and goals virtually identical with the WEF’s Reset, has ceased to be what we all believe it is and what it was supposedly created for – supporting and enabling World Peace.

This cessation of “Peace Maker” of the UN system has started gradually, already decades ago. In fact, as far back as the Club of Rome’s “Limits of Growth” (1972), when inspired by the Rockefeller Brothers, the UN was to gradually follow the Limits of Growth agenda which had to do with massive depopulation and – yes, climate change.

A corner stone of change was the first United Nations Conference on Environment and Development (UNCED), also known as the ‘Earth Summit’, in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil, in June 1992. From then on followed almost on an annual basis the infamous UN sponsored COP conferences (COP – Conference of the Parties).

The last one, COP27, took place in November 2022 in Egypt. The annual repetition of COPs is a well-studied method of social brainwashing, manipulation à la Tavistock – has worked wonders. It is today hard to find anybody under the common people, who does not believe in the CO2-emitting man-made climate change. No matter what evidence to the contrary is produced.

The UN sell-out to a corrupt elite has taken a visible and giant step forward with the beginning of the Decade 2020, i.e., with the UN Agenda 2030. All of this must first sink into the brain of most people, before we can even start resisting and move into another sphere of vibration.

However, like with everything spiritual and dynamic, once a critical mass has started with critical thinking the move into the Light may be fast.

Moving into the Light is what is predicted for 2023 / 2024. In no ways should this prediction be taken as a “lean-back” and watch-what-happens encouragement. To be FREE is only a right, if we defend it and fight for it. Let us not leave cracks for diabolical seduction.

Before we can step out, we must recognize these diabolical “Illuminati” methods and stand up in unison against them.

This writing is about spreading this information on the brain as the ongoing and next battlefield”. Many will find it so off their current-thinking matrix, they will just shake their heads in disbelief, or calling such facts and news “misinformation”. Many of us, have been there. It does not matter. We must continue the offense with the truth.

The field of those who start thinking on their own, is growing; of those who come to the same conclusions, that we are being enslaved by a small but powerful elite, and the evidence that it is high time to escape this enslavement, is overwhelming.

Indeed, the era where our brain is the next battlefield needs to be fought against with all our vigor.

We do not want battlefields of any kind. We want PEACE.

*

Note to readers: Please click the share button above. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Peter Koenig is a geopolitical analyst and a former Senior Economist at the World Bank and the World Health Organization (WHO), where he worked for over 30 years around the world. He lectures at universities in the US, Europe and South America. He writes regularly for online journals and is the author of Implosion – An Economic Thriller about War, Environmental Destruction and Corporate Greed; and co-author of Cynthia McKinney’s book “When China Sneezes: From the Coronavirus Lockdown to the Global Politico-Economic Crisis” (Clarity Press – November 1, 2020).

Peter is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). He is also a non-resident Senior Fellow of the Chongyang Institute of Renmin University, Beijing.

Featured image is from the US Army

All Global Research articles can be read in 51 languages by activating the “Translate Website” drop down menu on the top banner of our home page (Desktop version).

To receive Global Research’s Daily Newsletter (selected articles), click here.

Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

[This article was first published by GR on July 7, 2022.]

***

“And thus it renders more and more evident the great central fact that the cause of the miserable condition of the working class is to be sought, not in these minor grievances, but in the capitalistic system itself.” Friedrich Engels, The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845) (preface to the English Edition, p.36)  

The IMF and World Bank have for decades pushed a policy agenda based on cuts to public services, increases in taxes paid by the poorest and moves to undermine labour rights and protections.

IMF ‘structural adjustment’ policies have resulted in 52% of Africans lacking access to healthcare and 83% having no safety nets to fall back on if they lose their job or become sick. Even the IMF has shown that neoliberal policies fuel poverty and inequality.

In 2021, an Oxfam review of IMF COVID-19 loans showed that 33 African countries were encouraged to pursue austerity policies. The world’s poorest countries are due to pay $43 billion in debt repayments in 2022, which could otherwise cover the costs of their food imports.

Oxfam and Development Finance International (DFI) have also revealed that 43 out of 55 African Union member states face public expenditure cuts totalling $183 billion over the next five years.

According to Prof Michel Chossudovsky of the Centre for Research on Globalization, the closure of the world economy (March 11, 2020 Lockdown imposed on more than 190 countries) has triggered an unprecedented process of global indebtedness. Governments are now under the control of global creditors in the post-COVID era.

What we are seeing is a de facto privatisation of the state as governments capitulate to the needs of Western financial institutions.

Moreover, these debts are largely dollar-denominated, helping to strengthen the US dollar and US leverage over countries.

It raises the question: what was COVID really about?

Millions have been asking that question since lockdowns and restrictions began in early 2020. If it was indeed about public health, why close down the bulk of health services and the global economy knowing full well what the massive health, economic and debt implications would be?

Why mount a military-style propaganda campaign to censor world-renowned scientists and terrorise entire populations and use the full force and brutality of the police to ensure compliance?

These actions were wholly disproportionate to any risk posed to public health, especially when considering the way ‘COVID death’ definitions and data were often massaged and how PCR tests were misused to scare populations into submission.

Prof Fabio Vighi of Cardiff University implies we should have been suspicious from the start when the usually “unscrupulous ruling elites” froze the global economy in the face of a pathogen that targets almost exclusively the unproductive (the over 80s).

COVID was a crisis of capitalism masquerading as a public health emergency.

Capitalism  

Capitalism needs to keep expanding into or creating new markets to ensure the accumulation of capital to offset the tendency for the general rate of profit to fall. The capitalist needs to accumulate capital (wealth) to be able to reinvest it and make further profits. By placing downward pressure on workers’ wages, the capitalist extracts sufficient surplus value to be able to do this.

But when the capitalist is unable to sufficiently reinvest (due to declining demand for commodities, a lack of investment opportunities and markets, etc), wealth (capital) over accumulates, devalues and the system goes into crisis. To avoid crisis, capitalism requires constant growth, markets and sufficient demand.

According to writer Ted Reese, the capitalist rate of profit has trended downwards from an estimated 43% in the 1870s to 17% in the 2000s. Although wages and corporate taxes have been slashed, the exploitability of labour was increasingly insufficient to meet the demands of capital accumulation.

By late 2019, many companies could not generate sufficient profit. Falling turnover, limited cashflows and highly leveraged balance sheets were prevalent.

Economic growth was weakening in the run up to the massive stock market crash in February 2020, which saw trillions more pumped into the system in the guise of ‘COVID relief’.

To stave off crisis up until that point, various tactics had been employed.

Credit markets were expanded and personal debt increased to maintain consumer demand as workers’ wages were squeezed. Financial deregulation occurred and speculative capital was allowed to exploit new areas and investment opportunities. At the same time, stock buy backs, the student debt economy, quantitative easing and massive bail outs and subsidies and an expansion of militarism helped to maintain economic growth.

There was also a ramping up of an imperialist strategy that has seen indigenous systems of production abroad being displaced by global corporations and states pressurised to withdraw from areas of economic activity, leaving transnational players to occupy the space left open.

While these strategies produced speculative bubbles and led to an overevaluation of assets and increased both personal and government debt, they helped to continue to secure viable profits and returns on investment.

But come 2019, former governor of the Bank of England Mervyn King warned that the world was sleepwalking towards a fresh economic and financial crisis that would have devastating consequences. He argued that the global economy was stuck in a low growth trap and recovery from the crisis of 2008 was weaker than that after the Great Depression.

King concluded that it was time for the Federal Reserve and other central banks to begin talks behind closed doors with politicians.

That is precisely what happened as key players, including BlackRock, the world’s most powerful investment fund, got together to work out a strategy going forward. This took place in the lead up to COVID.

Aside from deepening the dependency of poorer countries on Western capital, Fabio Vighi says lockdowns and the global suspension of economic transactions allowed the US Fed to flood the ailing financial markets (under the guise of COVID) with freshly printed money while shutting down the real economy to avoid hyperinflation. Lockdowns suspended business transactions, which drained the demand for credit and stopped the contagion.

COVID provided cover for a multi-trillion-dollar bailout for the capitalist economy that was in meltdown prior to COVID. Despite a decade or more of ‘quantitative easing’, this new bailout came in the form of trillions of dollars pumped into financial markets by the US Fed (in the months prior to March 2020) and subsequent ‘COVID relief’.

The IMF, World bank and global leaders knew full well what the impact on the world’s poor would be of closing down the world economy through COVID-related lockdowns.

Yet they sanctioned it and there is now the prospect that in excess of a quarter of a billion more people worldwide will fall into extreme levels of poverty in 2022 alone.

In April 2020, the Wall Street Journal stated the IMF and World Bank faced a deluge of aid requests from scores of poorer countries seeking bailouts and loans from financial institutions with $1.2 trillion to lend.

In addition to helping to reboot the financial system, closing down the global economy deliberately deepened poorer countries’ dependency on Western global conglomerates and financial interests.

Lockdowns also helped accelerate the restructuring of capitalism that involves smaller enterprises being driven to bankruptcy or bought up by monopolies and global chains, thereby ensuring continued viable profits for Big Tech, the digital payments giants and global online corporations like Meta and Amazon and the eradication of millions of jobs.

Although the effects of the conflict in Ukraine cannot be dismissed, with the global economy now open again, inflation is rising and causing a ‘cost of living’ crisis. With a debt-ridden economy, there is limited scope for rising interest rates to control inflation.

But this crisis is not inevitable: current inflation is not only induced by the liquidity injected into the financial system but also being fuelled by speculation in food commodity markets and corporate greed as energy and food corporations continue to rake in vast profits at the expense of ordinary people.

Resistance  

However, resistance is fertile.

Aside from the many anti-restriction/pro-freedom rallies during COVID, we are now seeing a more strident trade unionism coming to the fore – in Britain at least – led by media savvy leaders like Mick Lynch, general secretary of the National Union of Rail, Maritime and Transport Workers (RMT), who know how to appeal to the public and tap into widely held resentment against soaring cost of living rises.

Teachers, health workers and others could follow the RMT into taking strike action.

Lynch says that millions of people in Britain face lower living standards and the stripping out of occupational pensions. He adds:

“COVID has been a smokescreen for the rich and powerful in this country to drive down wages as far as they can.”

Just like a decade of imposed ‘austerity’ was used to achieve similar results in the lead up to COVID.

The trade union movement should now be taking a leading role in resisting the attack on living standards and further attempts to run-down state-provided welfare and privatise what remains.

The strategy to wholly dismantle and privatise health and welfare services seems increasingly likely given the need to rein in (COVID-related) public debt and the trend towards AI, workplace automisation and worklessness.

This is a real concern because, following the logic of capitalism, work is a condition for the existence of the labouring classes. So, if a mass labour force is no longer deemed necessary, there is no need for mass education, welfare and healthcare provision and systems that have traditionally served to reproduce and maintain labour that capitalist economic activity has required.

In 2019, Philip Alston, the UN rapporteur on extreme poverty, accused British government ministers of the “systematic immiseration of a significant part of the British population” in the decade following the 2008 financial crash.

Alston stated:

“As Thomas Hobbes observed long ago, such an approach condemns the least well off to lives that are ‘solitary, poor, nasty, brutish, and short’. As the British social contract slowly evaporates, Hobbes’ prediction risks becoming the new reality.”

Post-COVID, Alston’s words carry even more weight.

As this article draws to a close, news is breaking that Boris Johnson has resigned as prime minister. A remarkable PM if only for his criminality, lack of moral foundation and double standards – also applicable to many of his cronies in government.

With this in mind, let’s finish where we began.

“I have never seen a class so deeply demoralised, so incurably debased by selfishness, so corroded within, so incapable of progress, as the English bourgeoisie…

For it nothing exists in this world, except for the sake of money, itself not excluded. It knows no bliss save that of rapid gain, no pain save that of losing gold.

In the presence of this avarice and lust of gain, it is not possible for a single human sentiment or opinion to remain untainted.” Friedrich Engels, The Condition of the Working Class in England (1845), p.275

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Renowned author Colin Todhunter specialises in development, food and agriculture. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG) in Montreal.

The author receives no payment from any media outlet or organization for his work. If you appreciated this article, consider sending a few coins his way: [email protected] 

Featured image is from Red Voice Media


Read Colin Todhunter’s e-Book entitled

Food, Dispossession and Dependency. Resisting the New World Order

We are currently seeing an acceleration of the corporate consolidation of the entire global agri-food chain. The high-tech/big data conglomerates, including Amazon, Microsoft, Facebook and Google, have joined traditional agribusiness giants, such as Corteva, Bayer, Cargill and Syngenta, in a quest to impose their model of food and agriculture on the world.

The Bill and Melinda Gates Foundation is also involved (documented in ‘Gates to a Global Empire‘ by Navdanya International), whether through buying up huge tracts of farmland, promoting a much-heralded (but failed) ‘green revolution’ for Africa, pushing biosynthetic food and genetic engineering technologies or more generally facilitating the aims of the mega agri-food corporations.

Click here to read.

 

In commemoration of JFK’s assassination, we repost this article by Edward Curtin that was first published by GR on November 22, 2021. Updated on November 22, 2023.

***

 

 

 

What is the truth, and where did it go?
Ask Oswald and Ruby, they oughta know
“Shut your mouth,” said the wise old owl
Business is business, and it’s a murder most foul

Don’t worry, Mr. President
Help’s on the way
Your brothers are coming, there’ll be hell to pay
Brothers? What brothers? What’s this about hell?
Tell them, “We’re waiting, keep coming”
We’ll get them as well

– Bob Dylan, Murder Most Foul

 

Why President Kennedy was publicly murdered by the CIA sixty years ago has never been more important.  All pseudo-debates to the contrary – including the numerous and growing claims that it was not the U.S. national security state but the Israelis that assassinated the president, which exonerates the CIA – the truth about the assassination has long been evident.  There is nothing to debate unless one is some sort of intelligence operative, has an obsession, or is out to make a name or a buck.  I suggest that all those annual JFK conferences in Dallas should finally end, but my guess is that they will be rolling along for many more decades.  To make an industry out of a tragedy is wrong.  And these conferences are so often devoted to examining and debating minutiae that are a distraction from the essential truth. 

As for the corporate mainstream media, they will never admit the truth but will continue as long as necessary to titillate the public with lies, limited hangouts, and sensational non-sequiturs.  To do otherwise would require admitting that they have long been complicit in falsely reporting the crime and the endless coverup.  That they are arms of the CIA and NSA.

The Cold War, endless other wars, and the nuclear threat John Kennedy worked so hard to end have today been inflamed to a fever pitch by U.S. leaders in thrall to the forces that killed the president. President Joseph Biden, like all the presidents that followed Kennedy, is JFK’s opposite, an unrepentant war-monger, not only in Ukraine with the U.S. war against Russia and the U.S. nuclear first-strike policy, but throughout the world – the Middle-East, Africa, Syria, Iran, and on and on, including the push for war with China. 

Nowhere is this truer than with the U.S. support for the current Israeli genocide of the Palestinians in Gaza, a slaughter also supported by Robert Kennedy, Jr., who, ironically, is campaigning for the presidency on the coattails of JFK and his father Senator Robert F. Kennedy, who would be appalled by his unequivocal support for the Israeli government.  By such support and his silence as the slaughter in Gaza continues, RFK, Jr. is, contrary his other expressed opinions, supporting a wide range of war-related matters that involve the U.S.- Israel alliance, which is central to the military-industrial forces running U.S. foreign policy.  To say this is dispiriting is a great understatement, for RFK, Jr., a very intelligent man, knows that the CIA killed his uncle and father, and he is campaigning as a spiritually awakened man intent on ending the U.S. warfare state, something impossible to accomplish when one gives full-fledged support to Israel.  And I believe he will be elected the next U.S. president.

The Biden administration is doing all in its power to undo the legacy of JFK’s last year in office when on every front he fought for peace, not war.  It is not hard to realize that all presidents since John Kennedy have been fully aware that a bullet to the head in broad daylight could be their fate if they bucked their bosses.  They knew this when they sought the office because they were run by the same bosses before election.  Small-souled men, cowards on the make, willing to sacrifice millions to their ambition.

I believe that the following article – my final one on this matter – which I published two years ago, is worth reading again if you have once done so, and even more important if you have never read it. It is not based on speculation but on well-sourced facts, and it will make clear the importance of President Kennedy and why his assassination lay the foundation for today’s dire events.  In this dark time, when the world is spinning out of control, the story of his great courage in the face of an assassination he expected, can inspire us to oppose the systemic forces of evil that control the United States and are leading the world into the abyss.

List of Sections

  • Pressured to Wage War
  • A War Hero Who Was Appalled By War
  • A Prescient Perspective
  • Patrice Lumumba
  • Dag Hammarskjöld, Indonesia, and Sukarno
  • The Bay of Pigs
  • Kennedy Responds After the Bay of Pigs Treachery
  • The Fateful Year 1963
  • The Assassination on November 22, 1963
  • Who Killed Him?
  • Who Was Lee Harvey Oswald?
  • Who Had the Power to Withdraw the President’s Security?
  • Oswald, The Preordained Patsy
  • The Message to Air Force One
  • Oswald’s Prepackaged Life Story
  • Epilogue by James W. Douglass

*

Despite a treasure trove of new research and information having emerged over the last fifty-eight years, there are many people who still think who killed President John Fitzgerald Kennedy and why are unanswerable questions. They have drunk what Dr. Martin Schotz has called “the waters of uncertainty” that results “in a state of confusion in which anything can be believed but nothing can be known, nothing of significance that is.”[i]

Then there are others who cling to the Lee Harvey Oswald “lone-nut” explanation proffered by the Warren Commission.

Both these groups tend to agree, however, that whatever the truth, unknowable or allegedly known, it has no contemporary relevance but is old-hat, ancient history, stuff for conspiracy-obsessed people with nothing better to do. The general thinking is that the assassination occurred more than a half-century ago, so let’s move on.

Nothing could be further from the truth, for the assassination of JFK is the foundational event of modern American history, the Pandora’s box from which many decades of tragedy have sprung.

Pressured to Wage War

From the day he was sworn in as President on January 20, 1961, John F. Kennedy was relentlessly pressured by the Pentagon, the Central Intelligence Agency, and by many of his own advisers to wage war – clandestine, conventional, and nuclear.

To understand why and by whom he was assassinated on November 22, 1963, one needs to apprehend this pressure and the reasons why President Kennedy consistently resisted it, as well as the consequences of that resistance.

It is a key to understanding the current state of our world today and why the United States has been waging endless foreign wars and creating a national security surveillance state at home since JFK’s death.

A War Hero Who Was Appalled By War

It is very important to remember that Lieutenant John Kennedy was a genuine Naval war hero in WW II, having risked his life and been badly injured while saving his men in the treacherous waters of the South Pacific after their PT boat was sunk by a Japanese destroyer. His older brother Joe and his brother-in-law Billy Hartington had died in the war, as had some of his boat’s crew members.

As a result, Kennedy was extremely sensitive to the horrors of war, and, when he first ran for Congress in Massachusetts in 1946, he made it explicitly clear that avoiding another war was his number one priority. This commitment remained with him and was intensely strengthened throughout his brief presidency until the day he died, fighting for peace.

Despite much rhetoric to the contrary, this anti-war stance was unusual for a politician, especially during the 1950s and 1960s. Kennedy was a remarkable man, for even though he assumed the presidency as somewhat of a cold warrior vis-à-vis the Soviet Union in particular, his experiences in office rapidly chastened that stance. He very quickly came to see that there were many people surrounding him who relished the thought of war, even nuclear war, and he came to consider them as very dangerous.

A Prescient Perspective

Yet even before he became president, in 1957, then Senator Kennedy gave a speech in the U.S. Senate that sent shock waves throughout Washington, D.C. and around the world.[ii] He came out in support of Algerian independence from France and African liberation generally and against colonial imperialism. As chair of the Senate’s African Subcommittee in 1959, he urged sympathy for African independence movements as part of American foreign policy. He believed that continued support of colonial policies would only end in more bloodshed because the voices of independence would not be denied, nor should they be.

That speech caused an international uproar, and in the U.S.A. Kennedy was harshly criticized by Eisenhower, Nixon, John Foster Dulles, and even members of the Democratic party, such as Adlai Stevenson and Dean Acheson. But it was applauded in Africa and the Third World.

Yet JFK continued throughout his 1960 presidential campaign raising his voice against colonialism throughout the world and for free and independent African nations. Such views were anathema to the foreign policy establishment, including the CIA and the burgeoning military industrial complex that President Eisenhower belatedly warned against in his Farewell Address, delivered nine months after approving the Bay of Pigs invasion of Cuba in March 1960; this juxtaposition revealed the hold the Pentagon and CIA had and has on sitting presidents, as the pressure for war became structurally systemized.

Patrice Lumumba

Image on the right: Patrice Lumumba (Source: Bob Feldman 68)

One of Africa’s anti-colonial and nationalist leaders was the charismatic Congolese Prime Minister Patrice Lumumba. In June, 1960, he had become the first democratically elected leader of the Congo, a country savagely raped and plundered for more than half a century by Belgium’s King Leopold II for himself and multinational mining companies. Kennedy’s support for African independence was well-known and especially feared by the CIA, who, together with Brussels, considered Lumumba, and Kennedy for supporting him, as threats to their interests in the region.

So, three days before JFK’s inauguration, together with the Belgian government, the CIA had Lumumba brutally assassinated after torturing and beating him. According to Robert Johnson, a note taker at a National Security Council meeting in August 1960, Lumumba’s assassination had been approved by President Eisenhower when he gave Allen Dulles, the Director of the CIA, the approval to “eliminate” Lumumba. Johnson disclosed that in a 1975 interview that was discovered in 2000.[iii]

On January 26, 1961, when Dulles briefed the new president on the Congo, he did not tell JFK that they already had Lumumba assassinated nine days before. This was meant to keep Kennedy on tenterhooks to teach him a lesson. On February 13, 1961, Kennedy received a phone call from his UN ambassador Adlai Stevenson informing him of Lumumba’s death. There is a photograph by White House photographer Jacques Lowe of the horror-stricken president sitting in the oval office answering that call that is harrowing to view. It was an unmistakable portent of things to come, a warning for the president.

Dag Hammarskjöld, Indonesia, and Sukarno

One of Kennedy’s crucial allies in his efforts to support third-world independence was United Nations’ Secretary-General Dag Hammarskjöld. Hammarskjöld had been deeply involved in peacekeeping in the Congo as well as efforts to resolve disputes in Indonesia, both important countries central to JFK’s concerns. Hammarskjöld was killed on September 18, 1961 while on a peacekeeping mission to the Congo. Substantial evidence exists that he was assassinated and that the CIA and Allen Dulles were involved. Kennedy was devastated to lose such an important ally.[iv]

Kennedy’s strategy involved befriending Indonesia as a Cold War ally as a crucial aspect of his Southeast Asian policy of dealing with Laos and Vietnam and finding peaceful resolutions to other smoldering Cold War conflicts. Hammarskjöld was also central to these efforts. The CIA, led by Dulles, strongly opposed Kennedy’s strategy in Indonesia. In fact, Dulles and the CIA had been involved in treacherous maneuverings in resource rich Indonesia for decades. President Kennedy supported the Indonesian President Sukarno, while Dulles opposed him since he stood for Indonesian independence.

Just two days before Kennedy was killed on November 22, 1963, he had accepted an invitation from Indonesian President Sukarno to visit that country the following spring. The aim of the visit was to end the conflict (Konfrontasi) between Indonesia and Malaysia and to continue Kennedy’s efforts to support post-colonial Indonesia with non-military economic and development aid. His goal was to end conflict throughout Southeast Asia and assist the growth of democracy in newly liberated post-colonial countries worldwide.

Of course, JFK never made it to Indonesia in 1964, and his peaceful strategy to bring Indonesia to America’s side and to ease tensions in the Cold War was never realized, thanks to Allen Dulles and the CIA.  And, Kennedy’s proposed withdrawal of American military advisers from Vietnam, which, in part, was premised on success in Indonesia, was quickly reversed by Lyndon Johnson after JFK’s murder and within a short time hundreds of thousand American combat troops were sent to Vietnam. In Indonesia, Sukarno would be forced out and replaced by General Suharto, who would rule with an iron fist for the next 30 years. Soon, both countries would experience mass slaughter engineered by Kennedy’s opponents in the CIA and Pentagon.[v]

The Bay of Pigs

In mid-April 1961, less than three months into his presidency, a trap was set for President Kennedy by the CIA and its director, Allen Dulles, who knew of Kennedy’s reluctance to invade Cuba. They assumed the new president would be forced by circumstances at the last minute to send in U.S. Navy and Marine forces to back the invasion that they had planned. The CIA and generals wanted to oust Fidel Castro, and in pursuit of that goal, trained a force of Cuban exiles to invade Cuba. This had started under President Eisenhower and Vice President Nixon. Kennedy refused to go along with sending in American troops and the invasion was roundly defeated. The CIA, military, and Cuban exiles bitterly blamed Kennedy.

But it was all a sham. Classified documents uncovered in 2000 revealed that the CIA had discovered that the Soviets had learned the date of the invasion more than a week in advance and had informed Cuban Prime Minister Fidel Castro, but—and here is a startling fact that should make people’s hair stand on end—the CIA never told the President. The CIA knew the invasion was probably doomed before the fact but went ahead with it anyway.

Why? So, they could blame JFK for the failure afterwards.

Kennedy later said to his friends Dave Powell and Ken O’Donnell, “They were sure I’d give in to them and send the go-ahead order to the [Navy’s aircraft carrier] Essex. They couldn’t believe that a new president like me wouldn’t panic and save his own face. Well, they had me figured all wrong.”[vi]

This treachery set the stage for events to come. Sensing but not knowing the full extent of the set-up, Kennedy fired CIA Director Allen Dulles (who, as in a bad joke, was later named to the Warren Commission investigating JFK’s assassination) and his assistant, General Charles Cabell (whose brother, Earle Cabell, to make a bad joke absurd, was the mayor of Dallas on the day Kennedy was killed.) It was later discovered that Earle Cabell was a CIA asset.[vii]

JFK said he wanted “to splinter the CIA in a thousand pieces and scatter it to the winds.” Not sentiments to endear him to a secretive government within a government whose power was growing exponentially.[viii]

Kennedy Responds After the Bay of Pigs Treachery

The stage was now set for events to follow as JFK, now even more suspicious of the military-intelligence people around him, and in opposition to nearly all his advisers, consistently opposed the use of force in U.S. foreign policy.

In 1961, despite the Joint Chiefs’ demand to put combat troops into Laos – advising 140,000 by the end of April – Kennedy bluntly insisted otherwise as he ordered Averell Harriman, his representative at the Geneva Conference, “Did you understand? I want a negotiated settlement in Laos. I don’t want to put troops in.”[ix]  The president knew that Laos and Vietnam were linked issues, and since Laos came first on his agenda, he was determined to push for a neutral Laos.

Also in 1961, he refused to accede to the insistence of his top generals to give them permission to use nuclear weapons in a dispute with the Soviet Union over Berlin and Southeast Asia. Walking out of a meeting with his top military advisors, Kennedy threw his hands in the air and said, “These people are crazy.”[x]

In March 1962, the CIA, in the person of legendary operative, Edward Lansdale, and with the approval of every member of the Joint Chiefs of Staff, presented the president with a pretext for a U.S. invasion of Cuba. Code-named Operation Northwoods, the false-flag plancalled for innocent people to be shot in the U.S., boats carrying Cuban refugees to be sunkand a terrorism campaign to be launched in Miami, Washington D.C., and other places, all to be blamed on the Castro government so that the public would be outraged and call for an invasion of Cuba.[xi]

See this.

Kennedy was appalled and rejected this pressure to manipulate him into agreeing to terrorist attacks on Americans that could later be used against him. He already knew that his life was in danger and that the CIA and military were tightening a noose around his neck. But he refused to yield.

As early as June 26, 1961, in a White House meeting with Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev’s spokesperson, Mikhail Kharlamov, and Khrushchev’s son-in-law, Alexei Adzhubei, when asked by Kharlamov why he wasn’t moving faster to advance relations between the two countries, JFK said “You don’t understand this country. If I move too fast on U.S.-Soviet relations, I’ll either be thrown into an insane asylum, or be killed.”[xii]

JFK refused to bomb and invade Cuba as the military wished during the Cuban missile crisis in October 1962. The Soviets had placed offensive nuclear missiles and more than 30,000 support troops in Cuba to prevent another U.S.-led invasion. American aerial photography had detected the missiles. This was understandably unacceptable to the U.S. government. While being urged by the Joint Chiefs and his trusted advisors to order a preemptive nuclear strike on Cuba, JFK knew that a diplomatic solution was the only way out as he wouldn’t accept the death of hundreds of millions of people that would likely follow a series of nuclear exchanges with the Soviet Union. Only his brother, Robert, and Secretary of Defense Robert McNamara stood with him in opposing the use of nuclear weapons. Daniel Ellsberg, a former Pentagon and Rand Corporation analyst, reported a coup atmosphere in the Pentagon as Kennedy chose to settle rather than attack.[xiii] In the end, after thirteen incredibly tense daysof brinksmanship, Kennedy and Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev miraculously found a way to resolve the crisis and prevent the use of those weapons.

Afterwards, JFK told his friend John Kenneth Galbraith that “I never had the slightest intention of doing so.”[xiv]

The Fateful Year 1963

In June, 1963, JFK gave an historic speech at American University in which he called for the total abolishment of nuclear weapons, the end of the Cold War and the “Pax Americana enforced on the world by American weapons of war,” and movement toward “general and complete disarmament.”[xv]

A few months later he signed a Limited Test Ban Treaty with Nikita Khrushchev.[xvi]

In October 1963 he signed National Security Action Memorandum 263 calling for the withdrawal of 1,000 U. S. military troops from Vietnam by the end of the year and complete withdrawal by the end of 1965.[xvii]

All this he did while secretly engaging in negotiations with Soviet Premier Nikita Khrushchev via Saturday Evening Post editor and anti-nuclear weapon advocate, Norman Cousins, Soviet agent Georgi Bolshakov,[xviii] and Pope John XXIII,[xix] as well as  with Cuba’s Prime Minister Fidel Castro through various intermediaries, one of whom was French Journalist Jean Daniel. Of course, secret was not secret when the CIA was involved.

Kennedy, deeply disturbed by the near nuclear catastrophe of the Cuban missile crisis, was determined to open back channel communications to make sure such a near miss never happened again. He knew fault lay on both sides, and that one slipup or miscommunication could initiate a nuclear holocaust.  He was determined, therefore, to try to open lines of communications with his enemies.

Jean Daniel was going to Cuba to interview Fidel Castro, but before he did he interviewed Kennedy on October 24, 1963.  Kennedy, knowing Daniel would tell Castro what he said, asked Daniel if Castro realizes that “through his fault the world was on the verge of nuclear war in October 1962….or even if he cares about it.”  But he also added, to soften the message:

I approved the proclamation Fidel Castro made in the Sierra Maestra, when he justifiably called for justice and especially yearned to rid Cuba of corruption. I will go even further: to some extent it is as though Batista was the incarnation of a number of sins on the part of the United States. Now we will have to pay for those sins. In the matter of the Batista regime, I am in agreement with the first Cuban revolutionaries. That is perfectly clear.[xx]

Such sentiments were anathema, shall we say treasonous, to the CIA and top Pentagon generals. These clear refusals to go to war with Cuba, to emphasize peace and negotiated solutions to conflicts rather than war, to order the withdrawal of all military personnel from Vietnam, to call for an end to the Cold War, and his willingness to engage in private, back-channel communications with Cold War enemies marked Kennedy as an enemy of the national security state. They were on a collision course.

The Assassination on November 22, 1963

After going through the Bay of Pigs, Cuban Missile Crisis and many other military cliffhangers, Kennedy underwent a deep metanoia, a spiritual transformation, from Cold Warrior to peacemaker. He came to regard the generals who advised him as devaluing human life and hell-bent on launching nuclear wars. And he was well aware that his growing resistance to war had put him on a dangerous collision course with those generals and the CIA. On numerous occasions, he spoke of the possibility of a military coup d’état against him.

The night before his trip to Dallas, he told his wife, “But, Jackie, if somebody wants to shoot me from a window with a rifle, nobody can stop it, so why worry about it.”[xxi]

And we know that nobody did try to stop it because they had planned his execution from multiple locations to assure its success.

Who Killed Him?

If the only things you read, watched, or listened to since 1963 were the mainstream corporate media (MSM), you would be convinced that the official explanation for JFK’s assassination, the Warren Commission, was correct in essentials. You would be wrong, because those corporate media have for all these years served as mouthpieces for the government, most notably the CIA that infiltrated and controlled them long ago under a secret program called Operation Mockingbird.[xxii] In 1977, celebrated Watergate journalist, Carl Bernstein, published a 25,000-word cover story for Rolling Stone, “The CIA and the Media,” in which he published the names of many journalists and media, such as The New York Times, CBS, Time, Newsweek, etc., who worked hand in glove with the CIA for decades. Ironically, or as part of “a limited hangout” (spy talk for admitting some truths while concealing deeper ones), this article can be found at the CIA’s own website.

Total control of information requires media complicity, and with the JFK assassination, and in all matters they consider important, the CIA and the MSM are unified.[xxiii] Such control extends to literature, arts, and popular culture as well as news. Frances Stonor Saunders comprehensively documents this in her 1999 book, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA And The World Of Arts And Letters,[xxiv] and Joel Whitney followed this up in 2016 with Finks: How the CIA Tricked the World’s Best Writers, with particular emphasis on the complicity of the CIA and the famous literary journal The Paris Review.  Such revelations are retrospective, of course, but only the most naïve would conclude such operations are a thing of the past.

The Warren Commission claimed that the president was shot by an ex-Marine named Lee Harvey Oswald, firing three bullets from the 6th floor of the Texas School Book Depository as Kennedy’s car was already two hundred and fifty feet past and driving away from him. But this is patently false for many reasons, including the bizarre claim that one of these bullets, later termed “the magic bullet,” passed through Kennedy’s body and zigzagged up and down, left and right, striking Texas Governor John Connolly who was sitting in the front seat and causing seven wounds in all, only to be found later in pristine condition on a stretcher in Parkland Hospital.[xxv] And, any lone assassin looking out the 6th floor window would have taken the perfect shot as the limousine approached within forty feet of the TSBD on Houston St.

The absurdity of the government’s claim, a ballistic fairytale, was the key to its assertion that Oswald killed Kennedy. It was visually shattered and rendered ridiculous by the famous Zapruder film that clearly shows the president being shot from the front right, and, as the right front of his head explodes, he is violently thrown back and to his left as Jacqueline Kennedy climbs on to the car’s trunk to retrieve a piece of her husband’s skull and brain.

This video evidence is clear and simple proof of a conspiracy.[xxvi]

Who Was Lee Harvey Oswald?

But there is another way to examine it.

Image on the right: Lee Harvey Oswald (Source: TheFreeThoughtProject.com)

Oswald

If Lee Harvey Oswald, the man The Warren Commission said killed JFK, was connected to the intelligence community, the FBI and the CIA, then we can logically conclude that he was not “a lone-nut” assassin or not an assassin at all. There is a wealth of evidence to show how, from the very start, Oswald was moved around the globe by the CIA like a pawn in a game, and when the game was done, the pawn was eliminated in the Dallas police headquarters by Jack Ruby two days later.

James W. Douglass, in JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died and Why It Matters, the most important book on the matter, asks this question:

Why was Lee Harvey Oswald so tolerated and supported by the government he betrayed?

This is a key question.

After serving as a U.S. Marine at the CIA’s U-2 spy plane Atsugi Air Force Base in Japan with a Crypto clearance (higher than top secret, a fact suppressed by the Warren Commission) and being trained in the Russian language, Oswald left the Marines and defected to the Soviet Union.[xxvii] After denouncing the U.S., rejecting his American citizenship, working at a Soviet factory in Minsk, and taking a Russian wife—during which time Gary Powers’ U-2 spy plane was shot down over the Soviet Union—he returned to the U.S. with a loan from the American Embassy in Moscow, only to be met at the dock in Hoboken, New Jersey, by Spas T. Raikin, a prominent anti-Communist with extensive intelligence connections recommended by the State Department.[xxviii]

Oswald passed through immigration with no trouble, was not prosecuted, moved to Fort Worth, Texas where, at the suggestion of the Dallas CIA Domestic Contacts Service chief, he was met and befriended by George de Mohrenschildt, an anti-communist Russian, who was a CIA asset. De Mohrenschildt got him a job four days later at a photography and graphic arts company that worked on top secret maps for the U.S. Army Map Service related to U-2 spy missions over Cuba.

Oswald was then shepherded around the Dallas area by de Mohrenschildt. In 1977, on the day he revealed he had contacted Oswald for the CIA and was to meet with the House Select Committee on Assassinations’ investigator, Gaeton Fonzi, de Mohrenschildt allegedly committed suicide.

Oswald then moved to New Orleans in April, 1963 where he got a job at the Reily Coffee Company owned by CIA-affiliated William Reily. The Reily Coffee Company was located in close vicinity to the FBI, CIA, Secret Service, and Naval Intelligence offices and a stone’s throw from the office of Guy Banister, a former Special Agent in Charge of the FBI’s Chicago Bureau, who worked as a covert action coordinator for the intelligence services, supplyingweapons, money, and training to anti-Castro paramilitaries. Oswald then went to work with Banister and the CIA paramilitaries.

From this time up until the assassination, Oswald engaged in all sorts of contradictory activities, one day portraying himself as pro-Castro, the next day as anti-Castro, many of these theatrical performances being directed from Banister’s office. It was as though Oswald, on the orders of his puppet masters, was       enacting multiple and antithetical roles in order to confound anyone intent on deciphering the purposes behind his actions and to set him up as a future “assassin” or “patsy.”

James Douglass persuasively argues that Oswald “seems to have been working with both the CIA and FBI,” as a provocateur for the former and an informant for the latter. Jim and Elsie Wilcott, who worked at the CIA Tokyo Station from 1960-64, in a 1978 interview with the San Francisco Chronicle, said, “It was common knowledge in the Tokyo CIA station that Oswald worked for the agency.”[xxix]

When Oswald moved to New Orleans in April, 1963, de Mohrenschildt exited the picture, having asked the CIA for and been indirectly given a $285,000 contract to do a geological survey for Haitian dictator “Papa Doc” Duvalier, which he never did, but for which he was paid.[xxx]

Ruth and Michael Paine then entered the scene on cue. Ruth had been introduced to Oswald by de Mohrenschildt. In September, 1963, Ruth Paine drove from her sister’s house in Virginia to New Orleans to pick up Marina Oswald and bring her to Dallas to live with her, where Lee also stayed on weekends. Back in Dallas, Ruth Paine conveniently arranged a job for Lee Harvey Oswald in the Texas Book Depository, where he began work on October 16, 1963.

Ruth, along with Marina Oswald, was the Warren Commission’s critically important witness against Oswald. Allen Dulles, despite his earlier firing by JFK, got appointed to a key position on the Warren Commission.  He questioned the Paines in front of it, studiously avoiding any revealing questions, especially ones that could disclose his personal connections to the Paines. For Michel Paine’s mother, therefore Ruth’s mother-in-law, Ruth Paine Forbes Young, was a close friend of his old mistress, Mary Bancroft, who worked as a spy with Dulles during WW II. Bancroft and he had been invited guests at Ruth Paine Forbes Young’s private island off Cape Cod.

Ruth and Michael Paine had extensive intelligence connections. Thirty years after the assassination, a document was declassified showing Ruth Paine’s sister Sylvia worked for the CIA. Her father traveled throughout Latin America on an Agency for International Development (notorious for CIA front activities) contract and filed reports that went to the CIA. Her husband Michael’s step-father, Arthur Young, was the inventor of the Bell Helicopter, a major military supplier for the Vietnam War, and Michael’s job there gave him a security clearance.

From late September through November 22nd, various “Oswalds” were later reported to have simultaneously been seen from Mexico City to Dallas. Two Oswalds were arrested in the Texas Theater, the real one taken out the front door and an impostor out the back.

As Douglass says:

“There were more Oswalds providing evidence against Lee Harvey Oswald than the Warren Report could use or even explain.”[xxxi]

Even J. Edgar Hoover knew that Oswald impostors were used, as he told LBJ concerning Oswald’s alleged visit to the Soviet Embassy in Mexico City. He later called this CIA ploy, “the false story re Oswald’s trip to Mexico . . . their (CIA’s) double-dealing,” something that he couldn’t forget. [xxxii]

It was apparent to anyone paying close attention that a very intricate and deadly game was being played at high levels in the shadows.

We know Oswald was blamed for the President’s murder. But if one fairly follows the trail of the crime, it becomes blatantly obvious that government forces were at work. Douglass and others have amassed layer upon layer of evidence to show how this had to be so.

Who Had the Power to Withdraw the President’s Security?

To answer this essential question is to finger the conspirators and to expose, in Vincent Salandria’s words, “the false mystery concealing state crimes.”[xxxiii]

Neither Oswald, the mafia nor anti-Castro Cubans could have withdrawn most of the security that day. Sheriff Bill Decker ordered all his deputies “to take no part whatsoever in the security of that [presidential] motorcade.”[xxxiv]  Police Chief Jesse Curry did the same for Dallas police protection for the president in Dealey Plaza. Both “Chief Curry and Sheriff Decker gave their orders withdrawing security from the president in obedience to orders they had themselves received from the Secret Service.” The Secret Service withdrew the police motorcycle escorts from beside the president’s car where they had been on previous presidential motorcades as well as the day before in Houston and removed agents from the back of the car where they were normally stationed to obstruct gunfire.

The Secret Service admitted there were no Secret Service agents on the ground in Dealey Plaza to protect Kennedy. But we know from extensive witness testimony that, during and after the assassination, there were people in Dealey Plaza impersonating Secret Service agents who stopped policeman and the public from moving through the area on the Grassy Knoll where some of the shots appeared to come from. The Secret Service approved the fateful, dogleg turn (on a dry run on November 18) where the car, driven by Secret Service agent William Greer, moved at a snail’s pace and came almost to a halt before the final head shot, clear and blatant security violations.  The House Select Committee on Assassinations concluded this, not some conspiracy theorist.[xxxv]

Who could have squelched the testimony of the many doctors and medical personnel who claimed the president had been shot from the front in his neck and head, testimony contradicting the official story?

Who could have prosecuted and imprisoned Abraham Bolden, the first African-American Secret Service agent personally brought on to the White House detail by JFK, who warned that he feared the president was going to be assassinated? (Douglass interviewed Bolden seven times and his evidence on the aborted plot to kill JFK in Chicago on November 2 is a story little known but extraordinary in its implications.)

The list of all the people who turned up dead, the evidence and events manipulated, the inquiry squelched, distorted, and twisted in an ex post facto cover-up clearly point to forces within the government, not rogue actors without institutional support.

The evidence for a conspiracy organized at the deepest levels of the intelligence apparatus is overwhelming. James Douglass presents it in such depth and so logically that only one hardened to the truth would not be deeply moved and affected by his book, JFK and the Unspeakable.

But there is more from him and other researchers who have cut the Gordian      knot of this false mystery with a few brief strokes.

Oswald, The Preordained Patsy

Three examples will suffice to show that Lee Harvey Oswald, working as part of a U.S. Intelligence operation, was set up to take the blame for the assassination of President Kennedy, and that when he said in police custody that he was “a patsy,” he was speaking truthfully. These examples make it clear that Oswald was deceived by his intelligence handlers and had been chosen without his knowledge, long before the murder, to take the blame as a lone, crazed killer.

First, Kennedy was shot at 12:30 P.M. CT. According to the Warren Report, at 12:45 P.M. a police report was issued for a suspect that perfectly fit Oswald’s description. This was based on the testimony of Howard Brennan, who said he was standing across from the Book Depository and saw a standing white man, about 5’10” and slender, fire a rifle at the president’s car from the sixth-floor window. This was blatantly false because photographs taken moments after the shooting show the window open only partially at the bottom about fourteen inches, and it would have been impossible for a standing assassin to be seen “resting against the left windowsill,” (the windowsill was a foot from the floor), as Brennan is alleged to have said. He would have therefore had to have been shooting through the glass. The description of the suspect was clearly fabricated in advance to match Oswald’s.

Then between 1:06 and 1:15 P.M. in the quiet residential Oak Cliff neighborhood of Dallas, Police Officer J.D. Tippit was shot and killed. Supposedly based on Brennan’s description broadcast over police radio, Tippit had stopped a man fitting the description and this man pulled a gun and shot the officer. Meanwhile, Oswald had returned to his rooming house where his landlady said he left at 1:03 P.M., went outside, and was standing at a northbound bus stop. The Tippet murder took place nine-tenths of a mile away to the south where a witness, Mrs. Higgins, said she heard a gunshot at 1:06 P.M., ran outside, saw Tippit lying in the street and a man running away with a handgun whom she said was not Oswald.

Oswald is reported to have entered the Texas Theater minutes before the Tippit murder. The concession stand operator, Warren Burroughs has said he sold him popcorn at 1:15 P.M., which is the time the Warren Report claims Tippit was killed. At 1:50 P.M., Lee Harvey Oswald was arrested in the Texas Theater and taken out the front door where a crowd and many police cars awaited him, while a few minutes later a second Oswald is secretly taken out the back door of the movie theater. (To read this story of the second Oswald and his movement by the CIA out of Dallas on a military aircraft on the afternoon of November 22, 1963, documented in great detail by James W. Douglass, is an eye-opener.)

The official narrative of Oswald and the Tippit murder begs credulity, but it serves to “show” that Oswald was a killer.[xxxvi]

Despite his denials, Oswald, set up for Kennedy’s murder based on a prepackaged description, is arraigned for Tippit’s murder at 7:10 PM. It was not until the next day that he was charged for Kennedy’s.

The Message to Air Force One

Secondly, while Oswald is being questioned about Tippit’s murder in the afternoon hours after his arrest, Air Force One has left Dallas for Washington with the newly sworn-in president Lyndon Johnson and the presidential party. Back in D.C., the White House Situation Room is under the personal and direct control of Kennedy’s National Security Advisor, McGeorge Bundy, a man with close CIA ties who had opposed JFK on many matters, including the Bay of Pigs and Kennedy’s order to withdraw from Vietnam.[xxxvii]

As reported by Theodore White, in The Making of the President 1964, Johnson and the others were informed by the Bundy controlled Situation Room that “there was no conspiracy, learned of the identity of Oswald and his arrest …”[xxxviii]

Vincent Salandria, one of the earliest and most astute critics of the Warren Commission, put it this way in his book, False Mystery:[xxxix]

This [announcement from the Situation Room to Air Force One in flight back to Washington, D.C] was the very first announcement of Oswald as the lone assassin. In Dallas, Oswald was not even charged with assassinating the President until 1:30 A.M. the next morning. The plane landed at 5:59 P.M. on the 22nd. At that time      the District Attorney of Dallas, Henry Wade, was stating that “preliminary reports indicated more than one person was involved in the shooting … the electric chair is too good for the killers.” Can there be any doubt that for any government taken by surprise by the assassination — and legitimately seeking the truth concerning it — less than six hours after the time of the assassination was too soon to know there was no conspiracy? This announcement was the first which designated Oswald as the lone assassin….

I propose the thesis that McGeorge Bundy, when that announcement was issued from his Situation Room, had reason to know that the true meaning of such a message when conveyed to the Presidential party on Air Force One [and to a separate plane with the entire cabinet that had turned around and was headed back over the Pacific Ocean] was not the ostensible message which was being communicated. Rather, I submit that Bundy … was really conveying to the Presidential party the thought that Oswald was being designated the lone assassin before any evidence against him was ascertainable. As a central coordinator of intelligence services, Bundy in transmitting such a message through the Situation Room was really telling the Presidential party that an unholy marriage had taken place between the U.S. Governmental intelligence services and the lone-assassin doctrine. Was he not telling the Presidential party peremptorily, ‘Now, hear this! Oswald is the assassin, the sole assassin. Evidence is not available yet. Evidence will be obtained, or in lieu thereof evidence will be created. This is a crucial matter of state that cannot await evidence. The new rulers have spoken. You, there, Mr. New President, and therefore dispatchable stuff, and you the underlings of a deposed President, heed the message well.’ Was not Bundy’s Situation Room serving an Orwellian double-think function?[xl]

Oswald’s Prepackaged Life Story

Finally, Air Force Colonel Fletcher Prouty adds a third example of the CIA conspiracy for those who need more evidence that the government has lied from the start about the assassination.

Prouty was Chief of Special Operations in the Pentagon before and during the Kennedy years. He was the liaison between the Joint Chiefs and the CIA, working closely with Director Allen Dulles and others in supporting the clandestine operations of the CIA under military cover. He had been sent out of the country to the South Pole by the aforementioned CIA operative Edward Lansdale (Operation Northwoods) before the Kennedy assassination and was returning on November 22, 1963. On a stopover in Christchurch, New Zealand, he heard a radio report that the president had been killed but knew no details. He was having breakfast with a U.S Congressman at 7:30 AM on November 23, New Zealand time. A short time later, at approximately 4:30 PM Dallas time, November 22, he bought the Christchurch Star 23 November 1963 newspaper and read it together with the Congressman.

The newspaper reports from the scene said that Kennedy had been killed by bursts of automatic weapons fire, not a single shot rifle, firing three separate shots in 6.8 seconds, as was later claimed for Oswald. But the thing that really startled him was that at a time when Oswald had just been arrested and had not even been charged for the murder of Officer Tippit, there was elaborate background information on Oswald, his time in Russia, his association with Fair Play for Cuba Committee in New Orleans, etc. “It’s almost like a book written five years later,” said Prouty. “Furthermore, there’s a picture of Oswald, well-dressed in a business suit, whereas, when he was picked up on the streets of Dallas after the President’s death, he had on some t-shirt or something…

“Who had written that scenario?  Who wrote that script…So much news was already written ahead of time of the murder to say that Oswald killed the President and that he did it with three shots…Somebody had decided Oswald was going to be the patsy…Where did they get it, before the police had charged him with the crime?  Not so much ‘where,’ as ‘why’Oswald?”[xli]

Prouty, an experienced military man working for the CIA in the Pentagon, accused the military-intelligence “High Cabal” of killing President Kennedy in an elaborate and sophisticated plot and blaming it on Oswald, whom they had begun setting up years in advance.

The evidence for a government plot to plan, assassinate, cover-up, and choose a patsy in the murder of President John Kennedy is overwhelming.[xlii]

Five years after JFK’s assassination, we would learn, to our chagrin and his glory, that the president’s younger brother, Senator Robert F. Kennedy, equally brave and unintimidated, would take a bullet to the back of his head in 1968 as he was on his way to the presidency and the pursuit of his brother’s killers. The same cowards struck again.

Their successors still run the country and must be stopped.

Epilogue by James W. Douglass

“John F. Kennedy was raised from the death of wealth, power, and privilege. The son of a millionaire ambassador, he was born, raised, and educated to rule the system. When he was elected President, Kennedy’s heritage of power corresponded to his position as head of the greatest national security state in history. But Kennedy, like Lazarus, was raised from the death of that system. In spite of all odds, he became a peacemaker and, thus, a traitor to the system….

“Why? What raised Kennedy from the dead? Why did John Kennedy choose life in the midst of death and by continuing to choose life thus condemn himself to death? I have puzzled over that question while studying the various biographies of Kennedy. May I suggest one source of grace for his resurrection as a peacemaker? In reading his story, one is struck by his devotion to his children. There is no mistaking the depth of love he had for Caroline and John, and the overwhelming pain he and Jacqueline experienced at the death of their son Patrick. Robert Kennedy in his book Thirteen Days has described how his brother saw the Cuban Missile Crisis in terms of the future of his children and all children. I believe John Kennedy was at least partially raised from the dead of the national security state by the life of his children. The heroic peacemaking of his final months, with his acceptance of its likely cost in his own death, was, I suspect, partly a result of the universal life he saw in and through them. I think he believed profoundly the words that he gave in his American University address as his foundation for rejecting the Cold War: ‘Our most basic common link is that we all inhabit this small planet. We all breathe the same air. We all cherish our children’s future. And we are all mortal.’”[xliii]

*

Note to readers: Please click the share buttons above or below. Follow us on Instagram, @crg_globalresearch. Forward this article to your email lists. Crosspost on your blog site, internet forums. etc.

Edward Curtin is a prominent author, researcher and sociologist based in Western Massachusetts. He is a Research Associate of the Centre for Research on Globalization (CRG). 

Notes

[i] History Will Not Absolve Us: Orwellian Control, Public Denial, and the Murder of President Kennedy, E. Martin Schotz, Kurtz, Ulmer, & DeLucia Book Publishers, 1996.

[ii] JFK and the Unspeakable: Why He Died & Why It Matters, James W. Douglass, Orbis Books, 2008[1][2], p. 8 & p.212.

Destiny Betrayed, James DiEugenio, 2nd Edition, Skyhorse Publishing, 2012, pp. 17-33.

The Devil’s Chessboard: Allen Dulles, the CIA and the Rise of America’s Secret Government, David Talbot, Harper Collins, 2015, pp. 375389.

MORI DocID: 1451843 p. 464, p. 473 of “The CIA’s Family Jewels,” 16 May 1973, The National Security Archives.

[iv] Investigation into the condition and circumstances resulting in the tragic death of Dag Hammarskjold and of members of the party accompanying him (United Nations General Assembly document,) Judge Mohamed Chande Othman, September 5, 2017, p. 49 and 50, Dag Hammarskjöld Plane Crash Recent Developments, UN Association, Westminster Branch UK.

[v] Edward Curtin interviews Greg Poulgrain on The Incubus of Intervention: Conflicting Indonesian Strategies of John F. Kennedy and Allen Dulles, Global Research, July 22, 2016.

Chapter 2 – JFK, Dulles and Hammarskjöld of The Incubus of Intervention.

Greg Poulgrain, JFK vs Allen Dulles: Battleground Indonesia, Simon & Schuster, 2020.

[vi] Robert F. Kennedy, Jr., American Values, Harper Collins, 2018, p. 117.

[vii] Dallas Mayor During JFK Assassination Was CIA Asset, Who.What.Why, August 2, 2017.

[viii] Peter Kornbluh confirmed this in a phone conversation with the author in May 2000. See The ULTRASENSITIVE Bay of PigsNewly Released Portions of Taylor Commission Report Provide Critical New Details on Operation Zapata, National Security Archive Briefing Book No. 29, May 3, 2000.

[ix] Averell Harriman interviewed in Charles Stevenson, The End Of Nowhere; American Policy Toward Laos Since 1954 , 1972, p. 154.

[x] Richard Reeves, President Kennedy: Profile of Power, Simon & Schuster, 1994, p. 222.

[xi] Pentagon Proposed Pretexts for Cuba Invasion in 1962, FOIA documents at National Security Archive.

[xii] Pierre Salinger, P.S.: A Memoir, St. Martin’s Press, 1995, p. 253.

[xiii] Talbot, op. cit., p. 453.

[xiv] John Kenneth Galbraith, A Life in Our Times, Houghton Mifflin, 1981, p. 388.

[xv] American University Commencement Address, President Kennedy, June 10, 1963.

[xvi] President Kennedy Radio and TV Address to the American People on the Nuclear Test Ban Treaty, July 26, 1963.

Treaty Banning Nuclear Weapon Tests in the Atmosphere, in Outer Space, and Under Water, signed at Moscow August 5, 1963, entered into force October 10, 1963.

[xvii] See James K. Galbraith, “Exit Strategy,” Boston Review, October/November 2003.

[xviii] Pierre Salinger, With Kennedy, Doubleday & Co., 1966, p.198.

[xix] See Norman Cousins, The Improbable Triumvirate: John F. Kennedy, Pope John, Nikita Khrushchev – An Asterisk to the History of a Hopeful Year, 1962-1963, W.W. Norton & Co., 1972.

[xx] Jean Daniel, “Unofficial Envoy – An Historic Report from Two Capitals,” The New Republic, December 14, 1963.

[xxi] Kenneth P. O’Donnell and David F. Powers, “Johnny, We Hardly Knew Ye;” Memories of John Fitzgerald Kennedy, Little Brown, 1972, p.25.

[xxii] See Operation Mockingbird, the only FOIA-released-by-CIA documents at The Black Vault.

Carl Bernstein, “THE CIA AND THE MEDIA – How Americas Most Powerful News Media Worked Hand in Glove with the Central Intelligence Agency and Why the Church Committee Covered It Up.” Rolling Stone, October 20, 1977.

[xxiii] James F. Tracy, “The CIA and the Media: 50 Facts the World Needs to Know,” Global Research/ratical.org, 2018.

[xxiv] Frances Stonor Saunders, The Cultural Cold War: The CIA And The World Of Arts And Letters, New Press. 1999.

See Also: James Petras, “The CIA and the Cultural Cold War Revisited,” Monthly Review, November 1999.

[xxv] See Vincent J. Salandria, “The Warren Report?Liberation, March 1965.

[xxvi] Zapruder Film in slow motion (1:33).

[xxvii] Gerald D. McKnight, Breach of Trust: How the Warren Commission Failed the Nation and Why, Univ. Of Kansas Press, 2005, review by Jim DiEugenio.

[xxviii] Douglass, op. cit., p. 46.

[xxix] See James and Elsie Wilcott: CIA Profile in Courage, excerpt from JFK and the Unspeakable, pp. 144-148, 421-422.

[xxx] Douglass, op. cit., p. 47-48.

[xxxi] See Oswald’s Doubles: How Multiple Lookalikes Were Used to Craft One Lone Scapegoat, excerpt from JFK and the Unspeakable, pp. 286-303, 350-355, 464-470, 481-483.

[xxxii] Douglass, op. cit., p. 81.

[xxxiii] Vincent Salandria, The JFK Assassination: A False Mystery Concealing State Crimes, presentation at the Coalition on Political Assassinations, November 20, 1998.

[xxxiv] Dallas Deputy Sheriff Roger Dean Craig, When They Kill A President, 1971.

[xxxv] Douglass, op. cit., pp. 270-277 and endnote 75 of James Douglass’ 2009 COPA Keynote Address.

Secret Service Final Survey Report for the November 21, 1963, visit by President Kennedy to Houston, cited in    

Appendix to Hearings before the HSCA, vol. 11, p.529.

[xxxvi] Douglass, op. cit., pp. 287-304.

DiEugenio, op. cit., pp. 391-2.

[xxxvii] Talbot, op.cit., pp. 407-8.  &  NSAM 263 (document 194), Foreign Relations of the United States, Vietnam v. IV, Aug-Dec’63.

[xxxviii] Theodore White, The Making of the President, 1964, Atheneum, 1965, p. 33.

See also , Let Us Begin Anew: An Oral History of the Kennedy Presidency, Gerald S. Strober, Debra Strober, Perennial, 1993, pp. 450-451.

[xxxix] False Mystery, Essays on the JFK Assassination by Vincent Salandria, rat haus reality press, 2017

[xl] Bundy Continued to Shape Hawkish Policies, in Vincent J. Salandria, “The Assassination of President John F. Kennedy: A Model of Explanation,” Computers and Automation, December 1971, pp. 32-40.

[xli] David T. Ratcliffe, Understanding Special Operations: 1989 Interview with L. Fletcher Prouty, rat haus reality press, 1999, pp. 214-215.

[xlii] See The President John F. Kennedy Assassination Records Collection at The National Archives.

[xliii] James Douglass, “The Assassinations of Martin Luther King and John F. Kennedy in the Light of the Fourth Gospel,” Sewanee Theological Review, 1998


More articles on JFK’s assassination by the author:

“The Assassination and Mrs. Paine”. The Last Link to the Murder of JFK. Review and Analysis by Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin, July 06, 2022

Oliver Stone Documents the Past to Illuminate the Present. “JFK: Destiny Betrayed”

By Edward Curtin, March 30, 2022

JFK Revisited: Through the Looking Glass by Oliver Stone

By Edward Curtin, January 17, 2022

There Is a Direct Link Between JFK, 9/11 and COVID-19: Edward Curtin

By Edward Curtin and Geopolitics and Empire, November 10, 2021

Bob Dylan’s Explosive Song “Murder Most Foul”, History of the JFK Assassination and “The Interview”

By Edward Curtin, November 22, 2020

Unspeakable Memories: The Day John Kennedy Died

By Edward Curtin, November 22, 2020

Consult the author’s archive for more articles.


He is the author of Seeking the Truth in a Country of Lies

To order his book click the cover page.

“Seeking Truth in a Country of Lies is a dazzling journey into the heart of many issues — political, philosophical, and personal — that should concern us all.  Ed Curtin has the touch of the poet and the eye of an eagle.” Robert F. Kennedy, Jr.

“Edward Curtin puts our propaganda-stuffed heads in a guillotine, then in a flash takes us on a redemptive walk in the woods — from inferno to paradiso.  Walk with Ed and his friends — Daniel Berrigan, Albert Camus, George Orwell, and many others — through the darkest, most-firefly-filled woods on this earth.” James W. Douglass, author, JFK and the Unspeakable

“A powerful exposé of the CIA and our secret state… Curtin is a passionate long-time reform advocate; his stories will rouse your heart.” Oliver Stone, filmmaker, writer, and director

Contradictions on Trump’s attempted assassination pile up, with serious security breaches and officials claiming an investigation is needed to determine whether it was a matter of incompetence or malice.

To begin with, according to the ABC News,

“law enforcement officials investigating the assassination attempt on Donald Trump told lawmakers Wednesday that 20 minutes passed between the time U.S. Secret Service snipers first spotted the gunman on a rooftop and the time shots were fired at the former president.”

How can one explain that?

Moreover, it is a well-established fact now that onlookers alerted the authorities about the presence of an armed man on a nearby roof. One witness  reported that to the BBC shortly after the incident.

In addition, local officials in Pennsylvania are complaining that the Secret Service, in an attempt to deflect blame, is throwing them “under the bus”. According to one local police officer:

“The Secret Service came out here more than a month ahead of time and met with all the local agencies. They tell us exactly what to do, exactly what they want and exactly how they want it. It’s all on them.”

More intriguingly, several witnesses describe a second shooter, and there seems to be plenty of cell phone footage indicating that – while the Secret Service insist there was only one. According to a Times of India story,

“an audio forensic analysis conducted by experts from the National Center for Media Forensics at the University of Colorado in Denver suggests the possibility of a second shooter in the incident”.

A CNN story in turn reports that “forensic analysis suggests that as many as three weapons were fired at the Trump rally.”

Stephen Bryen, security expert, takes the second shooter allegation seriously, and, in his Substack newsletter, he is calling for a “solid FBI investigation with Congressional oversight” on the matter. He adds that

“there is a general consensus that security at the Trump Rally was poor”, and adds: “if the Secret Service actually approved all the security measures …we wonder, like millions of others no doubt, how could they overlook the rooftops.”

Bryen is no fringe figure – he is a former Deputy Under Secretary of Defense, who writes for Newsweek, the Jewish Policy Center, and others.

Cory Mills, a member of the United States House of Representatives, takes the matter a bit further, saying an investigation on the Secret Service is needed to determine whether this was merely incompetence or rather malice, with an intent to neutralize Trump.

Cory Mills is a former military, and was a member of the Joint Special Operations Command (JSOC) Combined Joint Task Force (CJTF) 20 in Iraq. He is also a defense contractor, who has earned a Master of Arts in international relations and conflict resolution from American Military University. Again, this is also no fringe figure, and his allegations raise eyebrows.

Given all the above, it is no wonder suspicions abound – the fact that Secret Service Director Kimberly Cheatle is very close to the Biden couple certainly doesn’t help.

According to the New York Post, she “landed her role thanks largely to a close relationship with first lady Jill Biden.” In any other country, by the way, after such a scandal, the Secret Service director would have been fired already or would have resigned. One thing that hampers further scrutiny, however, is an American cultural trait, namely the distaste for “conspiracy theories” (which is rather ironic in a country where conspiracies abound). Here, some context is needed.

Most scholars concede that sometimes conspiracy theories (CT) are proven to be at least partly correct. A “true” or ideal CT is supposed to always be false – meaning that its narrative does not describe reality. However, what happens when new data changes the “official” story? For instance, nowadays it is known that in 1962 the US Department of Defense proposed a false flag operation (the Operation Northwoods), calling for CIA operatives to actually commit terrorist attacks against American civilians and military targets in American cities (with bombings and hijackings) and then using those to justify a Cuban invasion. Then President John F. Kennedy rejected the plan, but the proposal existed, and no one denies it.

It is thus not clear at all how a “correct” conspiracy theory (one which later happens to be proven true) differs from a false one. Was it a CT when critics argued that the US government had lied about the real motivations which led it to invade Iraq? Other authors define “conspiracy theories” in a more neutral manner as any hypotheses that try to explain an event by invoking a “conspiracy” – namely, a secret plan carried out by a group of people.

One should also be cautious as to avoid equating a mere CT (about anything) and a conspiratorial way of understanding society and history in general. The latter (conspiracism), implicitly holds that nothing ever happens by chance but rather everything (especially tragedies) happens by design. Conspiracies do exist but not everything is a conspiracy. On the other hand, in face of a major politically charged event, when various contradictions pile up, it would be naïve to readily dismiss everything as a “coincidence” (I would describe it as a “coincidence theory”).

With Biden’s undeniable senility getting worse, it is becoming increasingly clear he is not fit to run for the presidency again – he can barely participate in a debate or give interviews. Given this, the question then, as I wrote, is how can he govern, or rather how come has he been governing thus? In other words, who has been doing all the governing? Some talk about a “ triumvirate”, referring to Biden’s close advisers Bruce Reed, Mike Donilon, and Steve Ricchetti – the matter is far from being clear, though. One can only imagine the amount of palace intrigue going on amid this “emperor clothes” scenario.

With the ongoing political crisis, any investigation on the Secret Service will be either weaponized by Republicans against Democrats or covered up by the latter, amid a major narrative war and claims about “conspiracy theories”. The crisis is thus also an epistemic one, so to speak.

This state of affairs can only further undermine the legitimacy of American institutions, with serious consequences for the country’s stability. With a suspicious murder attempt on a presidential candidate and an embarrassingly senile incumbent president, the rest of the world holds their breath while the politics within the Atlantic superpower has just gone mad.

*

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Uriel Araujo is a researcher with a focus on international and ethnic conflicts. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is by Evan Vucci / Licensed under Fair Use

Business Insider reported that NATO had never faced an adversary of Russia’s calibre after World War II, and it would have been difficult for the alliance to establish air superiority over Russian forces. The warning comes as experts have explained the sombre reality that the F-16 fighter jets, a key aircraft in many NATO air force fleets, provided to Kiev will not be a “magic bullet” that Ukrainian President Volodymyr Zelensky and his Western allies expect them to be.

“Russia could challenge NATO’s historical air dominance,” reported the media on July 13 after explaining that this is a change from the scenario that emerged after the Cold War when the West had a clear advantage. “Russia would be a very different opponent. It has the territory and industry to build and field massive and sophisticated air defenses that an opponent may struggle to destroy.”

“The US and its allies, even with fleets of fifth-generation stealth fighter jets, likely would find it difficult to establish the same level of air dominance they’ve largely had since the end of World War II,” the New York-based outlet said.

According to experts cited by the portal, Western aviation has never had the experience of combating air defence systems at a level similar to that of Russia’s. During the conflict in Ukraine, the Russian military proved that it could establish extremely difficult air defence areas for the enemy with powerful radars, electronic warfare systems and missiles.

“The Russians could attempt a surprising and impactful opening attack,” the article warned. “For example, the Russians could target vulnerabilities like satellites to try to disrupt the space-based communications and navigation NATO airpower depends upon.”

The worry that Russia could establish air superiority over NATO, particularly over the bloc’s 30 European members, became a more serious consideration after Russian forces methodically obliterated Ukraine’s air force. Russia so impressively dismantled the Ukrainian air force that the Kiev regime is desperately seeking F-16 fighter jets from Western allies to replenish its fleet, even though experts are saying that the aircraft is now obsolete and unlikely to survive the conflict.

“As soon as the Ukrainians encountered Russian-controlled air space, the F-16’s value would diminish markedly, as would its likelihood of survival,” Harrison Kass wrote for the National Interest. “In a conflict with a great power, China for example, the F-16 would remain on the backbench.”

This is a telling revelation considering the US still uses over 900 F-16s, NATO members, including Turkey, Greece, Poland, and Romania, use hundreds more, as well as US non-NATO allies Israel, Taiwan and South Korea. In effect, the F-16 would be rendered almost useless against Russia given that the Eastern European country’s military is ranked second, one above China, according to the 2024 PowerIndex.

Kass warns Kiev that the good performance of the F-16 fighter jets in Iraq and Afghanistan does not say anything about their capabilities against Russian air defences.

After stressing that “the F-16 fighting falcon era is coming to a rapid end,” Kass concludes that the US-made fighter jet “will not offer a magic bullet for Zelensky” and will merely “buy a little more time.”

Russian President Vladimir Putin has warned that the F-16s supplied to Kiev will be destroyed just like other Western military equipment. Russian Foreign Minister Sergey Lavrov also warned that their appearance in Ukraine will not change anything on the front and that they will be destroyed in the same way as other types of weapons.

Nonetheless, in 2023, several NATO states agreed to supply the Ukrainian armed forces with the fighter jets and launched training programs for Ukrainian pilots. On July 10, US Secretary of State Antony Blinken said that the US and its allies are “underway” in sending the promised F-16 fighter jets to Ukraine.

As Europe and the US are not interested in a viable, pragmatic, and lasting peace agreement in Ukraine which recognises Russian interests in the region and establishes a lasting solution, they are actively prolonging the fighting despite not only the humanitarian consequences but even the weakening of their own military. Whilst NATO members are distracted with training Ukrainian pilots to use fighter jets that are effectively obsolete in any combat with a great power, Russia, as Business Insider has acknowledged, has successfully challenged the air dominance NATO largely enjoyed since the start of the Cold War despite the introduction of fifth-generation fighter jets.

*

Click the share button above to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

This article was originally published on InfoBrics.

Ahmed Adel is a Cairo-based geopolitics and political economy researcher. He is a regular contributor to Global Research.

Featured image is from InfoBrics

Living in Tents: Gazans Pour Out Their Woes

July 19th, 2024 by The Palestinian Information Center

Across vast agricultural lands and along the coast in central and southern Gaza, tens of thousands of tents have become shelters for hundreds of thousands of Palestinians displaced by the ongoing, bloody Israeli war for the 10th consecutive month.

Once a symbol of the Nakba (catastrophe) and displacement for more than seven decades, the tent has now become a dream for thousands of displaced families in Gaza, despite the harsh living conditions it imposes.

.

.

Read the tweet on X

What is it like to live in a tent? This question might seem devoid of emotions and disconnected from the harsh realities of Gaza amid the Israeli genocide that has taken many Palestinian lives but failed to break their will and determination to cling to their land. However, the  question is crucial to understand the extent of the Palestinian tragedy and resilience.

The Palestinian Information Center (PIC) interviewed some of those that were displaced and are now living in tents to see the harsh situation they are now under.

Quest for a Tent

Whilst all those interviewed speak of the difficulty of living in a tent – suffering the harsh hot summers and cold winters – for many of the displaced the tent has become a dream come true as it is easily hoisted and dismantled quickly. This is important for those displaced who needed to move more than once because of the Israeli army gunfire, tanks, drones and warplanes.

Mohammed Said said he bought a tent for 1,200 shekels ($330) after he could no longer bear living in a “khas,” a makeshift shelter made of wooden sticks covered with nylon or any other available material.

He explained a khas provides no privacy because of the mostly nylon material its made of and its impossible to move when forced to relocate. Thus, he went for a tent, having relocated at least twice already.

Various NGOs provide tents for free, but with demand shooting up some of the tents have started to be sold, forcing people to buy them due to the lack of alternatives. Today tents vary in shape and size, according to how much you want to pay.

Finding a place to set up the tentAfter getting a tent, the second challenge is to find a place to set it up. Such areas are currently limited to around Khan Yunis and Deir al-Balah.

Read the tweet on X

Khaled Al-Masri said he had to move his tent several times to be close to water sources and/or the scarce aid.

“Today, there are camps made up of a group of tents overseen by an association or individuals’ initiatives to provide some aid, ensure water access, and establish shared bathrooms. Other tents are set up randomly on agricultural land and near destroyed homes,” he said.

Life in the Tents

Living in tents are tales of pain and suffering, varying according to the family’s resources, number size, tent location and the supervising entity.

A small family with a tent in an area receiving aid can adapt better and suffer less compared to an extended family with a small tent in an area lacking in services.

With the scorching summer heat, living in a tent among hundreds of others in Gaza feels like a living hell, said  Amani Hamdan.

Hamdan told PIC she was forced to live in a tent on a land of a friend of her husband.  She is joined by her mother-in-law, disabled sister-in-law and her four children.

Read the tweet on X

“We relocated at least seven times from Khan Yunis since our house was bombed. Initially, we had no tent and suffered much until we managed to obtain one, and it’s only advantage is it can be unhooked easily if we need to move again.

Living in a tent is harsh and difficult, a  primitive life. And with no walls, and privacy, our voices reach the people in the tent next door and theirs reach us,” she added.

Suffering in Tents

“We can hardly move around inside the tent, some  sleep on mattresses, some without, part of the tent holds food supplies. The temperature is scorching, forcing us out of the canvas. In winter, we were drenched by rain; now, the heat is unbearable, but we thank God for what we have,” Hamdan added.

“We cook on fire outside the tent, bake bread in a shared oven, share a bathroom, and bathe rarely, needing prior coordination with the other tent partners. The children start their morning search for wood, while my husband travels long distances for water that is sometimes brought by volunteers. Life has become primitive with no kitchen, bathroom, or water faucets.”

What Is a Tent?

After enduring the harsh tent life for months, engineer Mohammed Munir wrote about its meaning, “To burn while sitting inside, to suffocate with no air or cooling. It’s like a greenhouse during the day.”

 “A tent means living on the ground, separated only by fabric, coexisting with all the insects of the earth as if you are now their guest,” He wrote on Facebook.

Read the tweet on X

 

“Normal activities become complicated, like taking a nap or a bath, walking comfortably, sitting peacefully, feeling safe, or sleeping without back pain from the hard ground, all of our dreams are now out of reach.

A tent means no privacy, speaking in whispers inside your tent while your neighbor hears you. With tents set up on sand and agricultural land, it means living with all types of insects and with no hygiene,” Munir concluded.

The Meaning of a Tent

“A tent means having no wall to lean on, no private life,” Sama Hassan wrote.

 “Displacement means not to live in safety or stability. We first moved from Gaza City to the north in search of ‘fake’ safety until the missiles to land on us. We then fled to southern Gaza in the first Friday of the war and stayed in Khan Yunis for two months, then moved to Rafah when the city was invaded in early December 2023.

 With each relocation, I lost a thread of my privacy, becoming more displaced and homeless like thousands in Gaza. A tent is harsher than a shared room in a stranger’s house as the bathroom is either within the tent, set up primitively, or shared, half a kilometer away, established by a charity. If a woman needs to use it at night, she must wake a man to escort her,” she ended by saying.

Life in a tent is hard for women, who must fully dress as they usually do when they go out of the house. She maintains dressed at all time despite the heat, lack the freedom of movement. In the tent, fires are lit, cooking is made, washing dishes, with large water containers placed in the corner.

Bathing in a tent involves women surrounding the one washing with thick blankets, like forming a small tent within the main tent, with the woman hurrying before the others tire of holding the blankets.

If living in a tent is already insufferable, doing so amid the ongoing Israeli genocide and bombings is even more so, because the strikes continue targeting as what happened to us in Rafah and Khan Yunis. This is beyond words.

In recent months, Israeli bombs have burned tents and killed dozens, leaving survivors to search for the remains of their loved ones before finding a new place to set up another tent if one is available, continuing their struggle.

*

This article was translated and edited from the Palestine Information Center’s website by Dr Marwan Asmar who writes in https://crossfirearabia.com.

Click the share button below to email/forward this article to your friends and colleagues. Follow us on Instagram and Twitter and subscribe to our Telegram Channel. Feel free to repost and share widely Global Research articles.

Spread the Truth, Refer a Friend to Global Research

Featured image source